Home

DiskBoss User Manual

1. Search Disks Directories and Network Shares Ly Wsrv2k43 disk_d E Wsrv2k43 backup E Visrv2k43 reports Ea asrv2k43 disk c DiskBoss will show all accessible network shares hosted on the selected servers and NAS storage devices allowing one to search files and save various types of file search reports In addition the user is provided with the ability to customize a large number of advanced files search options allowing one to tune file search operations for user specific needs and hardware configurations 123 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 19 Batch File Search Operations DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to execute one or more pre configured file search commands on all network servers and NAS storage devices on the network and generate an individual file search report for each server and NAS storage device In order to be able to use batch file search operations the user needs to pre configure one or more file search commands customized to generate file search reports according to user specific needs and requirements Selected Total Used Free Comment Server flexms Server 2008 R2 64 Bit a a 4 33 TB 1 93 TB 2 39 TB flexcore WY 64 Bit Dey Machine 3 3 503 31 GE 35020 GB 153 11 GB sviki SRV2E43 Database Server amp a 139 50 GBE 41 85 6B 97 64 GB srv2k40 SRV2EK40 Database Server amp a 139 50 GE 41 85 GB 3
2. E User Defines Commands Bn m n a Ed View All Command Types i Mame shortcut Type Sync USB Disk File Synchronization Command 2 Sync Web Site Ctrl File Synchronization Command amp Organize Downloads z ioe ing Command Monitor System Disk Edit Cornmand iring Command Classify Data Files Ca Copy Command lation Command Analyze Data Files eee Analysis Command Sync Downloads Execute Command Inization Command Find Duplicate Images W Set Keyboard Shortcut les Search Command ia Delete Temporary Files as lommand Create Desktop Shortcut K Rename Command a add m fl Move Command Up port Close lw Move Command Down Import Commands Export to AML Format Export to FLA Format Delete Command In order to add and a new command select the user defined commands tool pane click the right mouse button select the Add menu and select the required command type All command types require the user to specify one or more directories or files to be processed In addition depending on the command type command specific dialog will be displayed and the user will be provided with the ability to control all the command specific options Once added a user defined command will be saved in the DiskBoss user s configuration and displayed in the user defined commands tool pane In order to manage user defined commands select
3. ix File Delete Command In order to add a new user defined change file attributes operation press the right mouse button over the Commands pane select the Add New Change File Attributes Command menu item and enter a unique command name On the command inputs dialog specify one or more directories or files to process and press the Next button 1 Change File Attributes Command Inputs Specify directories or files to process Input Files and Directories G DA backup D reports add bir F Add File Delete use Specified Inputs a gt Next Cancel In order to execute a user defined change file attributes command just double click on the command item in the Commands pane Another option is to create a desktop shortcut for the change file attributes operation and then click on the shortcut to execute the change file attributes operation without starting the DiskBoss GUI application Finally in order to execute the change file attributes operation using the command line utility type the following command diskboss execute lt Command Name gt 202 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 16Files and Directories Compare Operations DiskBoss provides the ability compare directories and detect changes in the directory structure file contents file size file attributes file ownership creation and last modification dates The user is provided with the ability to detect all ch
4. Operation File Name Copy To h backup H flexense zip pricing PEER SOFTWARE Inc pdf Delete H flexense zip rsl rsl_backup_10 Jan 2014 xml Copy To h backup H flexense zip tweakpng COPYING txt Copy To h backup H flexense zip tweakpng tweakpng tt Copy To h backup H flexense zip udf Ecma 167 pdf Copy To h backup H flexense zip udf udf201 pdf Copy To h backup H flexense zip udf udf260 pdf Compress and Move To h archive H vms CTOS65D Logs VBox log 1 Copy To h backup H vms FlexSrv Logs VBox log 1 Copy To h backup H vms FlexSrv Logs VBox log 2 Copy To h backup H vms FlexSrv Logs VBox log 3 E43 Save Select Options 180271 Files 349 41 GB Execute E Stop R x rj fer yr her iy Le IW WI VI W E w 1 r P Ee l e R F EN her AZ SS SSS tJ En E per her In addition the user is provided with the ability export the list of file management actions to the HTML text and Excel CSV report formats Once finished reviewing file management actions select actions that should be performed and press the Execute button 6 5 Organizing Files Without Preview The preview mode is very useful for testing purposes but sometimes it may be required to execute file organizing operations fully automatically without showing the preview dialog For example scheduled periodic file organizing operations may be silently per
5. d sync_errors B d sync_actions F Execute Pre Sync Command E Execute Post Sync Command For each log file the user is provided with the ability to specify the log file format plain text or Excel CSV the log file mode and the log files history By default DiskBoss will save an individual log file for each file synchronization operation but the user can switch to consolidated hourly daily or monthly logs files which will be kept in the file synchronization logs directory according to the user specified number of days 10 9 Pre Configured File Synchronization Commands DiskBoss provides the user with the ability to pre configure custom file synchronization operations as user defined commands and execute such commands in a single mouse click using the DiskBoss GUI application or direct desktop shortcuts Commands Monitor System Disk a sync USB Disk Search Modified Documents ar Add New A File Search Command b Find Duplicate Images Classify Data Disk Edit Command Analyze System Disk E Organize Downloads Delete Temporary Files Set Keyboard Shortcut Create Desktop Shortcut File Synchronization Command Pid tana File Organizing Command File Classification Command Disk Space Analysis Command Duplicate Files Search Command Rename Command Move Command Up Disk Change Monitoring Command Move Command Down File Copy Command Delete Command Fil
6. 2015 03 22 15 29 32 Classify Files srv2k40 9 srv2k40 srv2k40 d 1028754 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k40 2015 03 22 15 26 11 Classify Files srv2k41 8 srv2k41 srv2k41 d 1028751 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k41 2015 03 22 15 16 13 Classify Files Per User srv2008 srv2008 u 182576 Files 24 47 GB Classify Files Per User 2015 03 22 14 53 30 Analyze Disk Space ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Analyze Disk Space 2015 03 22 14 51 11 Analyze Disk Space flexms flexms da 36814 Files 145 00 GB Analyze Disk Space import E Export x Delete Reports 32 Dispalyed 32 Disk Space Usage Per Host amp Disk Space Usage Per User N a View Top 100 Directories View Top 100 Files In order to analyze duplicate files per user perform one or more duplicate files search operations on multiple servers and or NAS storage devices open the Reports dialog press the Analyze button and select the Analyze Disk Space Usage Per User menu item DiskBoss will analyze all reports saved in the reports database and display the users analysis dialog showing the number of duplicate files and the amount of duplicate disk space per user Users Duplicate Files Disk Space Per User E als W joy d J leon k J vlad b L tannar 12 4968 61 65 joy d 2 2168 alex s 2 1768 F 1 66 GB E 1 5268 E 195 25 MB 27 57MB
7. By default DiskBoss saves a short report which includes up to 3 file system levels beginning from the current location In order to change the amount of information saved to a report file press the More Options button and select the number of file system levels and the number of items per level that should be exported 43 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 8 Saving Graphical PDF Reports One of the most useful ways to export disk space analysis results is to use the PDF report format In order to save disk space analysis results to a PDF report file press the Save button on the disk space analysis results dialog select the PDF Report format enter a report title and press the Save button Text Report CSV Report XML Report PDF Report F DiskBoss Report h _ SOL Database In addition to the directory tree sorted by the used disk space DiskBoss PDF reports include pie charts showing the disk space usage per file category and the number of files per file category according to the currently selected file categorization mode For example if the second level file categories mode is set to categorize disk space analysis results by the file extension the PDF report will display pie charts showing the used disk space and the number of files per file extension Disk Space Analysis Report 27 Jan 2015 Disk Space Analysis Report Property Value Date 2015 01 27 Time 16 55 46 Total Files Total Space Pe
8. Change filters may be enabled when the disk change monitor is active filtering and displaying matching file system changes in real time In order to reset active file filters just press the Clear button located on the right side of the categories control bar 132 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 8 4 Disk Change Monitoring Charts The DiskBoss real time disk change monitor provides the ability to display various types of Statistical pie charts and bars charts showing the number of changes per file extension file category change type and user name In order to display a pie chart open the disk change monitoring results dialog and press the Charts button Changed Disk Space Per Extension E 18 40MB 52 57 DATFiles PA 5 21MB 1487 IS Files 431MB 12 33 XML Files fe 1 78MB 509 IPGFiles F 122MB 348 C55 Files H 334 51K5 261 HMM Files 899 41 KE 2 51 PNGFies 768 00 KE 2 14 LOG1Files 1 54MB 440 Other 7 The charts dialog shows statistics according to the currently selected file categorization mode For example in order to display a pie chart showing the number of changes per change type select the Categorize Changes Per Change Type file categorization mode and then press the Charts button WA i 80KF 78 12 Modified Files be 333Files 1443 Created Files 168 Files 7 28 Deleted Files 4 Files 0 17 Renamed Files The charts dialog
9. Disk Change Monitoring Command T iw File Integrity Monitoring Command 2 File Copy Command File Move Command File Delete Command localhost 8094 Connected To localhost No Active Tasks In order to add a user defined disk space analysis or file management command press the Add button located on the main toolbar select a command type enter a unique command name enter one or more disks directories or network shares to process and press the Save button File Command Tools Help De a a H Connect Add Delete Database Jobs Tasks Options Help Command Last Start Data Status 06 Apr 2013 130130 Files Analyze System Disk 19 54 26 23 91 GB Completed Add New Completed Start Command Analyze Home Directories Running Pause Command Stop Command Classify Home Directories Idle i Edit Command Date Time Copy Command 06 Apr 2013 19 52 32 Rename Command 06 Apr 2013 19 52 32 EJ Export Command Import Command Connected To localhost Rut a Move Command Up Move Command Down Delete Command Each type of disk analysis or file management operation provides it s own set of advanced options allowing one to configure and customize each specific command for user specific needs In order to configure a user defined command select the command press the right mouse button and select the Edit Command menu item 2
10. 21 Modified 0 Bytes Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 1 10 KB Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ 12 Apr 2015 21 Created 0 Bytes gt C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskbossu 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 0 Bytes C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskbossu 12 Apr 2015 21 Renamed 0 Bytes C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskbossu 12 Apr 2015 21 Renamed To 950 Bytes Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 0 Bytes Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 950 Bytes Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx 12 Apr 2015 21 Created 10 50 KB Administrat C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 10 50 KB Administrat C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm gt 22 Categorize By Extension eT File Categories w JE ss Categorize By Extension 60 25 MB ma 23 37 Categorize By User Name 13 91 KB E 9 96 J Categorize By File Size 13 35 MB E 690 amp Categorize By File Type 6 98 MB E 613 ire NOEXT Files 270 00 MB Se 613 EE LNK Files 11 18 KB a Completed Total 261 Changes Current 261 Changes The bottom view shows categories of detected file system changes according to
11. 7 i Secure File Copy Command Le Delete Command Secure File Sync Command G File Copy Command File Move Command x File Delete Command Command Group User defined commands may be managed and executed through the commands dialog or the commands tool pane In order to add a new command through the commands pane press the right mouse button over the pane and select the Add New Duplicate Files Search Command menu item In order to execute a previously saved command just click on the command item in the commands tool pane or create a direct desktop shortcut on the Windows desktop 98 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 19 Searching Duplicate Files Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility In addition to the DiskBoss GUI application DiskBoss Ultimate provides a command line utility allowing one to execute duplicate files detection and removal operations from batch files and Shell scripts The command line tool is located in the lt ProductDir gt bin directory Command Line Syntax diskboss duplicates dir lt Input Directory 1 gt lt Input Directory X gt lt Options gt Parameters dir lt Directory 1 gt lt Directory X gt file lt File 1 gt lt File 2 gt This parameter specifies the list of input directories or files to process In order to ensure proper parsing of command line arguments directories and file names containing space characters should be
12. Disk DA Disk FA Disk H Commands Sync USB Disk AS Search Reports Analyze System Disk Monitor System Disk Classify Data Disk Detect Duplicates Backup Documents Delete Temp Files Be a 1 Directory 24 Files Free Space 29 13 GB No Periodic Jobs 8 Completed Tasks The second GUI layout places tool panes on the left side of the file view The third GUI layout places tool panes on the right side of the file view Finally the fourth GUI layout places the first tool pane on the right side of the file view and the second tool pane on the bottom side of the file view File View Command Bookmarks History Tools Help amp Search OOG Computer a amp Local Disk C gt Gan gt 9 Intel 5 PerfLogs gt PHP gt 5 Program Files E ES Ev E os E5 Sync Organize Classify Analyze Duplicates Cleanup Home lal 5 Program Files x86 P b O temp b 9 Users gt 9 Windows Local Disk D Local Disk FA b Removable Disk GA Local Disk HA Network Drive TA Network Drive Z FA target Mes D Type Hard Disk NTFS Hard Disk NTFS Hard Disk NTFS Removable Disk FAT32 Hard Disk NTFS Network Drive NTFS Up Bookmark Refr Space Total 58 50 GB Used 29 37 GB Total 81 14 GB Used 6 00 GB Total 596 17 GB Used 421 90 GB esh Database Commands a ee Tasks La
13. e Processing Threads DiskBoss is optimized for multi core and multi CPU servers and can use a number of CPUs to effectively delete millions of files located on one or more servers or storage systems The Processing Threads option allows one to set the number of CPUs or CPU cores to use for the file delete operation e Delete Input File Lists DiskBoss can delete files listed in user specified text files with a full file name including a full path per line In order to configure a file delete operation to delete files listed in one or more text files set the Read Inputs From Files mode on the delete command inputs dialog In this mode DiskBoss will read the specified text files and delete files listed in the user provided text files Select this option in order to automatically delete the input text files after each delete operation e Always Delete Empty Directories DiskBoss provides the ability to perform rule based file delete operations and delete files matching one or more user specified rules and policies In the rule based file delete mode DiskBoss will delete only files matching user specified rules while keeping all directories in place Select this option in order to always delete empty directories in the rule based file delete mode 190 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd The Advanced tab provides the ability to control a number of advanced file delete options including the data wiping mode delete file logs d
14. Check File Contents option is selected DiskBoss calculates a hash signature for each file located in the source directory and compares the source file hash signature to the hash signature of the same file located in the destination directory By default DiskBoss uses the SHA 256 hash signature algorithm which is very reliable but requires significant CPU resources In order to reduce the CPU usage during the directory comparison process the user is provided with the ability to change the hash signature algorithm to SHA 1 MD5 or even simple CRC 32 CRC 64 checksums which are less reliable but require fewer CPU resources 207 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 16 4 Comparing Specific Types of Files DiskBoss allows one to compare selected files by the file type size file name extension file attributes etc using one or more user specified file matching rules For example the user is provided with the ability to compare all types of documents images and program files and Skip all other types of files Multiple different types of file matching rules may be used to precisely select files to be processed Compare Files Matching Criteria amp Categonzed As Documents Books and Help Files Categonzed As Images Pictures and Graphic Files Categorized As Programs Extensions and Script Files In order to add one or more file matching rules to a directories comparison operation select the Rules tab press the A
15. Configure and Control DiskBoss Server Manage File Management Commands Client Application Save Reports to Files or a Database DiskBoss Server API Library DiskBoss Service Storage Device 1 Storage Storage Device 2 Device X In a single host setup the DiskBoss API library connects locally to the DiskBoss server which runs in the background as a service The DiskBoss API library provides the user with the ability to configure the server setup user defined file management commands control file management operations and save results to file reports or an SQL database In a multi host configuration the DiskBoss API library connects to one or more DiskBoss Servers through the network allowing one to configure manage and control multiple DiskBoss servers using a single client application Managing Multiple DiskBoss Servers Using a Single Client Application Single application connects to multiple DiskBoss Servers through the network i i i l l l i i i Configure one or more DiskBoss Servers i Manage File Management Commands 7 gt Client Application l l l l l l i Control File Managements Operations Save Reports to Files or a Database DiskBoss Server API Library Corporate Network DiskBoss DiskBoss DiskBoss Server 1 Server 2 Server X 237 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 19 Appendix 19 1 Installing MySQL Dat
16. Hosts srv2ko3 srvz2ko0 srv2kol srviko2 49 28GB 20 18 srv2008 srv2008 srv2k4l srv2k40 15 1868 6 35 srv2k41 flexsrv ctos6i5d 6 95GB 291 flexsrv Heun P 4 906B 205 srv2k60 133 7268 55 89 flexms 15 1865 6 35 srv2k40 49068 2 05 srv2k61 Show Pie Chart ie 49068 205 srv2k63 Show Disk Space E 490GB 2 05 srv2k62 3 Edit Chart Options E 350 56MB 0 14 ctos6Sd Copy To Clipboard gt Print Chart Image my Save PDF Report m All Report Labels The hosts analysis dialog provides the ability to display pie charts and bars charts showing the disk space usage per server or NAS storage device according to file classification reports saved in the reports database The user is provided with the ability to select the types of file classification operations and file system locations to analyze edit the chart header and footer copy the chart image to the clipboard and export graphical PDF reports including pie charts 74 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 17 Analyzing File Categories Per User DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to automatically detect all servers and NAS storage devices on the network classify files in hundreds of servers and or NAS storage devices via the network submit file classification reports to the reports database and display charts showing the used disk space per user across the entire ent
17. flexcore WY 64 Bit Dey Machine 3 3 503 31 GE 35020 GB 153 11 GB sviki SRV2E43 Database Server amp a 139 50 GBE 41 85 6B 97 64 GB srv2k40 SRV2EK40 Database Server amp a 139 50 GE 41 85 GB 37 64 GB srvzk41 SRV2K41 Database Server 8 i 139 5066 41 85 GB 37 64 GB srv2kd2 a a 13950 GE 41 85 GB 97 64 GB SRV2K42 Database Server J TE Jao GB Search Files 86 GB Leo GB Ba GB Analyze Disk Space Classify Files n wp F a ae flexsrv Intranet Web Server eae Search Duplicates Execute Batch Command iS A Select Network Shares Unselect Network Shares Select All Network Shares Unselect All Network Shares View Network Search Log In order to start a batch disk space analysis operation press the Network button located on the main toolbar search all servers and NAS storage devices on the network select one or more servers and NAS storage devices press the right mouse button and select the Execute Batch Command menu item BERRA Ho Execute Command Name Analyze Syster Disk Classify System Disk Analyze Disk Space Classify Files 8 Search Duplicate Files Search Recently Modified Documents ave Individual REDE or Each Ne Tworki oF vel ee poe _ Save Individual Report For Each Network Server _ Save Individual Report For Each Network Share h DiskBoss will display a list of pre configured disk space
18. t Sync USB Disk ee Search Modified Documents i W Find Duplicate Images a Add New File Search Command Classify Data Disk M Analyze System Disk Organize Downloads Monitor system Disk Delete Temporary Files Edit Command File Synchronization Command Execute Command File Organizing Command Set Keyboard Shortcut i File Classification Command Create Desktop Shortcut Disk Space Analysis Commiaina RESET genes ae Duplicate Files Search Command Move Command Up Disk Change Monitoring Command Move Command Down File Copy Command Delete Command Jr File Move Command File Delete Command User defined commands may be managed and executed through the commands dialog or the commands tool pane In order to add a new command through the commands pane press the right mouse button over the pane and select the Add New File Search Command menu item In order to execute a previously saved command just click on the command item in the commands tool pane or create a direct desktop shortcut on the Windows desktop 127 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 24 Searching Files Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility In addition to the DiskBoss GUI application DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide power computer users and IT administrators with the ability to execute user defined file search operations from batch files and shell scripts using the
19. 4 3 File Filters and File Categories The top view of the file classification results dialog shows the file categories and classes sorted by the amount of the used disk space and the bottom view shows the second level file categories and filters which may be used to filter files and categories displayed in the top view making it very easy to focus on specific types of files or file groups DiskBoss allows one to categorize file classification results by the file extension file size user name creation last modification and last access dates amp 2 l BB Copy Move Delete Up Charts Save Info Name Files Space Space L Programs Extensions and Script Files 24627 13 93 GB 52 63 LI Miscellaneous Files 33323 3 96 GB 14 96 O Documents Books and Help Files 4922 2 18 GB 8 22 O Windows Files 26051 1 83 GB 6 92 Development Files 8003 142 GB 5 34 L Archive Backup and Disk Image Files 2212 1 10 GB 4 15 Temporary Files 34397 809 92 MB 2 99 LI Unknown Files 6127 499 80 MB 1 84 O Movies Clips and Video Files 557 295 87 MB 1 09 i L Images Pictures and Graphic Files 6720 284 06 MB 1 05 LI Internet Files 5068 170 95 MB 0 63 Categorize By Modification Date File Categories 100 x 5 Last Modified Jul 2009 42966 6 47 GB 24 45 P EJ Last Modified Jan 2015 A Sel d Filt Last Modified Jun 2009 iti Apply Selected Filters N 10 55 8 37 Be Last Modified Nov 2
20. Add New Secure File Copy Command menu item and specify a unique command name Specify directories or files to process Input Files and Directories gt D SQL Database 4 FA Decuments 0 F Reports F AddFie Delete Use Specified Inputs gt Next cancel On the secure file copy command inputs dialog add one or more source directories or files to be copied to the destination DiskBoss Server By default DiskBoss Server will copy the specified source directories sequentially but in order to increase the speed of the secure file copy operation the user is provided with the ability scan directories and or copy files in parallel using a user specified number of parallel file copy threads Once finished adding source files and directories press the Next button 174 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd On the secure file copy General tab enter the host name or an IP address of the destination DiskBoss Server to copy files to In addition the user needs to specify the DiskBoss user name and password to login to the destination DiskBoss Server default is admin admin Optionally in the case the destination DiskBoss Server is configured to use a custom TCP IP port default is 8094 the user needs to configure an appropriate TCP IP port number Finally the user needs to specify a directory on the destination DiskBoss Server to copy files to amp Secure File Copy Fe General Lal Advanced DiskBoss Se
21. Database tab enable the ODBC interface and specify an ODBC data source name user name and password that should be used to connect to the database T tratie coe ro WBE Database HE ODBC Data Source MySQL Server Shortcuts User Name diskbass Misc Password writ iit i Diems Once finished configuring the ODBC interface press the Verify button to make sure the DiskBoss file integrity monitor is capable of connecting to the database using the specified ODBC database interface In order to manually save detected file system changes to the database open the change list dialog press the Save button and select the SQL Database menu item s 04r Now 20H File Integrity Monitor Report O4 Octf2011 21 55 erv200g Ei Sete Repot DiskBoss Disk Space Analysis Ras O4 Oct 2011 A srv2QQs DiskBoss Disk Space Analysis Res 04 Oct 2011 AG nas a Papert Repoti 3 DiskBoss Disk Space Analysis R O4 fOcte011 2142 flexsrv A Export Reports DiskBoss Disk Space Analysis Ras Refresh View Delete In order to see reports saved in the database just press the Database button located on the main toolbar The top part of the database dialog provides a number of report filters allowing one to filter reports by the report type title host name etc In order to open a report just click on a report item in the reports view The database dialog allows one to export import reports from to the database Select one or
22. Delete 2 2 68 GB 5 36 GB i F iso Windows xp2 iso Shortcut To 2 698 75 MB 5 1 36 GB T F soft msdev_2005 VS80sp1 KB926601 X8 Shortcut To 2 431 67 MB a 863 35MB i F soft xpsp2 WindowsXP KB835935 SP2 Shortcut To 2 266 01 MB 532 01 MB 0 D flexense documents products diskbos x Delete 51 82 MB 518 23 MB i D flexense zip logs logs_23 May 2013 rar x Delete 244 19 MB 488 38 MB i D flexense documents products diskbos Shortcut To 47 42 MB E 474 16 MB Ta H data PFS3 3 diskboss_manual_v4 doc l Compress 58 46 MB 467 66 MB i F pictures canon Slovack zip l Compress 155 35 MB 310 69 MB i D flexense zip e mail_backup E Mail_Ma Shortcut To 122 64 MB 245 27 MB A D flexense screenshots zip flexense_scree Shortcut To 115 90 MB 231 81 MB Categorize By Extension cah File Categories 100 JPG Files 14913 12 46 GB 31 88 ISO Files 4 6 73 GB i 17 22 RAR Files 607 4 30 GB i 10 99 W DOC Files 510 3 38 GB i 3 64 NEF Files 440 2 21 GB i 5 65 EXE Files 882 211 GB i 5 40 E POF Files 4088 951 66 MB 2 38 Duplicates 70810 Files 21 07 GB Selected 42 Files 6 24 GB 2 a wi 5 0 N m The duplicate set dialog shows all duplicate files related to the set and allows one to select the original file the duplicate files and the duplicates removal action I
23. DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 14 2 File Delete and Data Wiping Options In order to open the advanced file delete and data wiping options dialog press the Advanced Options button located on the file delete dialog The delete options dialog consists of the General tab Advanced tab Rules tab and the Exclude tab The General tab provides the ability to control the file scanning mode the performance mode the number of processing threads and a number of additional advanced file delete options explained later in this document _ 2 File Delete Option Fy General RES Advanced a Rules Excude File Scanning Mode Parallel Performance Mode Full Speed oh Processing Threads 2 F Delete Input File Lists F Always Delete Empty Directories Ok Cancel e File Scanning Mode DiskBoss is capable of deleting files located in multiple directories disks in parallel thus improving the speed of the file delete process on multi CPU multi core systems Select the Parallel file scanning mode if you wish to delete files in all input directories simultaneously e Performance Mode Sometimes in order to minimize a potential performance impact on running applications it may be required to intentionally slow down a long running file delete or data wiping operation The Performance Mode option allows one to set an appropriate performance level for the file delete operation
24. Finish button The setup program will open a MySQL configuration wizard allowing one to configure basic server settings _ fe MySQL Server 5 1 Setup Wizard Wizard Completed Setup has finished installing MySQL Server 5 1 Click Finish to exit the wizard Configure the MySQL Server now Use this option to generate an optimized MySQL config file setup a Windows service running on a dedicated port and to set the password for the root account C Register the MySQL Server now Use this option to register this MySQL server with SunConnect service to receive automatic update notifications on future releases and other free offerings A browser window will open briefly to allow you to complete the registration 238 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd On the next setup page select the Detailed Configuration option and press the Next button The detailed configuration mode is required to configure the MySQL server for maximum database performance Configu ration W TEE wee Li ats onfiguration Wizare MySQL Server Instance Configuration Configure the MySQL Server 5 1 server instance Please select a configuration type i Detailed aati Use this only on machines that do not already have a MySQL server installation This will use a general purpose configuration for the server that can be tuned manually On the next page select the Server Machine option which is the most balanced configura
25. Move Charts Top 100 Name Space Space E Windows 17 12 GB a ae E Program Files x86 4 47 GB 16 88 OE a Use 10 39 3 ae Open Directory C Program Files jens 5 047 9 ProgramData Open Directory in Explorer ins 9 NVIDIA 1 02 Ga PHP esa Po E temp CL op O Intel 4 Copy To Directory C zoom i D C reports Ja Mowe To Directory ERLA Delete eS DLL Files Copy Selected Information To Clipbeard m EXE Files Copy Selected Names To Clipboard E HXS Files DAT Files jee NOEXT Files 153597 Files 26 47 GB EN Properties For copy and move operations enter the destination directory and optionally press the Advanced Options button to open the file copy options dialog The copy options dialog allows one to control the file overwrite mode file copy rules performance tuning options and error handling options 1 Directory Selected For Copy Destination Path f backup Advanced Options When copying files with an active file filter DiskBoss automatically adds one or more file matching rules to the Rules tab ensuring that only filtered files are copied to the destination directory In order to delete one or more files or directories select the required files or directories in the analysis results view press the right mouse button and select the Delete menu item 2 Advanced Options 40 DiskBoss User Manual
26. MySQL Server User Name diskboss Password TTT iTiit For each report in the database DiskBoss displays the report date and time the host name the input directories the total number of files and disk space and the report title To open a previously saved report just click on the report item in the database reports dialog en View All Report Types 01 Sep 2011 01 Sep 2011 _ 01 Sep 2011 _ 01 Sep 2011 01 Sep 2011 01 Sep 2011 01 Sep 2011 01 Sep 2011 01 Sep 2011 01 Sep 2011 Be Be 2 2 2 ma Time Host 17 11 01 mysql 17 06 32 websry 17 00 06 mysql 16 54 51 srv2008 16 53 43 srv2003 16 53 13 srv2003 16 51 52 mysql 16 44 10 srv2008 16 41 44 srv2003 16 40 51 srv2003 Search by Title Files Space 3940 65 73 MB 24262 834 65 MB 42360 1 24 GB 119397 8 78 GB 6 657 447 77 GB 105312 34 24 GB 42360 1 24 GB 119331 8 77 GB 6 657 447 77 GB 105312 34 24 GB 67 Title Duplicate Files Duplicate Images MySQL Server E Mail Server DiskBoss DB Data DiskBoss DB Server MySQL Server E Mail Server DiskBoss DB Data DiskBoss DB Server DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 10 Classifying Files in Network Servers and NAS Storage Devices DiskBoss allows one to scan the network discover network servers and NAS storage devices automatically detect all accessible network shares and classify files in hundreds of network servers and NAS storage devices In addition the user
27. Rules tab and press the Add button Once finished to add file matching rules select an appropriate rules logic mode AND OR and press the Save button For a rule based disk space analysis operation the results dialog will show files matching the specified rules and directories containing these files All types of charts and reports will include information about filtered files only making it very easy to focus on specific types or categories of files Select Advanced File Search Criteria Search Files Categorized As Search Files Containing Text Search Files With the File Size Search Files With the File Attributes q Search Files Containing HEA Pattern Not Categorized As Archive Backup and Disk Image Files a Select Categorized As L Not Categorized As hy In addition to positive file matching rules allowing one to analyze disk space usage for files matching user specified rules DiskBoss provides the ability to add negative file matching rules which will exclude specific type or categories of files from the disk space analysis process For example in order to exclude all types of backup and archive files from disk space analysis results add a file category rule select the Not Categorized As rule operator and select the Archive and Backup Files file category 50 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 15 Excluding Subdirectories from Disk Space Analysis Process Sometimes it may be
28. button and specify the number of file system levels and the number of items per file system level to be exported to the database Date Time Host Files Space Title 01 Sep 2011 17 11 01 mysql 3940 65 73 MB Duplicate Files 01 Sep 2011 17 06 32 websrw 24262 834 65 MB Duplicate Images 01 Sep 2011 17 00 06 mysql 42360 1 24 GB MySQL Server 01 Sep 2011 16 54 51 srv2008 119397 8 78 GB E Mail Server 01 Sep 2011 16 53 43 srv2003 67657 447 77 GB DiskBoss DB Data 01 Sep 2011 16 53 13 srv2003 105312 34 24 GB DiskBoss DB Server 01 Sep 2011 16 51 52 mysql 42360 1 24 GB MySQL Server 01 Sep 2011 16 44 10 srv2008 119331 8 77 GB E Mail Server 01 Sep 2011 16 41 44 srv2003 67657 447 77 GB DiskBoss DB Data 01 Sep 2011 16 40 51 srv2003 105312 34 24 GB DiskBoss DB Server Br Rr A 2 2 2 m m A m ose For each report in the database DiskBoss displays the report date and time the host name the input directories the total number of files and disk space and the report title To open a previously saved report just click on the report item in the database reports dialog 45 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 10 Analyzing Disk Space Usage Per Host DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to automatically detect all servers and NAS storage devices on the network analyze hundreds of servers and or NAS storage devices via the network submit reports to a centralized reports database
29. ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Classify Files ctos65d 2015 03 22 15 29 38 Classify Files flexsrv 10 flexsrv flexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Classify Files flexsrv 2015 03 22 15 29 32 Classify Files srv2k40 9 srv2k40 srv2k40 d 1028754 Files 1518 GB Classify Files srv2k40 2015 03 22 15 26 11 Classify Files srv2k41 8 srv2k41 srv2k41 d 1028751 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k41 2015 03 22 15 16 13 Classify Files Per User srv2008 srv2008 u 182576 Files 24 47 GB Classify Files Per User 2015 03 22 14 53 30 Analyze Disk Space ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Analyze Disk Space Me 2015 03 22 14 51 11 Analyze Disk Space flexms flexms da 36814 Files 145 00 GB Analyze Disk Space 2 l Dispalyed 32 Close i E save Summary galAnaivzes Import E Export x Delete reports ns FH Disk Space Usage Per Host N amp Disk Space Usage Per User View Top 100 Directories View Top 100 Files In order to analyze disk space usage per server perform one or more file classification operations on multiple servers and or NAS storage devices open the Reports dialog press the Analyze button and select the Analyze Disk Space Usage Per Host menu item DiskBoss will analyze all reports saved in the reports database and display the hosts analysis dialog showing the disk space usage per host
30. d file_organize_logs V Save Process Actions Log d file_organize_logs V Execute Pre Process Action di scripts stop sol_database bat W Execute Post Process Action d scripts start_sql_database bat a Cane DiskBoss provides the following types of file organizing logs e Process Tasks Log this log shows summary information about each executed file organizing task including the total number of scanned files the amount of scanned disk space the number of files processed by the configured file management actions the amount of disk space processed by the configured file management actions the number of file management errors and the file organizing task process time e Process Errors Log this log shows file management errors for each file organizing task including the date and time of each error error description and the full file name e Process Actions Log this log shows all file management actions that were performed by a file organizing task This log may be very useful for testing purposes but for large file systems containing millions of files this log may generate large log files containing very long lists of performed file management actions For each log DiskBoss provides the ability to control the directory where to save all log files the log file mode the log file format and the number of history log files to keep in the log files directory The user is provided with three different log files modes allow
31. diskbossi yourcomany com For Each Directory Under d Wsers EZ vvith More Than 1000 IMB Of Data Ok Cancel During runtime DiskBoss will perform disk space analysis and evaluate the specified conditions for one or more directories depending on the selected directory mode Execution of disk space analysis actions depends on the selected actions mode In the Preview mode DiskBoss will mark directories matching the specified conditions in the results dialog and show the actions preview dialog allowing one to verify and manually confirm all disk space analysis actions reports and E Mail notifications to be executed In the Execute mode instead of showing the disk space analysis results dialog DiskBoss will automatically send E Mail notifications save reports and or execute actions for each directory matching the user specified conditions The Execute mode is especially useful for automatic disk space analysis and file management operations performed periodically using DiskBoss Server allowing one to trigger user defined disk cleanup and file management operations based on disk space analysis results 52 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 17 Advanced Disk Space Analysis Options DiskBoss provides a large number of advanced disk space analysis options allowing one to customize and configure disk space analysis operations for user specific needs and custom hardware and storage configurations
32. m POES USEE Start In Parallel pe i Pause Command Duplicate Files Per User E Stop Command S amp View Command Reports Duplicate Files View All Reports z Date Time Message m Edit Command Status Value 30 Mar 2015 11 05 48 DiskBoss Ser Copy Command ly Commands 6 30 Mar 2015 11 05 48 DiskBoss Ser Current Tasks 1 30 Mar 2015 11 54 33 Analyze Disk Rename Command Running Tasks 0 30 Mar 2015 11 54 36 Analyze Disk Completed Tasks 1 30 Mar 2015 11 54 53 Analyze Disk Export Command Failed Tasks 0 Connected To localhost No Periodic Import Command Move Command Up w Move Command Down Delete Command The user is provided with a client GUI application and a command line utility which can manage and control one or more DiskBoss Servers locally or through the network The DiskBoss client GUI application allows one to configure various types of disk space analysis file search disk change monitoring and data management operations review analysis results save HTML text Excel CSV graphical PDF and XML reports generate various types of charts and schedule periodic disk space analysis and data management operations 32 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 27 DiskBoss Server SDK and Programming API DiskBoss Server provides a software development kit SDK and a C C programming API library allowing one to control a single DiskBoss Server on the same host where the client application
33. press the Network button located on the main toolbar and wait while DiskBoss will scan the network and show a list of detected network servers and NAS storage devices In order to search duplicate files in one or more servers or NAS storage devices select the required servers and NAS storage devices and press the Duplicates button 164 Directories Selected for Search Search Disks Directories and Network Shares E flexms backup G flexms data Ca Whlecms disk_d LQ Wflexmsidisk f DiskBoss will show all accessible network shares hosted on the selected servers and NAS storage devices allowing one to search duplicate files and save various types of duplicate files pie charts and reports In addition the user is provided with the ability to customize a large number of advanced duplicate files search options allowing one to tune duplicate files search operations for user specific needs and hardware configurations 91 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 11 Batch Duplicate Files Search Operations DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to execute one or more pre configured duplicate files search operations on all network servers and NAS storage devices on the network and generate an individual duplicate files search report for each server and NAS storage device In order to be able to use batch duplicate files search operations the user needs to pre configure one or more
34. this option provides the ability to change file attributes for files only directories only or for files and directories e File Scanning Mode DiskBoss is optimized for multi core and multi CPU servers and is capable of scanning files and directories in parallel using multiple CPUs Use this option to select the Parallel or Sequential file scanning mode e Performance Mode In order to minimize a potential performance impact on running production applications DiskBoss provides the ability to intentionally slow down long running change file attributes operations which may be useful when changing attributes for millions of files on active production servers and storage systems e Processing Threads Use this option to set the number of processing threads to be used for the change file attributes operation 15 3 Changing Attributes for Specific Types of Files DiskBoss allows one to change file attributes and or file timestamps for files matching user specified rules For example the user is provided with the ability to change file attributes for all types of images with the file size more than X MB Multiple different types of file matching rules may be used to precisely select files to be processed Process Files Matching Criteria Categorized As Images Pictures and Graphic Files Files With Size More Than 5 MBytes G start cancel In order to add one or more file matching rules to a change file attributes operati
35. which may be set to one of the following values e overwrite in this mode DiskBoss always overwrites existing destination files e new in this mode DiskBoss overwrites destination files if the source file is newer e skip in this mode DiskBoss skips all files already existing in the destination directory port lt Port Number gt This parameter specifies the destination DiskBoss Server TCP IP port number to connect to If this parameter is not specified DiskBoss will try to connect to the default TCP IP port 8094 The port should be open in the destination server s firewall user lt DiskBoss Server User Name gt This parameter specifies the user name to login to the destination DiskBoss Server If this parameter is not specified DiskBoss will use the default admin user name password lt DiskBoss Server Password gt This parameter specifies the password to login to the destination DiskBoss Server If this parameter is not specified DiskBoss will use the default admin password V This command shows the product s major version minor version revision and build date help This command shows the command line usage information 181 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 12 7 Secure File Copy Performance DiskBoss is optimized for modern multi CPU and multi core systems and is capable of performing secure file copy operations using a number of parallel file copy threads in order to maximize the performance of secure file copy operations
36. 0 Bytes 0 Bytes 886 Bytes 886 Bytes 0 Bytes 0 Bytes 886 Bytes 886 Bytes 0 Bytes 0 Bytes 886 Bytes 886 Bytes 0 Bytes 0 Bytes 2 45 KB 2 45 KB 0 Bytes 0 Bytes 886 Bytes 886 Bytes 0 Bytes 0 Bytes 886 Bytes 886 Bytes 0 Bytes 0 Bytes 1 61 KB 1 61 KB 0 Bytes 0 Bytes File System Changes Owner Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Name C NSIS Bin zip2Zexe exe C NSIS Bin zip2exe exe C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks bigq bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks C NSIS Contrib Graphi cs Checks bigq bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks big bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks classic cross bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks classic cross bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks classic cross bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks classic bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks classic bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks classic bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks colorful bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks C
37. 08 GB Dup Files 70810 Disk Space 21 07 GB Performance 434 1 Files Sec Process Time 6 Mins 24 Secs Host Name flexcore User Name alex s Input Dirs d Yf yh File Filter off Top 10 File Categories Category Files Space Space Images Pictures and Graphic Files 27978 Files 16 11 GB 41 22 Archive Backup and Disk Image Files 1179 Files 12 48 GB 31 92 Documents Books and Help Files 8839 Files 4 99 GB 12 77 Programs Extensions and Script Files 2854 Files 2 32 GB 5 93 Development Files 51406 Files 1 27 GB 3 25 Unknown Files 2834 Files 854 04 MB 2 13 Music and Audio Files 152 Files 740 93 MB 1 85 Internet Files 7881 Files 233 28 MB 0 58 Miscellaneous Files 6456 Files 97 84 MB 0 24 Windows Files 1189 Files 32 01 MB 0 08 Top 10000 Duplicate File Sets Original File Dup Files Disk Space E soft SQL Server en sql 2005 dev aii dvd iso z 5 36 GB E iso Windows xp2 iso 2 1 36 GB F soft msdev 2005 VS80sp1 KB926601 X86 ENU exe 2 863 35 MB E soft xpsp2 WindowsXP KB835935 SP2 ENU exe 2 532 01 MB D flexense documents products diskboss diskboss manual diskboss manual v3 doc 10 518 23 MB D flexense zip logs logs 23 May 2013 rar 2 488 38 MB D flexense documents products diskboss diskboss manual diskboss manual v2 doc 10 474 16 MB H data PFS3 3 diskboss manual v4 doc 8 467 66 MB E pictures canon Slovack zip 2 310 69 MB D flexense zip e mail_backup E Mail Mar 2011 rar 2 245 27 MB D flexense screenshots zip flex
38. 1 12 MB 1 12 MB 1 12 MB 10 50 KB Administrat Administrat Administrat Administrat Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss e C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss e C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss e C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss e C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Deleted Modified Deleted Modified Deleted 10 50 KB 51 73 KB 51 73 KB 51 73 KB 0 Bytes 0 Bytes 0 Bytes 0 Bytes 0 Bytes 0 Bytes Administrat Administrat Administrat Administrat C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate uninstall exe C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate uninstall exe C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate uninstall exe C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm SODDOOOOOOOO 21 84 m 690 O NOEXT Files LNK Files Completed Total 261 Changes Current 261 Changes Filtered 79 Changes FLX Files INI Files TMP Files
39. 10 89 Hosts V srv2008 T srv2k40 tom s T srv2k41 ae 7 srv2k61 denis j ERTA v vlad b Show Pie Chart X Show Disk Space v Edit Chart Options Ged 10 71 irena h 8 17 leon k 7 50 0 94 0 13 Date 22 Mar 20 15 Time 15 17 09 Duplicate Files Disk Space Per User All Disks and Directories a All Report Labels Duplicate Files The users analysis dialog provides the ability to display pie charts and bars charts showing the number of duplicate files and the amount of duplicate disk space per user according to duplicate files search reports saved in the reports database The user is provided with the ability to select the types of duplicate files search operations and file system locations to analyze edit the chart header and footer copy the chart image to the clipboard and export graphical PDF reports including pie charts IMPORTANT In order to be able to display duplicate files per user the duplicate files search operation should be configured to process and display files user names 97 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 17 Advanced Duplicate Files Search Options The DiskBoss duplicate files finder provides a large number of advanced options allowing one to customize duplicate files search operations for user specific hardware and storage configurations The General tab allows one to control the file signa
40. 14 5 User Defined File Delete and Data Wiping Operations One of the most powerful capabilities of DiskBoss is the ability to pre configure advanced file delete operations as user defined commands and then execute these commands in a single mouse click using the DiskBoss CUI application In addition the user is provided with the ability to execute pre configured file delete operations using the DiskBoss command line utility or schedule periodic file delete operations using DiskBoss Server which runs in the background as a service and allows one to implement fully automated file delete and data wiping operations Commands ce Add New t amp File Search Command Edt eee ae File Synchronization Command heot amumand Disk Space Analysis Command File Classification Command lca Set Keyboard Shortcut Ey ey Create Desktop Shortcut Duplicate Files Search Command i fg Le Change File Attributes Command File Organizing Command tm Rename Command Disk Change Monitoring Command Move Command Up m ie Cy File Integrity Monitoring Command w Move Command Down Ga Copy Command Lf File Copy Command BE Delete Command s Se File Move Command m rs File Delete Command In order to add a new user defined file delete operation press the right mouse button over the Commands pane select the Add New File Delete Command menu
41. 20 Disk Space Analysis Performance sssssssssssssssnsnnsnnrnnssnsnnrsnsnnssnennssnsenssnsnnsenennne 56 A File Classification dandseenwicsntamavndxesnuescudcnsnacsnnesecdencnixgesunmawadeicmswecinensewenseeasmdeenasncens 59 4 1 Classifying Files in Disks and Directories sassssssnssssnnnnannnnenunnannnnsnnunnnnnnnnnnnnann 59 4 2 File Classification Pie ChartS sssssssssssnssnssnsnnssnsnnsnnsnnrnnsnnennennrnnsnnsnnennrsnennrnnene 60 4 3 File Filters and File CategorieS ssusasssssnnnnnnnnnsnnunnannnnnsnunsnnnnnnnnnssnnnnannunnnnnnenn 61 4 4 Analyzing File Classification Results iccicsicicacsneneaniaaiatadcrasaranieabaeaaaeiriaaiateaTenTes 62 4 5 Searching Files in File Classification Results ccccccccccc cece eee e eee eee e eee e ee eeeeeeeeennnnnes 63 4 6 Using File Management Operations ccccccececeee eee e eee eee ee EEE EEE EERE EERE E SESE EE EE ES 64 4 7 Saving File Classification ReportS s sssssssssnansnnsnnunnannnnnnnnsennnunnnnnsnnunsannunnnnnnenn 65 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 8 Saving Graphical PDF REpoOrts cccccccccc cece een ene AEE EEE E EEE EEE EE EEE EEE En EEE EEE EES 66 4 9 Exporting Reports to an SQL DatabasSe ccccccceeceeeee eee ee eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 67 4 10 Classifying Files in Network Servers and NAS Storage Devices ccccceeeeeeeneeeeeeees 68 4 11 Batch File Classification OPErationS ccccccceceeee eee eee eee eee EEE EEE EEE
42. 4 1 Classifying Files in Disks and Directories DiskBoss recognizes more than 3 500 types of files and is capable of classifying files and showing a categorized hierarchy of files sorted by the amount of the disk space used by each file category DiskBoss includes a number of file classification plugins capable of classifying files by the file type extension user name last access modification and creation dates etc In order to classify files in one or more disks or directories select the required directories in the DiskBoss file navigator and press the Classify button 4 Directories Selected for Classification Classify Disks Directories and Network Shares EI Ei Eg D Oy FA Ca HA Default File Classification Plugin y Classify Cancel On the File Classification Plug ins dialog select an appropriate file classification plug in and press the Classify button DiskBoss will classify all the selected disks and directories and show the file classification results dialog displaying a categorized hierarchy of files sorted by the amount of the disk space used by each file category S Hse gt Analyze Link Copy Move Delete Lip Charts Name Files Space Space 7 O Programs Extensions and Script Files 24627 13 93 GB S265 Yo C Miscellaneous Files 33323 3 96 GB 14 95 O Documents Books and Help Files 4922 2 18 GB 8 22 D Windows Files 26051 1 83 GB 6 92 5 _ Development Files 8003 142 GB 5 34 O
43. 52 mysql 42360 1 24 GB MySQL Server 01 Sep 2011 16 44 10 srv2008 119331 8 77 GB E Mail Server 01 Sep 2011 16 41 44 srv2003 67657 447 77 GB DiskBoss DB Data 01 Sep 2011 16 40 51 srv2003 105312 34 24 GB DiskBoss DB Server eS Se ee ee yy L Ca 90 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 10 Search Duplicate Files in Network Servers and NAS Storage Devices DiskBoss allows one to scan the network discover network servers and NAS storage devices automatically detect all accessible network shares and search duplicate files in hundreds of network servers and NAS storage devices In addition the user is provided with the ability to export the list of detected servers and NAS storage devices including lists of network shares for each server into HTML PDF text and Excel CSV reports Free Space Total Space Used Space 3 86 TB 1 84 TE 2 02 TB 503 31 GB 343 77 GB 159 54 GB 381 23 GB 191 71 GB 189 53 GB Server Comment flexms VBox HDD Server flexcore 64 Bit Development Server flexmob VBox 550 Server SRVPK SO Search Files srvek3l srw kaz srvek3s srvzks4 srvek35 srv k36 srvzks SRVZRSL SRVZKS2 SRVZKS5 SRVZKS4 SRVZKS5 SRV2K36 SRV2K37 Co ca Oa Oo Oo Oa Oa faf Pa L d Analyze Disk Space Classify Files Search Duplicates Network Search Log In order to discover all network servers and NAS storage devices on the network
44. All Disks and Directories s All Report Labels The hosts analysis dialog provides the ability to display pie charts and bars charts showing the disk space usage per server or NAS storage device according to analysis reports saved in the reports database The user is provided with the ability to select types of disk space analysis operations and file system locations to analyze edit the chart header and footer copy the chart image to the clipboard and export graphical PDF reports including pie charts 46 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 11 Analyzing Disk Space Usage Per User DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to automatically detect all servers and NAS storage devices on the network analyze hundreds of servers and or NAS storage devices via the network submit analysis reports to a centralized report database and display charts showing the used disk space per user across the entire enterprise om Date Time Command Host Inputs Data Label 2015 03 22 15 36 22 Duplicate Files ctos65 ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Duplicate Files ctos65 8b 2015 03 22 15 36 15 Duplicate Files flexsrv flexsrv flexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Duplicate Files flexsrv 8b 2015 03 22 15 36 04 Duplicate Files flexms flexms flexms da 28268 Files 136 82 GB Duplicate Files flexms 2015 03 22 15 32 02 Classify Files
45. All files and subdirectories located in the specified exclude directory will be excluded from the file classification process In addition advanced users are provided with a number of exclude directories macro commands allowing one to exclude multiple directories using a single macro command DiskBoss provides the following exclude directories macro commands BEGINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories beginning with the specified text string S CONTAINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories containing the specified text string ENDS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories ending with the specified text string REGEX lt Regular Expression gt this macro command excludes directories matching the specified regular expression For example the exclude macro command CONTAINS Temporary Files will exclude all directories with Temporary Files in the full directory path and the exclude macro command SREGEX TMP TEMP will exclude directories ending with TMP or TEMP 71 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 14 Automatic File Organizing Operations One of the most powerful capabilities of the DiskBoss file classification engine is the ability to physically organize files on the disk according to the selected file classification plug in File organizing may be performed manually on file classification results displayed in the file classif
46. Change Monitoring COMMANGAS ccc cceceeee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeee ee eees 130 8 2 Reviewing Detected File System CHANGES cccccccccccc cece ee ee eee eee e eee ee eee eeeeneeeneees 131 6 5 Filtehing File System Changes sccsccivussccimvecscsodanteecamnnderees teen beeesiewinnsiedierentensied 132 8 4 Disk Change Monitoring Charts icincisnctaiedeccatensweetereleacatexsvevaeersssiaiduns titeeranaNes 133 8 5 Saving Disk Change Monitoring Reports cccccccccccce cece cece e eee e eee e eee e eee e eee eeneeennnnees 134 8 6 Exporting Changes to an SQL DatabasSe s ssssssssssrsssrrsnrrsrrnnrrnrnrrnnrrsnnrnrrnnrenns 135 8 7 Disk Change Monitoring E Mail Notifications cccccc ccc cccceeee ences eeeeeeeeeeeenenees 137 8 8 Automatic Generation Of Disk Change Monitoring Reports cccccceeeecseeeeeee eee ees 138 8 9 Monitoring Specific File Types or File Categories ccccccccccceee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 139 8 10 Excluding Subdirectories from the Monitoring Process ccccceeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeee ee eees 140 8 11 Triggering Automated File Management Operations cccccccccee cece eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeenees 141 8 12 Triggering File Integrity Monitoring OPEratiONS cccccccccccce cece ee eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 142 8 13 Monitoring Disks Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility cc ceccecee cece eee e eens 143 9 FIG TACEOTEY MONOT riisiin 144 9 1 File Integrity Monitor Overview sssssssssss
47. Dis 7 None 12 95 MB i 938 85 MB Ly C A Windows SysWOW64 imageres dll F 19 33 MB 938 66 MB Le MENTE Ta fak arad rn or mt i 3l iA rat b BAE AS MEA 1 Categorize By Extension File Categories DLL Files 2 23 GB E EXE Files 160 00 MB DL_Files 156 28 MB la TTC Files 112 00 MB la TTF Files 107 92 MB Duplicates 14839 Files 2 35 GB Selected 0 Files 0 Bytes Fas By default DiskBoss will search duplicate files matching the user specified rules in all duplicate file sets in the current duplicate files report Once the file search operation is completed DiskBoss will display the search results dialog showing all duplicate files matching the rules a File Name Extension gt Full Path i Category File Size E File Attributes D User Name E Created Last Modified Last Accessed Be Creation Date Fe Modification Date Be Last Access Date ire Nested Rules The search results dialog allows one to filter and categorize file search results display various types of pie charts copy move and or delete files export file search results to a number of standard report formats including PDF HTML text Excel CSV and XML In addition advanced users are provided with the ability to export file search results to an SQL database 85 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 5 Selecting Duplicate Files Removal Actions The DiskBoss duplicate fi
48. DiskBoss Server will need to use more CPU resources while trying to compress uncompressible files Another point that should be considered is the speed of the network When files are transferred over a fast network the resulting impact may be not significant but if files are transferred over a slow network where the network speed is the major bottleneck the resulting impact may be very significant e Encrypt Transferred Data Blocks this option enables encryption of transferred files using the AES 256 encryption algorithm with a dynamically generated random encryption key for each transferred file e Verify Transferred Data Blocks this option enables verification of all transferred data blocks using the SHA 256 data signature algorithm and retransmission of all corrupted data blocks When this option is disabled DiskBoss Server verifies transferred data blocks using a simple CRC32 checksum which is good enough for reliable networks but if the user needs to transfer important files through an unreliable network it is recommended to enable verification of transferred data blocks using the SHA 256 data signature algorithm with subsequent retransmission of all corrupted blocks of data 167 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 11 3 Secure File Synchronization Advanced Options DiskBoss Server is optimized for modern multi CPU multi core platforms Gigabit Ethernet networks and RAID storage arrays The user is provided with a large number of c
49. DiskBoss command line utility which is located in the ProductDir bin directory Command Line Syntax diskboss execute lt Search Command Name gt This command executes a user defined file search operation pre configured using the DiskBoss GUI application or imported from an XML file diskboss search rules lt XML File Name gt dir lt Dir 1 gt lt Dir X gt lt Options gt This command executes XML search queries defined according to the DiskBoss XML Based format using input directories and files specified in the command line For detailed information about the XML format refer to the DiskBoss XML format specification Parameters dir lt Input Directory 1 gt lt Input Directory X gt file lt File 1 gt lt File X gt This parameter specifies the list of input directories to process Options save_html_report ReportFileName This optional parameter instructs DiskBoss to save a Summary report and the list of all search results to an external HTML file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_search_ date _ time html where date and time will be substituted by current date and time accordingly Save_csv_report ReportFileName This optional parameter instructs DiskBoss to save a Summary report and the list of all search results to an Excel CSV file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically ge
50. DiskBoss is capable of searching files by binary patterns located or not located at specific positions inside of files In order to add a binary pattern search rule press the Add button select the Search Files Containing HEX Pattern rule select an appropriate comparison operator enter the HEX pattern to search for and specify an absolute position inside of files the pattern should be located on Pos 1234 CETS The HEX pattern should be specified as a string of upper case HEX numbers delimited by the space character with each number representing a single byte of the pattern Users needed to match multiple binary patterns located at different places in each file may use multiple binary file matching rules with each one configured to match a single pattern Moreover multiple hierarchical binary file matching rules may be combined with logical operators allowing one to compose sophisticated multi level file search queries capable of finding the exact files the user is looking for 116 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 10 Searching Files Using Regular Expressions Regular expressions provide a flexible and powerful way to match text patterns in file names and directories DiskBoss provides RegEx pattern matching operators for the file name search rule and the file path search rule 4 Directories Selected for Search E Search Disks Directories and Metwork Shares Ea CA JEE In order to sear
51. Documents Books and Help Files Files With Size More Than 10 MBytes Files Modified During This Month One of the most powerful capabilities of the DiskBoss file copy engine is the integration with file matching rules allowing one to copy specific types of files or file groups selected using one Or more user specified rules For example the user is provided with the ability to copy a category of files with the file size larger that a specific value that were last modified during a specific period of time In addition DiskBoss Server provides the user with the ability to perform file copy operations periodically at specific time intervals or trigger pre defined file copy commands when a user specified number of changes are detected in a disk or directory Finally IT and storage administrators are provided with the DiskBoss command line utility which is capable of executing user defined file copy commands from shell scripts and batch files and allowing one to integrate the DiskBoss file copy and data migration capabilities into 3rd party products and custom solutions 19 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 13 File Delete and Data Wiping Operations DiskBoss provides bulk file delete and secure data wiping operations allowing one to effectively delete huge numbers of files securely wipe confidential information schedule periodic file delete operations and perform policy based file delete operations according to user specified r
52. Duplicate Files Removal Actions Once finished selecting duplicates and removal actions press the Execute button to see the duplicate files removal actions preview dialog The duplicates removal actions preview dialog shows the selected duplicate files and removal actions that will be executed and allows one to review and manually confirm each specific action before execution File Name Operation F iso SQL Serverven_sql_ 2005 dev_all_dvd Delete Duplicate F iso Windows xps2_agini iso Shortcut To F iso Windo F sott wista_service_packs VS80sp1 K B92 Shortcut To F soft msdew F sottimicrosott_service_packs Windows Shortcut To F soft xpsp F Flexense documents products diskbos Delete Duplicate H data PFS3 3 diskboss_manual_v3 doc Delete Duplicate H data PFSs 2 diskboss_manual_vs doc Delete Duplicate The operating system and other system applications may have a large number of duplicate files located in various system directories These duplicate files may be very important for proper operation of the operating system and other system applications and it is highly dangerous to remove these duplicate files To be on the safe side use the duplicates removal actions only for your own documents music files videos etc Status Value Total Files 2099 Freed Space 1 24 GB Process Time 1 Min 16 Secs Performance 2 Files Sec Errors 0 In order to execute the selected duplicates removal
53. E 218 17 7 Schedule Periodic Analysis and File Management OperatiOns ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 219 17 8 SOUNG INOUITNICANONS irienna nere rr E EEEE 221 17 9 Built In Disk SMART VIGWEN eiriarinirrerarinia niaire Ea E a a 222 LATO BUNS PEA EO ON errero AEE EOE OEN 223 17 11 B ikt i Disk CIEaNE aiena a E EO adamant 224 17 12User Selectable Tool PaneS ssssesnssnsnssnsssssnssnennssnssnssnsnnssnennssnennssnesnennennrenrne 224 17 tS DI RBO S OPON eaa eT 226 17 A ROGISES NG Product ssrirenisinre es ce ere es E E eae E 230 15 DISKBOSS SCV EP sisincccsncicsacssccnnnsincancacsserreessassssansatiesarisnteriaiinietsistn eee 231 18 1 DiskB ss Server OVElVICW ensinan a a a a 231 18 2 Managing DiskBoss Server CommandS sssssssssssssrssrnnsnrrsnrrsnnrernrnrrnnnrsnnrnrrrnrenns 232 18 3 Saving Graphical PDF Summary Reports cccccccccc cee eee eee e eee e eee e eee e ee neennes 233 18 4 Sync Configuration Between Multiple DiISKBOSS Servers cccccccc cece cece eee e ee eeeeeenees 234 18 5 Configuring DiskBoss Server to Access NAS Storage Devices cccceeceee cette ee eeeees 235 18 6 Setting Custom Control Port User Name and PaSSWOM cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 236 18 7 DiskBoss Server Programming APL sccrecnesscenaveseteacvateandaieeesoedendeeeseeaeseveveseecehennss 237 19 II sc cudnce ns van ancecuude AE E AE 238 19 1 Installing MYSQL Database cece cece eee n eee e nese eee nen n enn eaaene ees 238 19 2 Conriguring MYV
54. File Name Ze Extension gt Full Path i Category File Size File Attributes B User Name Created Last Modified Last Accessed Creation Date Modification Date Last Access Date ite Nested Rules The search results dialog allows one to filter and categorize file search results display various types of pie charts copy move and or delete files export file search results to a number of standard report formats including PDF HTML text Excel CSV and XML In addition advanced users are provided with the ability to export file search results to an SQL database 42 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 7 Saving Disk Space Analysis Reports DiskBoss allows one to save disk space analysis results into a number of standard formats such as HTML PDF XML text and Excel CSV In addition the user is provided with the ability to save results to the DiskBoss native report format which is capable of preserving all information related to each specific disk space analysis operation and may be loaded at any time just by clicking on a report file in the DiskBoss file navigator Title Disk Space Analysis Report Format Hrm Report Current Dir Compact ka File Name uments Disk Space Analysis Report 27 Jan 2015 164303 html 8 More Options EB save Cancel In order to save a report file press the Save button located on the results dialog s toolbar On the save report dialog select an appropriate r
55. Files Search Command Backup Data Disk File Synchronization Command Edit C da t Lomman File Organizing Command Date Time Copy Command 10 Jan 2011 19 28 41 Rename Command 10 Jan 2011 19 28 41 io Ta File Copy Command Disk Change Monitoring Command File Move Command Import Command x File Delete Command Connected To localhost Move Command Up Move Command Down Delete Command DiskBoss Server may be managed and configured locally or through the network using a freeware network client GUI application the DiskBoss command line utility or the DiskBoss Server programming API which may be used to integrate DiskBoss disk analysis and file management capabilities into other products and solutions ea Connect to DiskBoss Server Enter the host name or IP address and the port number of the al DiskBoss server to connect to Ensure the server is accessible on the CoA network and the selected port number is open in server s firewall Host Mame localhost Port 8094 Password 2208808 ce User Name diskboss The DiskBoss Client GUI application is very similar to the main DiskBoss GUI application providing standard dialogs for all types of files management operations supported by DiskBoss The client GUI application allows one to connect to a DiskBoss server locally or through the network add edit or delete disk space analysis or f
56. Flexense Ltd 3 5 Classify Disk Space Analysis Results DiskBoss provides the ability to classify and categorize disk space analysis results allowing one to understand what types of files are stored in directories holding most of the used disk space In order to classify files in one or more directories displayed in the disk space analysis results dialog select the required directories in the directory view press the right mouse button and select the Classify Files menu item Charts Top 100 6 2 Save Info Space 17 12 GB Name Space Windows L Program Files x86 Qe Users Program Files O ProgramData NVIDIA PHP J temp m 16 88 10 33 L in 4 47 GB Open Directory Open Directory in Explorer Classify Files lt 0 01 lt 0 01 __ Intel O reports Copy To Directory Move To Directory Delete Copy Selected Information To Clipboard Copy Selected Names To Clipboard DLL Files im EXE Files 5 HXS Files _ DAT Files isi NOEXT Files 153594 Files 2646GB CA Properties On the file classification plug ins dialog select an appropriate file classification plug in and press the Classify button DiskBoss will classify files in the selected directories and display a list of file categories sorted by the amount of the used disk space gt me a B B Up Charts Save Name Files C Programs Extensions and Script Fi
57. Mode Performance Mode Processing Threads Delete Input File Lists Always Delete Empty Directories Fully automated bulk file delete operations performed without any user intervention may be configured using DiskBoss Server which runs as a service in the background and is capable of continuously monitoring a directory for newly created text files and automatically delete all files listed in the created text files Once DiskBoss Server is fully configured the user just needs to copy one or more text files to the specified directory and DiskBoss Server will automatically perform all file delete operations in the background 197 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 14 9 Deleting Files Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility In addition to the GUI application DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide a command line tool allowing one to perform file delete operations from batch files and shell scripts The DiskBoss command line tool is located in the lt ProductDir gt bin directory Command Line Syntax diskboss delete lt Input 1 gt lt Input X gt lt Options gt This command deletes the specified files and directories diskboss execute lt User Defined File Delete Command gt This command executes the specified user defined file delete command Parameters delete lt File or Directory gt At least one file or directory should be specified In order to ensure proper parsing of command line a
58. NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks colorful bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks colorful bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks grey cross bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks grey cross bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks qgrey cross bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks qrey bmo C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks gqrey bmo C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks qrey bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphi cs Checks modern bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks modern bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks modern bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks red round bmp C NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks http wew diskboss com 138 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 8 9 Monitoring Specific File Types or File Categories Active production servers may have a very high rate of disk changes resulting in very long disk change monitoring reports significantly complicating identification of critical file system changes and resulting in additional overhead on running production systems In order to minimize the number of unimportant file system changes recorded by a disk change monitoring operation DiskBoss provides the ability to limit the disk change monitoring operation to user specified types of files h Actions Monitor Files Matching Criteria Categorized As Programs Extensions and Script Files amp Categorized As Windows Security Files Categorized As Win
59. Options gt Parameters dir lt Source gt dest lt Destination Directory gt At least one source file or directory and a destination directory should be specified In order to ensure proper parsing of command line arguments directories and file names containing Space characters should be double quoted Options verify This parameter instructs DiskBoss to verify each file after copy streams lt StreamCount gt This parameter specifies the number of simultaneous file copy streams file_scanner lt sequential or parallel gt This parameter specifies the file scanning mode sequential or parallel Use the parallel scanning mode when copying multiple input directories located on a RAID array or multiple disk drives file_delay lt delay in milliseconds gt This parameter instructs the DiskBoss copy engine to insert a delay of X ms after each copied file Use this option when you need to slowly copy data to or from a busy production system in order to minimize the potential performance degradation block_delay lt delay in milliseconds gt This parameter instructs the DiskBoss copy engine to insert a delay of X ms after each data block Use this option when you need to slowly copy data to or from a busy production system in order to minimize the potential performance degradation retry_count lt RetryCount gt This parameter instructs the DiskBoss copy engine to retry failed copy operations Use this option when copying
60. PSDK dest fi data DiskBoss Ultimate v5 1 12 Dec 11 2014 Operation Successfully Completed a A oe eee 23 Process Time Performance 1297 Files Sec c Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin gt Command Line Syntax diskboss ssync source lt Directory gt host lt Destination Host Name gt dest lt Directory gt Executes a secure file sync operation with the specified command line parameters diskboss execute lt Preconfigured Secure File Sync Command gt Executes a preconfigured secure file synchronization operation Required Parameters Source lt Source Dir gt host lt Destination Host gt dest lt Destination Dir gt A source directory the destination server host name or an IP address and a destination directory should be specified In order to ensure proper parsing of command line arguments directories containing space characters should be double quoted Optional Parameters compress This option enables compression of transferred data blocks encrypt This option enables encryption of transferred data blocks using the AES 256 encryption algorithm with a dynamically generated random encryption key for each transferred file 171 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd verify This option enables verification of all transferred data blocks using the SHA 256 data signature algorithm and retransmission of corrupted data blocks streams lt Parallel File Sync Streams gt This parameter specifies t
61. Pie Charts DiskBoss provides numerous types of charts capable of displaying the used disk space per directory file category extension file size last access modification and creation times etc In order to open the charts dialog just press the Charts button located on the results dialog s toolbar Disk Space Per Directory Disk C WA 17 1268 64 70 Windows pe 4 47 GB 16 88 Program Files 86 E 2 7568 10 40 Users E 1 3368 5 04 Program Files 485 24MB 1 79 ProgramData le 275 69MB 1 02 NVIDIA 39 12M8 0 14 PHP P 7 72MB 0 03 temp E 1 10 Me 0 01 Other 2 By default the charts dialog shows the amount of the used disk space per directory for the currently displayed file system location In addition the chart mode selector allows one to show the number of files per directory the used disk space per category and the number of files per category Disk Space Per File Extension Disk C 123465 46 62 DLL Files F L56668 5 89 EXEFiles i 31GB 4 95 HXSFiles 114GB 431 DATFiles 110GB 416 NOEXTFiles E 738 37MB 2 72 LIBFiles 471 63MB 1 74 SYS Files 455 52MB 1 68 PDB Files 7 3968 27 92 Other 1759 In general the charts dialog shows information about the directory view and the categories view In order to display a different type of categories just select the required category in the categories view and the
62. Synchronizat on i General ifs Advanced Rules e Exclude E Options F Sync File Attributes J Syne File Timestamps 7 Compress Transferred Data Blocks y Verify Transferred Data Blocks B Save Cancel e Sync File Attributes this option enables synchronization of file attributes If this option is disabled files created in the destination directory will have default file attributes e Sync File Timestamps this option enables synchronization of the creation last modification and last access dates for all transferred files If this option is disabled files transferred to the destination directory will have all timestamps set to the time of the file synchronization operation e Compress Transferred Data Blocks this option enables compression of transferred files Depending on the speed of the network and the type of transferred files it may be possible to increase the speed of the secure file synchronization operation and or reduce the amount of transferred data For example text files and uncompressed bitmap images are highly compressible and when transferred with the compression option enabled the actual amount of transferred data may be significantly less than the size of uncompressed files thus increasing the performance of the secure file sync operation On the other hand JPEG images and compressed archive files are already compressed and therefore the actual amount of transferred data will be almost the Same but
63. Threads 8 Threads 12 Threads Multi Threaded Disk Space Analysis Performance DiskBoss www diskboss com For example the performance of a disk space analysis operation over the network reaches up to 5 200 Files Sec when configured to use a single directory scanning thread and scales up to 30 200 Files Sec when the same disk space analysis operation is performed using 8 parallel directory scanning threads Disk Space Analysis Performance Over Network Files Sec With Files User Names 1 500 1 200 900 600 300 1 Thread 2 Threads 4 Threads 8 Threads 16 Threads Multi Threaded Disk Space Analysis Performance DiskBoss www diskboss com Inquiring the user name for a file over the network is a very slow operation which significantly degrades the performance of the disk space analysis process and in order to reach an acceptable analysis speed the disk space analysis operation should be configured to use the High Performance directory scanning mode and at least 8 parallel directory scanning threads even on a dual core or quad core system For example a disk space analysis operation performed over the network with the option to process and show user names enabled reaches just 140 Files Sec using a single directory scanning thread and scales up to 1 315 Files Sec when the same analysis operation is performed using 16 parallel directory scanning threads 58 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 File Classification
64. Top 100 Directories n N View Top 100 Files In order to perform the directories analysis analyze disk space usage in one or more servers and or NAS storage devices open the Reports dialog press the Analyze button and select the View Top Directories menu item Disk Space 55 68 i meee oy Ub 11445 a 9 57 a 9 51 2 59 9 i FFL e ri i Sod op i 4 22 o i Q22 o i 2 69 o i 258 Hp 2 34 User Name File Count NA 27931 NA 3 NA 13174 irena h 182576 NA 182576 NA 3883 NA 5059 NA 5059 NA 5059 joy d 77460 NA 77460 NA 13593 NA 8260 NA 504944 Disk Space 143 24 GB 93 56 GB 29 44 GB 24 47 GB 24 47 GB 22 09 GB 13 66 GB 13 66 GB 15 6666 10 86 GB 10 86 GB 6 92 GB 6 63 GB 6 01 GE Directory VWflexms data Vflexms data wbox Viflexms data backup VWerw2Z008 users Vasrw2008 users ilexms data backup denis Welecons data RPMS mW Vflecans data RPMS Scientificlinux VWelecans data RPMS Scientificlinux 7 VWasrv2008 users joy d Visrw2008 users joy d Welexsrv alex s Vilexsrv alex s html VWierv kdl disk d The directories analysis dialog displays a list of top X directories sorted by the used disk space and shows the host name user name the used disk space and the number of files for each directory allowing one to easily see who is using most of the disk space and where these files are located on the network In addition the directories analysis dialog
65. Unknown Files a fF ERA Movies Clips and Video Files x Delete 109 E Images Pictures and Graphic Files 7 C io5 E Internet Files Link To 063 ss Categorize By Extension x Copy Details To Clipboard amp DLL Files Open Category fe EXE Files E HXS Files DAT Files lzi NOEXT Files 152081 Files 26 48 GB Default File Classification Plugin In order to analyze file classifications results select one or more file classes or categories in the file classification results dialog press the right mouse button and select the Analyze menu item DiskBoss will process the selected file categories and classes and display a file system hierarchy showing files related to the selected file categories or classes and the directories containing these files Se Te BF DB a B Classify Actions Delete Up Charts Top 100 Name Space Program Files x86 1 61 GB 2 ProgramData 401 29 MB C Windows 113 45 MB C Program Files 36 13 MB C Users 20 59 MB K 2 13 MB 1 36 MB 355 62 KB 46 69 KB E HXS Files 1 31 GB al 3 HXW Files 360 99 MB a HXQ Files 199 37 MB it 4 TXT Files 94 18 MB CHM Files 51 64 MB 4924 Files 2 18 GB C Analysis results are displayed in the standard disk space analysis dialog which provides the user with the ability to generate pie charts export HTML PDF XML text and Excel CSV report perform file management operations etc 6
66. WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 btn_primary_135 pnq C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista Win 7_64 English NVI2 btn_primary_180 pnq C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 btn_primary_90 png C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 btn_primary_focus_135 pnq C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 btn_primary_focus_180 png C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 btn_primary_focus_90 png C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 btn_primary_pressed_135 png C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 btn_primary_pressed_180 pnqg C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 btn_primary_pressed_90 png A DiskBoss file search report begins with a summary table showing the date and time of the search operation the number of file search results the total number of files the total amount of disk space etc The summary table is followed by the file search results table showing the file size the last modification date and the full file name for each file search result 122 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 18 Searching Files in Network Servers and NAS Storage Devices DiskBoss allows one to scan the network discover network servers and NAS storage devices automatically detect all accessible network shares and search files in hundreds of network servers and NAS storage devices In addition the user is prov
67. a F soft msdev_2005 VS80sp1 KB926601 X8 Shortcut To 2 431 67 MB a F soft xpsp2 WindowsXP KB835935 SP2 Shortcut To 2 266 01 MB A D flexense documents products diskbos x Delete 51 82 MB D flexense zip logs logs_23 May 2013 rar_ x Delete 244 19 MB a D flexense documents products diskbos Shortcut To 47 42 MB Da H data PFS3 3 diskboss_manual_v4 doc l Compress 58 46 MB A F pictures canon Slovack zip l Compress 155 35 MB a D flexense zip e mail_backup E Mail_Ma Shortcut To 122 64 MB D flexense screenshots zip flexense_scree Shortcut To 115 90 MB g in ta yn ge oa A m 56B e 6 m 863 35 MB 532 01 M8 518 236 m 488 38 MB m 474 16 M6 467 66 MB T 310 69 MB i _ 245 27 MB 14913 12 46 GB 4 6 73 GB l Apply Selected Filters me 17 22 10 99 8 64 5 65 we 5 40 951 66 MB 2 38 lw DOC Files NEF Files tJ Clear Selected Filters PDF Files 4088 Duplicates 70810 Files 21 07 GB Selected 42 Files 6 24 GB The user is provided with the ability to apply multiple file filters display specific types of duplicate files and apply duplicate files removal actions to or export reports showing filtered duplicate files only In order to set one or more file filters select an appropriate type of file categories in the categories combo box select one or more file filters in the filters view press the right mouse button and se
68. analysis commands allowing one to select one or more commands to be executed on all selected servers and NAS storage devices In addition the user is provided with the ability to select how to save disk space analysis reports for each analyzed server or for each analyzed network share By default all disk space analysis reports will be saved in the DiskBoss internal reports database allowing one to open each report review results generate various types of pie charts and export reports into a number of standard formats including HTML PDF text Excel CSV and XML 49 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 14 Analyzing Specific File Types or Categories One of the most powerful capabilities provided by DiskBoss is the integration between disk Space analysis and file search features allowing one to perform disk space analysis on files matching one or more user specified rules For example the user is provided with the ability to analyze files related to a specific file category with a specific file size that were modified or created during a specific time period or any other combination of user specific rules Analyze Files Matching Criteria Categorized As Documents Books and Help Files Files With Size More Than 10 MBytes Files Modified During This Month In order to add one or more file matching rules to a disk space analysis operation press the Advanced Options button on the disk space analysis command dialog select the
69. analysis operation should be configured to process and display files user names 47 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 12 Analyzing Network Servers and NAS Storage Devices DiskBoss allows one to scan the network discover network servers and NAS storage devices automatically detect all accessible network shares and analyze disk space usage in hundreds of network servers and NAS storage devices In addition the user is provided with the ability to export the list of detected servers and NAS storage devices including lists of network shares for each server into HTML PDF text and Excel CSV reports Comment Total Space Used Space Free Space VBox HDD Server 3 86 TB 1 84 TB 2 02 TB flexcore 64 Bit Development Server 3 503 31 GB 343 42 GB 159 90 GB flexmob VBox SSD Server 381 23 GB 190 66 GB 190 58 GB 2 SRV2K30 Search Files SRV2K31 SRVZRS2 SRV2K33 SRV2K34 SRV2K35 SRV2K36 Analyze Disk Space NS Classify Files search Duplicates Network Search Log Co oo oo oo oo oo oo In order to discover all network servers and NAS storage devices on the network press the Network button located on the main toolbar and wait while DiskBoss will scan the network and show a list of detected network servers and NAS storage devices In order to analyze disk Space usage in one or more servers or NAS storage devices select the required servers and NAS
70. and Audio Files Pictures and Image Files Hidden Pictures and Image Files i Ada Delete i iy A E E E kad ait at cose The plugins management dialog provides the ability to import export custom file classification plugins from to XML and FLX formats In order to open the plugins management dialog select the Tools Manage Classification Plugins menu item 73 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 16 Analyzing File Categories Per Host DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to automatically detect all servers and NAS storage devices on the network classify files in hundreds of servers and or NAS storage devices via the network submit reports to the reports database and display charts showing the disk space usage per server or NAS storage device across the entire enterprise soas nas Gc Date Time Command Host Inputs Data Label ies 2015 03 22 15 36 22 Duplicate Files ctos65 ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Duplicate Files ctos65 2015 03 22 15 36 15 Duplicate Files flexsry flexsrv flexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Duplicate Files flexsrv 2015 03 22 15 36 04 Duplicate Files flexms flexms flexms da 28268 Files 136 82 GB Duplicate Files flexms 2015 03 22 15 32 02 Classify Files flexms flexms da 284262 Files 133 72 GB Classify Files T 2015 03 22 15 29 45 Classify Files ctos65d
71. and add directories that should be excluded from the directories comparison operation Rules 7 Exdude J Actions Exclude Directories O ds web_site backup E SCONTAINS snapshots In addition advanced users and IT professionals are provided with a number of exclude directories macro commands allowing one to exclude multiple directories using a single macro command e BEGINS lt Text String gt excludes directories beginning with the specified string e CONTAINS lt Text String gt excludes directories containing the specified string e ENDS lt Text String gt excludes all directories ending with the specified string e REGEX lt Regular Expression gt excludes directories matching the specified regular expression For example the exclude macro command CONTAINS Temporary Files will exclude all directories with Temporary Files at any place in the full directory path and the exclude macro command REGEX TMP TEMP will exclude directories ending with TMP or TEMP 209 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 16 6 Conditional Actions and E Mail Notifications DiskBoss provides the ability to compare two directories evaluate the directories comparison results and then automatically save various type of reports send E Mail notifications or execute file management operations if the number of detected file system changes exceeds a user specified number In order to configure one or more condi
72. and display charts showing the disk space usage per server or NAS storage device across the entire enterprise 1 EA DiskBoss Server Report r Show All Reports gt l een ee Date Time Command Host Inputs Data Label tal 2015 03 22 15 36 22 Duplicate Files ctos65 ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Duplicate Files ctos65 2015 03 22 15 36 15 Duplicate Files flexsry flexsrv flexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Duplicate Files flexsrv 2015 03 22 15 36 04 Duplicate Files flexms flexms flexms da 28268 Files 136 82 GB Duplicate Files flexms 2015 03 22 15 32 02 Classify Files flexms flexms da 284262 Files 133 72 GB Classify Files i 2015 03 22 15 29 45 Classify Files ctos65d ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Classify Files ctos65d 2015 03 22 15 29 38 Classify Files flexsrv 10 flexsrv Mlexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Classify Files flexsrv 2015 03 22 15 29 32 Classify Files srv2k40 9 srv2k40 srv2k40 d 1028754 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k40 2015 03 22 15 26 11 Classify Files srv2k41 8 srv2k41 srv2k41 d 1028751 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k41 2015 03 22 15 16 13 Classify Files Per User srv2008 srv2008 u 182576 Files 24 47 GB Classify Files Per User 2015 03 22 14 53 30 Analyze Disk Space ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Analyze Disk Space 2015 03 22 14 5
73. button and select an appropriate duplicate files removal action WARNING There are many duplicate files in the Windows system directory which are important for proper operation of the operating system Removal of duplicate files located in the Windows system directory may permanently damage the operating system and render the computer completely non functional By default DiskBoss selects the oldest file in each set as the original file and all other files in the set as duplicates In order to change that select one or more sets press the right mouse button and select the Select Oldest Files as Duplicates menu item Duplicate Files Last Modified F zip ubuntu zip virtualbox VirtualBox 3 0 12 54655 24 Feb 2010 23 38 09 V F soft virtualbox old VirtualBox 3 0 12 54655 Win exe 24 Feb 2010 23 57 47 2 Select an Action to Perform Replace Duplicates With Shortcuts Replace Duplicates With Hard Links Move Duplicates To Directory Compress Duplicate Files Compress and Move To FY Delete All Duplicate Files Alternatively open the duplicate files set dialog select any arbitrary duplicate file in the set as the original file select an appropriate duplicate files removal action that should be executed for this specific duplicate files set and select one or more duplicate files in the set that the removal action should be applied to 86 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 6 Executing
74. cancel all the selected tasks Click on a task item in the tasks view to open the task s status dialog If the task has been completed DiskBoss will open the results dialog Description Status Errors Progress Storage Analysis Running Total 1074 Files 458 14 MB File Classification Completed 01 05 48 Total 3504 Files 1 59 GB Duplicate Files Search Running Duplicates 96 Files 507 21 MEB Storage Analysis Completed 01 03 31 Total 81459 Files 19 65 GB File Classification Completed 01 02 48 Total 84542 Files 37 87 GB Storage Analysis Completed 01 02 58 Total 1953 Files 9 92 GE File Search Completed 01 01 10 Found 204 Files 1 25 GB B 7 6 4 3 a 1 ue d E In addition to the ability to start stop multiple tasks DiskBoss Ultimate provides the user with the ability to dynamically control the speed of any running operation thus allowing one to slow down or speed up long running operations according to specific needs Select a running task press the right mouse button and select the Performance menu item to set a custom performance mode for the selected task The same may be achieved using the Speed button located on all types of process dialogs 218 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 17 7 Schedule Periodic Analysis and File Management Operations DiskBoss provides the ability to execute disk space analysis and file management operations periodically at specific time interv
75. cece eee e eee e eee 109 6 11 Periodic Execution of File Organizing COMMANAS ccc cccceee eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeenees 110 6 12 Real Time Execution of File Organizing COMMANAS ccccccee eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 111 7 RUlE Based File SSalCiisicntsccatactindndcisacaacartandasadiascaianrininisdiieaasantantaianiarieeenearanss 112 7 1 Searching Files Using File Matching Rules cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaee 112 V2 S arcning Files DY Category circs na E e EEE 113 7 3 Searching Files by File Name sseccsesacsacesndscscscssevaveunecescatnecsaseantaesehineesouaunisiecntanas 114 7 4 Searching Files by File Extension ssssssssssssnsssssnsnsnnnsnsnnnnenennesnenneenennesrenneenene 114 7 5 Searching Files by File Path sssssssssssssssssnnnsnnnnrnrnrnsnnrsnrnnrennnrnnnrnnrrnrrnnnrenrrsrnns 115 7 6 Searching Files by Access Modification and Creation Dates cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 115 7 7 Searching Files by Relative Time Periods sssssussssnnnnnnnnnnnnsnennnnannnnnnnnnsnnnnannnnann 115 7 8 Searching Files by Text PatternS ssssssssssssrsssssrsnesnnsnennrsnennnsnrnrnrenennrenennrenene 116 7 9 Searching Files by Binary Patterns cceecee esses eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 116 7 10 Searching Files Using Regular ExpreSSIONS ccccccccecceee eee eens ee eeeeeeeeee een e ee enneaaas 117 Za Searching Files DY File Si ZC wiscsicicenecsarscevrsesceeriacseabereic
76. data html diskboss screenshots diskboss_compare_directories jpg H data html erp backups erp backup 2015 04 xml qz H data html erp backups erp backup 2015 06 xml gz IT professionals and storage administrators are provided with the ability to schedule periodic execution of directory comparison operations and configure conditional actions allowing one to automatically save various types of reports send E Mail notifications and or execute file synchronization or custom file management operations when a directory comparison operation detects a user specified number of changes 203 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 16 1 Comparing Files and Directories In order to perform a simple directories comparison operation press the Compare button located on the main toolbar On the Compare Directories dialog enter a source directory a destination directory and press the Compare button DiskBoss will scan the specified source directory including all subdirectories verify the directory structure check all files and display the directories comparison results dialog showing all the detected file system changes Enter Directories to Compare Source Directory d web site html Bestnation Directory web server himl In addition the Compare Directories dialog provides the ability to configure advanced directories comparison options allowing one to select which types of file system changes to detect optimize the performance of di
77. data over an unreliable network connection or when some source files may be locked during the copy operation retry_delay lt retry delay in seconds gt This parameter specifies the time delay between copy retry operations 187 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd max_pending_task lt MaxPendingTask gt This parameter specifies the maximum number of pending retry operations overwrite_mode lt OverwriteMode gt This parameter specifies the file overwrite mode overwrite overwrite_if_newer or skip copy_dacl This parameter instructs to copy files access control lists DACL copy_sacl This parameter instructs to copy files security control lists SACL copy_owner This parameter instructs to copy files user group information copy_time This parameter instructs to copy files last access write creation times copy_attr This parameter instructs to copy files read only system hidden attributes copy_all This parameter instructs to copy files ACL ownership times and attributes V This command shows the product s major version minor version revision and build date help This command shows the command line usage information 188 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 14File Delete and Data Wiping Operations 14 1 Deleting Files Using DiskBoss GUI application DiskBoss provides advanced bulk file delete and data wiping operations allowing one to securely wipe confidential information schedule periodic fi
78. e eee eeeeeeeeeees 171 12 Secure File COPy Operations cisssiccssccsscccccsaccciscstscvecevadcssdcdssesescesavdeceessesentsnnntans 173 12 1 Secure File Copy COMMANGS wxisasciaciscirractsanssaeiedinsadn a E a aan awnas 174 12 2 Secure File COPY ODUONS sixceasceucesanceavxsannstcanendeureiadnaineies E naar innir ioii 176 12 3 Secure File Copy Advanced Options sssssssssssssssssnssnssnsnnennennssnennssnennsenesnrenene 177 124 Secure Fle Copy RUIG G aniririieri inea e EO AEEA E RA 178 12 5 Secure File Copy Exclude DireCtOri S ccccccccccc cece eee e eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeennnees 179 12 6 Secure File Copy Command Line Utility cccccceeee cece eee rere eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 180 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 12 7 Secure File Copy PerfOriMance ccccccceeeee eee eee eee ee PEPE EEE E EERE EEE E SESE EERE SESE EE EES 182 13 Fault Tolerant File Copy and Data Migration sssssss2s22 184 13 1 Copying Files Using DiskBoss GUI Application ccccccccccee cece eects eee ee eeeeeeeeeeenenees 184 13 2 Copying Specific File Types Or Categories ccccceceeee cece eee ee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenees 185 13 3 Advanced File Copy and Data Migration OptiOns ccccccccccce cece eee e eens ee eeeeeeeeeenees 186 13 4 Copying Files Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility ccccccceee cece eee e eee e ee ees 187 14 File Delete and Data Wiping Operations cccccccccceee
79. execute user custom commands or batch files Disk Monitor Options Monitor All Subdirectories Monitor File Name Changes Monitor File Size Changes Monitor File Write Changes 7 Monitor File Access Changes 7 Monitor File Creation Changes 7 Monitor File Security Changes 7 Begin Monitoring on Computer Startup The real time disk change monitor allows one to monitor specific types of files or file groups using flexible file matching rules In addition the user is provided with the ability to execute pre configured file management commands as actions triggered by a disk change monitoring operation For example a user defined file synchronization command may be automatically triggered after each X changes in a disk or directory effectively providing real time file synchronization capabilities Charts Save Export Hide Type Size Owner Name 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 1 10 KB Administrators C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ 12 Apr 2015 21 Deleted 0 Bytes z2 C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 0 Bytes Administrators C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin 12 Apr 2015 21 Renamed 0 Bytes C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx 12 Apr 2015 21 Renamed To 1 10 KB Administrators C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 0 Bytes Administrators C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin 12 Apr 2015
80. file management operations in parallel 219 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd In order to add a periodic job trigger press the Add button located on the right side of the periodic job triggers view DiskBoss provides the following five types of periodic job triggers periodic daily weekly monthly and a single time trigger Execute Selected Commands Every Day At 02 00 am The regular periodic job trigger starts selected disk space analysis or file management commands according to the selected time interval which may be specified in minutes or hours The daily periodic job trigger starts selected commands every day exactly at the specified time eer Ee If Every Sunday y Every 1 Day of Month Every Monday g E Every 2 Day of Month W Every Tuesday a y Every 3 Day of Month rl Every 4 Day of Month 12 00 am fae 12 00 am The weekly periodic job trigger starts commands according to the selected week days and the specified time of the day Let s assume that a backup operation should be executed every Monday at 12am and every Tuesday at 2am In this case the user can add two periodic job triggers with the first one configured to start the backup operation every Monday at 12am and the second trigger configured to start the backup operation every Tuesday at 2am The monthly periodic job trigger provides the ability to execute disk space analysis or file management commands on specific month days
81. file matching rules to a duplicate files search operation open the command dialog select the rules tab and press the Add button located on the right side of the dialog Once finished adding file matching rules select an appropriate rules logic and press the Save button Select Advanced File Search Criteria Search Files Categorized As Search Files Containing Text Search Files With the File Size Search Files With the File Attributes Search Files Containing HEA Pattern ges With WOT Late QONZEO AS oo Categorized As Not Categorized As Another option is to exclude specific types of duplicate files from the search process using one or more negative file matching rules For example in order to exclude all types of programs and executable files from the duplicate files search process add a file category rule select the Not Categorized As rule operator and select the Programs and Executable Files file category 93 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 13 Excluding Subdirectories from Duplicate Files Search Process Sometimes it may be required to exclude one or more subdirectories from the duplicate files search process For example if you need to search duplicate files in a disk excluding one or two special directories you may specify the whole disk as an input directory and add the directories that should be skipped to the exclude list By default in order to prevent accide
82. file synchronization mode Newly created and modified source files will be copied to destination Files deleted from the destination directory will be restored from source Newly created and modified destination files will be kept in place STW Sets the two way file synchronization mode Newly created and modified files will be synchronized in both directions Files deleted from the source directory will be deleted from destination Files deleted from the destination directory will be restored from source 162 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd STA Sets the two way accumulate file synchronization mode Newly created and modified files will be updated in both directions Files deleted in one location will be restored from the second location After finishing the synchronization process both locations will be identical streams lt StreamCount gt This parameter specifies the number of simultaneous file synchronization streams file_delay lt delay in milliseconds gt This parameter sets the file delay to the specified value in milliseconds Use this option when you need to slowly synchronize files to or from a busy production system in order to minimize the potential performance degradation block_delay lt delay in milliseconds gt This parameter sets the block delay to the specified value in milliseconds Use this option when you need to slowly synchronize files to or from a busy production system in order to minimize the potenti
83. files and is capable of synchronizing large directories disks and NAS storage devices very fast and effectively In addition the stream file synchronization mode is ideal for automated periodic file synchronization operations performed in the background without any user intervention 157 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 10 5 Synchronizing Specific File Types or Categories DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide power computer users and IT administrators with the ability to synchronize specific file types or file categories using one or more flexible file matching rules For example the user may specify to synchronize documents and digital images with the file size more than 2 MB D File Synchronization Op tions General E Advanced Synchronize Files Matching Criteria Categorized As Documents Books and Help Files Files With Size More Than 10 MBytes In order to add one or more file matching rules open the file synchronization command dialog select the Rules tab and press the Add button On the Rules dialog select an appropriate rule type and specify all the required parameters During file synchronization DiskBoss will scan the entered source and destination directories and apply the specified file matching rules to all the existing files Files not matching the specified rules will be just Skipped from the file synchronization process 10 6 Excluding One or More Subdirectories Sometim
84. filters Firefox i DiskBoss Disk Monitoring Report A E file D Disk Monitoring Report 12 Apr 2015 112644 htmi Generated By DiskBoss Server v5 5 12 12 Apr 2015 11 26 55 r Disk Change Monitoring Report E Date 2015 04 12 Time 11 21 45 Total Changes 261 Current Changes 0 Change Rate 363 CH Min Process Time 43 11 Sec Host Name SRV2008 User Name alex s Input Dirs c File Filter Off Top 10 File Categories Category Space Files Files DLL Files 60 25 MB 61 Files 23 37 FLX Files 1 20 MB 57 Files 21 84 INI Files 13 91 KB 26 Files 9 96 EXE Files 13 35 MB 18 Files 6 90 TMP Files 6 98 MB 16 Files 6 13 NOEXT Files 270 00 MB 16 Files 6 13 LNK Files 11 18 KB 14 Files 5 36 DAT Files 16 50 MB 12 Files 4 60 LOG1 Files 4 00 MB 11 Files 4 21 BMP Files 503 19 KB 9 Files 3 45 ase By cal 261 File System Changes Date Time Operation Size Owner Name 12 Apr 2015 11 21 10 Modified 512 00 KB SYSTEM C Users alex s AppData Local Microsoft Windows UsrClass dat LOG1 12 Apr 2015 11 21 10 Modified 256 00 KB SYSTEM C Windows System32 config SOFTWARE LOG1 12 Apr 2015 11 21 10 Modified 45 00 MB SYSTEM C Windows System32 config SOFTWARE 12 Apr 2015 11 21 10 Modified 45 00 MB SYSTEM C Windows System32 config SOFTWARE 12 Apr 2015 11 21 10 Modified 45 00 MB SYSTEM C Windows System32 config SOFTWARE 12 Apr 2015 11 21 16 Modified 256 00 KB SYSTEM C Users alex s AppData Local Microsoft Windows UsrClass da
85. hg fer er A LERET oe Command Duplicate Files ctos65 Duplicate Files flexsrv Duplicate Files flexms Classify Files Classify Files ctos65d Classify Files flexsry 10 Classify Files srv2k40 9 Classify Files srv2k41 8 Classify Files Per User Analyze Disk Space Analyze Disk Space Time 15 36 22 15 36 15 15 36 04 15 32 02 15 29 45 15 29 38 15 29 32 15 76 11 15 16 13 14 53 30 14 51 11 Filter Command ctos65 flexsry flexms flexrms ctos65d flexsry srv2kdo srvekdl srw2008 ctos65d flexms Inputs Vactos65d a Vflexsrv ale Wfleansda VWflexmis da VWoetos65d a flexsrv Vale Wosrw2k40 d Wsrv2kdl d VWerv2008 u Woetos65d a Wfleans da Data 6086 Files 350 56 MB 14373 Files 6 95 GB 28268 Files 136 82 GB 264262 Files 133 72 GB 6086 Files 350 56 MB 14373 Files 6 95 GB 1028754 Files 15 18 GB 1028751 Files 15 18 GB 182576 Files 24 47 GB 6086 Files 350 56 MB 36814 Files 145 00 GB Label Duplicate Files ctos65 Duplicate Files flexsrw Duplicate Files flexrns Classify Files ia Classify Files Classify Files Classify Files srv2k40 Classify Files srv2k41 Classify Files Per User Analyze Disk Space Analyze Disk Space ctos65di flexsry u Gramport Eeqort Eaipsete Revorts 32 Disk Space Usage Per Host Disk Space Usage Per User View
86. i i Disk Space Analy sis Options faa General L Advanced o Rules Exdude iia Actions fo Dir Scan Threads 2 lt Dir Scan Mode High Performance Performance Mode Full Speed Count Disk Space By Exact File Size W Save PDF Report d diskboss_reports The disk space analysis options dialog allows one to control the directory scanning mode the default report title advanced reporting options the performance mode and enable disable automatic report generation In addition the user is provided with the ability to analyze specific file types control performance tuning options exclude specific directories from the disk space analysis process and specify one or more conditional analysis actions 3 18 Pre Configured Disk Space Analysis Commands One of the most powerful and flexible capabilities of DiskBoss is the ability to pre configure custom disk space analysis operations as user defined commands and execute such commands in a single mouse click using the DiskBoss GUI application or direct desktop shortcuts Commands ip Add New amp File Search Command S ee Be File Synchronization Command GJ Execute Command Disk Space Analysis Command N File Classification Command Op igs A Duplicate Files Search Command il Siira Change File Attributes Command fy Copy Command E File Organizing Command AA Disk Change Monitoring Comma
87. is running on or multiple DiskBoss servers running on a number of hosts connected to the same local network Managing Multiple Storage Devices Using a Single DiskBoss Server Configure and Control DiskBoss Server Manage File Management Commands Control File Managements Operations Save Reports to Files or a Database Storage Storage Storage Device 1 Device 2 Device X In a single host setup the DiskBoss API library connects locally to the DiskBoss server which runs in the background as a service The DiskBoss API library provides the user with the ability to configure the server setup user defined file management commands control file management operations and save results to file reports or an SQL database Managing Multiple DiskBoss Servers Using a Single Client Application a ee ee ee EE Ee ee ee Ee ee Single application connects to multiple DiskBoss Servers through the network Configure one or more DiskBoss Servers Manage File Management Commands Control File Managements Operations Save Reports to Files or a Database i i l Client Application DiskBoss Server API Library l l l Corporate Network DiskBoss DiskBoss DiskBoss Server 1 Server 2 Server X In a multi host configuration the DiskBoss API library connects to one or more DiskBoss Servers through the network allowing one to configure manage and control multiple DiskBoss servers using a single client applicat
88. item and enter a unique file delete command name On the command inputs dialog specify one or more directories or files to delete and press the Next button Delete Files Command Inputs Specify directories or files to process Input Files and Directories O Ds temporary_files O F old_reports In order to execute a user defined file delete command just double click on the command item in the Commands pane Another option is to create a desktop shortcut for the file delete operation and then click on the shortcut to execute the file delete operation without starting the DiskBoss GUI application Finally in order to execute the file delete operation using the command line utility type the following command diskboss execute lt Command Name gt 193 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 14 6 Saving Delete File Logs DiskBoss provides the ability to save full delete file logs to the pain text format or the Excel CSV format In order to enable logs for a file delete operation open the advanced file delete options dialog select the Advanced tab enable the Save Delete Log Files option select an appropriate log file format and specify a directory where to save all log files CH Advanced le V Wipe Data From Disk DoD 5220 22 M Algorithm 7 passes W Save Delete Log Files Excel CSV Log Files Log Files Mode Consolidated Daily Log Files Log Files History Kee
89. log for each file delete operation consolidated hourly logs consolidated daily logs or consolidated monthly logs for all executed file delete operations e Log Files History Use this option to specify the number of delete files logs to keep in the log files directory or in the SQL database For example if the log files mode is set to Consolidated Daily Log Files and the logs history is set to 10 DiskBoss will keep in the logs directory delete file logs for the last 10 days For the SQL database delete logs DiskBoss will keep in the database delete log tables for the last 10 days e Log Files Directory Use this option to specify a directory to save delete log files For each log file DiskBoss will generate a unique file name with the date and time of each file delete operation e SQL Table Prefix This option is displayed when the delete file logs format is set to the SQL database Use this option to specify an SQL table name prefix to save file delete logs to the SQL database For each SQL database table DiskBoss will generate a unique table name which will include the specified table name prefix and the date and time of each file delete operation 191 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 14 3 Deleting Specific File Types or File Categories The Rules tab provides the ability to delete files matching one or more user specified rules For example in order to delete all types of documents that were last accessed more than 3 year
90. number of files in a directory selected according to a specific criteria Using the current version of the Windows Explorer the user will need to select all the required files manually which may be a really tedious task if you need to deal with hundreds of files Duplicates Commands r CE Sync USB Disk Commands Sync Web Site E Organize Downloads Bookmarks Monitor System Disk History Classify Data Files E peent Analyze Data Files sas sync Downloads la File Filters F Find Duplicate Images aE x Delete Temporary Files econ To help users to deal with large amounts of files in directories DiskBoss introduces advanced files filtering capabilities For each opened directory DiskBoss analyzes existing files and automatically builds a list of filters allowing one to select a specific file type to be displayed The filters view is located in the bottom right corner of the DiskBoss main GUI application For each file type in the current directory DiskBoss displays the number of files and the total storage space consumed by all files related to the file type In order to see files related to a specific file type just select the required filter in the filter view To reset the current view and to see all files in the current directory select the Show All item in the filter view Bookmarks Overtime disks are getting larger and larger and we are storing more and more files d
91. organizing command using the DiskBoss command line utility open the command prompt window in the ProductDir bin directory and type the following command diskboss execute lt File Organizing Command Name gt DiskBoss will execute the specified file organizing command and display the total number of files and the amount of disk space in the specified disks and directories and the number of files that were actually processed by the configured file management actions 108 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 6 10 Fully Automated File Organizing Using DiskBoss Server DiskBoss Server is a server based version of DiskBoss which runs in the background as a service and is capable of executing file organizing commands periodically at user specified time intervals or automatically triggered by real time disk activities in one or more disks or directories DiskBoss Server may be managed and configured locally or remotely through the network using a client GUI application or the DiskBoss command line utility File Command Tools Help lt aao Rha G amp G amp Connect Delete Network Reports Jobs Tasks Options SMART Help File Search Command Status Disk Space Analysis Command File Classification Command Duplicate Files Search Command Change File Attributes Command File Synchronization Command File Organizing Command N Disk Change Monitoring Command File Integrity Monitoring Command Se
92. over fast Gigabit Ethernet networks and when copying large amounts of data to from enterprise storage systems and SSD disks If Dest File Exists Overwrite If Source Is Newer al Performance Mode Dir Scan Threads i Fie Copy Threads 4 In order to customize performance tuning options open the secure file copy command options dialog select the Advanced tab and specify the number of parallel directory scanning threads and the number of parallel file copy threads When copying millions of files from a number of high latency network shares it is recommended to increase the number of parallel directory scanning threads to the number of processed network shares Secure File Copy Performance MB Sec 1 Thread 2 Threads 4 Threads 6 Threads Parallel File Copy Threads DiskBoss www diskboss com In order to maximize the performance of secure file copy operations over Gigabit Ethernet networks it is recommended to use 2 4 parallel file copy threads Moreover in order to mitigate the network latency when copying millions of files via a high latency network it is recommended to use 4 8 parallel file copy threads For example when copying a set of large files over the Gigabit Ethernet network DiskBoss secure file copy operations can reach up to 60 MB sec for a single file copy thread 86 MB sec for 2 file copy threads 92 MB sec for 4 file copy threads and 98 MB sec when copying the same set of files using 6 parallel copy thread
93. reports for each server The File Categories option allows one to enable disable exporting of file categories to HTML text Excel CSV and XML reports Second level file categories are available when reports are saved using the DiskBoss GUI application manually Automatically generated reports or reports saved using the DiskBoss command line utility always saved without file categories When the File Categories option is enabled DiskBoss GUI application will save second level file categories to HTML text Excel CSV and XML reports The Compressed Reports option allows one to save automatically generated HTML text Excel CSV and XML reports as compressed archive files 228 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd The Advanced tab provides the following configuration options Maximum Number of Tasks 100 Maximum Number of Errors 1000 Total i gt 100 Consecutive Reports and Data Directory C diskboss data Save Task Logs In C diskboss tasks aA Shortcuts En i V Save Error Logs In C diskboss errors E Misc io 2 V Send Error Notifications To diskboss yourcompany com E save Cancel e Maximum Tasks According to the selected value DiskBoss will save results for X last operations such as search classify analyze etc For detailed information about task management capabilities refer to the Task Management section in this document e Maximum Errors use this option to set the maxi
94. right mouse button and select the Delete menu item 64 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 7 Saving File Classification Reports DiskBoss provides advanced reporting capabilities allowing one to save file classification results to HTML PDF XML text and Excel CSV reports In addition the user is provided with the ability to save DiskBoss native reports from multiple servers and desktop computers allowing one to submit a long term history of file classification reports to an SQL database and enabling advanced disk usage trends analysis across the entire enterprise In order to save a report file press the Save button located on the file classification results dialog toolbar Fai Save File Clascihcationt ape Title File Classification Report Format HTML Report Current Level Compact File Mame jocuments File Classification Report 28 Jan 2015 140319 himl a 9 More Options E Save Cancel On the save report dialog select an appropriate report format enter a report title specify a file name and press the Save button By default DiskBoss exports a short file classification reports containing up to 3 levels of file categories with up to 20 files per file class In order to change the amount of exported information press the More Options button and specify the number of levels and the number of files per class that should be exported _ File Classification Report C Ff v
95. root password which was specified during the MySQL server installation procedure Once logged in the user needs to create a database that will be used by DiskBoss to store disk space analysis reports In order to do that type the following command create database diskboss Now add a user account that will be used by DiskBoss to submit reports to the database Single quotes are required and should be specified exactly as displayed create user diskboss localhost identified by password Now grant permissions to the user account using the following command grant all privileges on to diskboss localhost Finally flush user privileges using the following command flush privileges That s all Now the MySQL server is fully configured In order to disconnect from the MySQL database just type quit in the command window 243 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 19 3 Configuring MySQL ODBC Data Source DiskBoss connects to the MySQL database through the ODBC interface Download an appropriate version of the MySQL ODBC connector from the MySQL web site and execute the setup program There are no critical configuration options in the MySQL ODBC connector installation procedure and the user can just press the Next button until the last page keeping the default configuration options User DSN System DSN File DSN Connection System Data Sources Name Onver Re
96. s AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate ew 21 84 __ 9 96 5 36 Flexense Ltd DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd In order to import file system changes from an SQL database to Microsoft Excel select the menu Data Import External Data New Database Query menu item select the ODBC data source to import the data from select the SQL database table name that was specified during the export operation select SQL database table columns to be imported optionally select the data sorting mode and press the Finish button wh ih ah ek ek Ck Rk ok allalla i Hoa Filter Type a question for help 4 100 LS wy Subtotals Validation Text to Columns a PivotTable and PivotChart Report 3 Import External Data Refresh Data bP Sheet1 _f Sheet Z Sheet3 yi Ready For each detected file system change DiskBoss exports to the SQL database the following columns of data a unique change ID the date and time of the change the type of the change created modified renamed or deleted the size of the file as recorded at the time of the change the user name of the file owner and the full file or directory name 4 lid dt 1 12 Apr 2015 11 21 30 5 6 8 ER 25 28 ld 4 2 12 Apr 2015 11 21 30 3 12 Apr 2015 11 21 32 4 12 Apr 2015 11 21 32 5 12 Apr 2015 11 21 32 6 12 Apr 2015 11 21 32 7 12 Apr 2015 11 21 33 8 12 Apr 2015 11 21 33 9 12 Apr 2015 1
97. stop the disk change monitoring operation display statistical charts save various types of disk change monitoring reports and export detected file system changes to an SQL database Charts Date Time Type Size Owner Name 12 Apr 2015 11 21 29 Modified 2 91 KB Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate plugins Modif 11 21 29 Modified 1 10 KB Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ 11 21 29 Deleted 0 Bytes C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ 11 21 29 Modified 0 Bytes Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin 11 21 29 Renamed 0 Bytes C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx 11 21 29 Renamed To 1 10 KB Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ 11 21 29 Modified 0 Bytes Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin 11 21 29 Modified 1 10 KB Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ 11 21 29 Created 0 Bytes C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskbossu 11 21 29 Modified 0 Bytes C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskbossu 11 21 29 Renamed 0 Bytes C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskbossu F 11 21 29 Renamed To 950 Bytes Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx 11 21 29 Modified 0 Bytes Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin 11 21 29 Modified 950 Bytes Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx Created 10 50 KB Adminis
98. the User Defined Commands tool pane select the required command click the right mouse button and select one of the following operations e Edit Command use this feature to edit a previously created user defined command Depending on the command type DiskBoss will show all the required dialog and the user will be provided with the ability to control all the command specific options e Execute Command use this feature to execute the selected user defined command Alternatively just click on a command in the user defined commands list e Create Desktop Shortcut use this feature to create direct desktop shortcuts for frequently used commands Commands started using desktop shortcuts are executed without the DiskBoss GUI application For example after clicking on a desktop Shortcut pointing to a user defined search command the user will see the search dialog only and not the full DiskBoss GUI application e Rename Command use this feature to rename an existing user defined command DiskBoss will show an entry dialog and the user will be provided with the ability to specify a new command name e Move Command Up use this feature to move frequently used commands to the beginning on the command list e Move Command Down use this feature to move less frequently user commands to the end of the command list e Delete Command use this feature to delete unused commands 213 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd In addition DiskB
99. the currently selected file categorization mode By default DiskBoss categorizes detected file system changes by the file extension and displays a list of file extensions sorted by the number of detected file system changes In addition the user is provided with the ability to categorize changes by the change type user name file size and file type 131 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 8 3 Filtering File System Changes The disk change monitor allows one to filter detected file system changes by the change type file type extension file size user name etc Use the categories combo box located on the left side of the categories control bar to select an appropriate file categorization mode D 0 Q Resume Pause Stop Reset Date 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 w w 4 Type Modified Deleted Modified Renamed Renamed To Modified Modified Created Modified Renamed Renamed To Modified Modified Created Modified Modified Owner Administrat Administrat Administrat Administrat Administrat Administrat Administrat Administrat Administrat Administrat Administrat Name C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin dis
100. to configure a secure file sync command on the source server and specify a source directory the host name or an IP address of the destination server and a destination directory on the destination server DiskBoss Server or DiskBoss Enterprise should be running on the destination server and secure file transfers should be enabled on the Options dialog W Syne File Attributes W Sync File Timestamps W Compress Transferred Data Blocks Encrypt Transferred Data Blocks Verify Transferred Data Blocks E Save CO ee cance In order to enable encryption and or compression of transferred files open the secure file sync command dialog select the Options tab and enable all the required file transfer options When the user enables encryption of transferred files DiskBoss dynamically generates a random encryption key for each transferred file and encrypts each transferred data block using the AES 256 encryption algorithm When the user enables verification of copied files DiskBoss verifies all transferred data blocks using the SHA256 data signature algorithm 164 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 11 1 Secure File Synchronization Commands DiskBoss Server provides the user with the ability to configure an unlimited number of secure file synchronization commands with each one synchronizing files from a source directory on the source server to a destination directory on the destination DiskBoss Server In addition DiskBoss all
101. to the SQL database The Execute User Command action allows one to execute a pre configured DiskBoss file copy file synchronization or any other DiskBoss file management operation The Execute Custom Command action provides the ability to execute a user custom command script or batch file 210 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 17 DiskBoss GUI Application 17 1 File Management and Navigation DiskBoss is integrated around a unique file navigator providing file type coloring a customizable detailed view a thumbnail view user selectable tool panes file system location bookmarks and advanced file filters The DiskBoss built in file navigator allows one to execute any required operation in a single mouse click Just select one or more files directories or disks and press a command button on the main toolbar to start the file classification storage utilization analysis data migration or duplicate files identification process File View Command Bookmarks History Tools Help aBBaSEAQEBAKESGE O Search Sync Organize Classify Analyze Duplicates Cleanup Up Bookmark Refresh Database Commands Tasks Layouts Help lt i 1 i Home CFs pictures Flickr D50 F pictures fiickr D50 Computer a Bookmarks 4 amp Local Disk C EE Computer Home Ly ATI My Documents O Intel a Disk CA C PerfLogs z Disk D C PHP a ON Disk F C Program Files 4 L 4 Disk H E Program File
102. to the destination DiskBoss Server In order to reach the maximum possible speed when copying files over a Gigabit network connection it is required to use 2 4 parallel file copy threads Moreover when copying millions of files over a high latency network in order to mitigate the network latency it is recommended to configure the secure file copy operation to use 4 8 parallel file copy threads DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 12 4 Secure File Copy Rules DiskBoss secure file copy operations provide the ability to copy files matching user specified rules For example the user is provided with the ability to copy all types of document files with the file size more than X MB that were modification during the last month Multiple different types of file matching rules may be used to precisely select files to be copied Copy Files Matching Criteria amp Categorized As Documents Books and Help Files Files With Size More Than 10 MBytes Files Modified During This Month In order to add one or more file matching rules to a secure file copy command open the command options dialog select the Rules tab press the Add button select a rule type and enter all required parameters During the file copy process DiskBoss will select files using the specified file matching rules and copy files matching the rules to the destination directory Select Advanced File Search Criteria Search Files Categorized As Search Files Contain
103. type category size user name creation last access or last modification date text or binary patterns etc Configure One or More File Organizing Commands Command Name Conditions Action Ws Backup Recently Modified Documents 2 Copy To h backup Archive Old Unused Documents 2 Compress and Move To h archive Delete Temporary Files 1 Delete Advanced Options For each file organizing command the user is provided with the ability to specify a number of disks directories and network shares to process configure an unlimited number of conditional file management actions with each one performing a specific file management operation on files matching one or more user specified rules During runtime DiskBoss will scan the specified disks directories and network shares evaluate all files using the user specified rules and execute configured actions on files matching the rules Operation File Name Copy To h backup H flexense zip pricing PEER SOFTWARE Inc pdf X Delete H flexense zip rsl rsl_backup 10 Jan 2014 xml Copy To h backup H flexense zip tweakpng COPYING tt Copy To h backup H flexense zip tweakpng tweakpng tt Copy To h backup H flexense zip udf Ecma Lo pdf Copy To h backup H flexense zip udtudt201 pdf 2 Copy To h backup H flexense zip ud udf260 pdf Compress and Move To h archive Hawes CTOS65D Logs VBox
104. user specific needs and requirements In addition the user is provided with advanced parallel directory scanning capabilities allowing one to process files and change file attributes and or file timestamps for millions of files very effectively m Set Creation Date 12 Nov 2013 i2 00 00 am V Set Modification Date 12 Nov 2013 12 00 00 am FJ Set Last Access Date 12 Wov 2015 12 00 00 am In order to start a simple change file attributes operation select one or more directories or files in the DiskBoss file navigator and press the Attributes button located on the main toolbar On the Set tab select file attributes that should be set on the Reset tab select file attributes that should be reset on the Date tab select timestamps that should be modified and press the Start button DiskBoss will scan the selected directories and all subdirectories and change selected file attributes and file creation last modification and last access timestamps 199 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 15 2 Advanced Change File Attributes Options The DiskBoss bulk file attributes changer provides a number of advanced change file attributes options allowing one to customize change file attributes operations for user specific needs and requirements Exdude EE Advanced Process Mode Process Files File Scanning Mode Parallel Performance Mode Ful Speed A Processing Threads 2 m e Process Mode
105. user name for a file over the network and in order to increase the performance of such operations it is recommended to use a large number of parallel processing threads to inquire user names for a number of files simultaneously 81 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 Duplicate Files Finder 5 1 Searching Duplicate Files in a Disk or Directory DiskBoss includes a built in duplicate files finder allowing one to search duplicate files generate various types of charts showing duplicate disk space remove duplicate files and save reports into a number of different formats In order to search duplicate files in one or more disks or directories select the required directories in the DiskBoss file navigator and press the Duplicates button located on the main toolbar DiskBoss will scan the selected disks and directories and display a dialog showing the list of detected duplicate files Search Disks Directories and Network Shares ey E B DA Bag Fy B HA For each duplicate file set DiskBoss shows the name of the original file the number of duplicate files in the set the size of each file in the set the amount of wasted disk space and the currently selected duplicates removal action In order to see all duplicate files related to a set click on the set item in the set list FRE Bl B Actions Execute Charts Save Info gt Original File Action Dup Files File Size DA F soft SQL Server en_sql_2005_dev_all_dv x
106. when a disk change monitoring operation detects a user specified number of changes In order to configure E Mail notifications for a disk change monitoring command open the disk change monitoring command options dialog select the Actions tab enable disk change monitoring actions specify the number of changes that should trigger the actions enable E Mail notifications and specify an E Mail address to send E Mail notifications to i Execute Actons Every 1000 Changes 5 bgm LE UER i Send E Mail Notification To diskboss yourcompany com I F Execute DiskBoss Command Ei Execute Custom Command aac Al Save HTML Report E Begin Monitoring on Computer Startup In addition the user needs to configure an SMTP server to use to send E Mail notifications In order to configure the SMTP server open the options dialog select the E Mail tab enable E Mail notifications specify the source E Mail address the SMTP server name the SMTP server port the SMTP user name and password to use to send E Mail notifications Enable E Mail Notifications BUG Source E Mail Address diskboss yourcompany com H Database SMTP Server Name yourcompany com Port 25 W SMTP User Name diskboss Password sseeee8 Use Secure Connection TLS if available Optionally the user can send E Mail notifications via a secured network connection using the TLS or SSL networ
107. with the ability to categorize and filter duplicate files by the file type extension category file size user name creation modification and last access date etc allowing one to precisely focus on specific types of duplicate files or groups of duplicate files Moreover DiskBoss allows one to generate pie charts and save reports to a number of Standard formats including HTML PDF XML text and Excel CSV Number of Duplicates Per File Type WA 307Files 28 80 Miscellaneous Files E 266Files 24 95 Development Files H 194Files 18 20 Images Pictures and Graph E 109 Files 10 23 Documents Books and Help j 99 Files 9 29 Programs Extensions and S E 34Files 3 19 Archive Backup and Disk I 29Ffiles 2 72 Windows Files 21Files 1 97 InternetFiles A 7Files 0 66 Unknown Files Date 02 Mar 2014 Time 18 54 06 Host flexcore Titie Duplicate Files Report bn Copy To Clipboard Print Options Number of Duplicates Per File Type v IT and storage administrators are provided with policy based duplicate files search and removal capabilities allowing one to define automatic duplicate files search and cleanup policies which can be executed in a fully automatic mode using DiskBoss Server or the command line utility Finally enterprise customers are provided with the ability to submit reports from multiple servers and NAS storage d
108. 0 58 GB ero Phi LJ d Search Files srv k30 SRVZKS0 serve kal erveka2 srvek33 serve ks4 erv k35 serve k36 SRVZRS1 SRVZKS2 SRVZRS3 SRVZKS4 SRVZK35 SRVZKS6 oo oo oo oo oo oo Analyze Disk Space K Classify Files Search Duplicates Network Search Log DiskBoss will scan the network and show a list of network servers and NAS storage devices detected on the network Select one or more servers or NAS storage devices to analyze press the right mouse button and select the Analyze Disk Space menu item Analyze Disks Directories and Network Shares J Wilexmns backup Wflexms data 9 Whlexrms disk d 5 Wflesns disk_ DiskBoss will scan the selected servers and show a list of network shares detected in the servers and NAS storage devices allowing one to select one or more network shares that should be processed During runtime DiskBoss will process the selected network shares in parallel using all CPUs available in the host computer DiskBoss is running on In order to be able to use this feature the user needs to have permissions to access network shares 12 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 6 Batch Analysis and File Search Operations DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to execute disk space analysis file search file classification and duplicate files search operations on hundreds of network servers and NAS storage devices and gen
109. 0 MB _ Pee Firefox Cache 211 30 59 MB e iag W Google Earth Cache 2 24 45 MB isi E Internet Cookies a7 109 70 KB Eres W Internet History 4 580 Bytes C 00 E Deleted Files 0 0 Bytes bors O Normal Mode Delete A Delete Al Per Files Single Pass Single Pattern Data Wipe Twa Passes Dual Pattern Data Wipe Three Passes Dual Pattern Random Four Passes Dual Pattern Data Wipe Five Passes Dual Pattern Random DOD 5220 22 M Data Wipe 7 passes Bruce Schneier s Data Wipe 7 passes Ps Gutmann s Maximum Security 35 passes 7 G cleanup Close Press the Cleanup button to launch the DiskBoss built in disk cleaner DiskBoss will scan the system hard drive and show the user all detected cache history and temporary files During the initial scanning process DiskBoss just scans the disk and discovers what files may be safely deleted After finishing the scanning process DiskBoss indicates all detected file categories and provides the user with the ability to select the file categories that should be cleaned up By default DiskBoss built in disk cleaner selects Internet cache files Interned history and temporary files to be deleted The user is provided with the ability to select one of the following automatic cleanup modes Safe Normal and All In the safe mode DiskBoss will cleanup Internet cache and Internet history files only In the normal mode DiskBoss will d
110. 010 ej Clear Selected Filters Be Last Modified Dec 2006 an ay ue 5 12 152081 Files 26 48 GB Default File Classification Plugin 4 In order to change the current file categorization mode click on the file categorization combo box located in the top left corner of the second level file categories view In order to apply a second level file filter select one or more file categories in the filters view press the right mouse button and select the Apply Selected Filters menu item DiskBoss will filter file classification results and display in the top view files matching the selected file filters and file categories containing these files Hi a Move Delete Up Charts Save Info Name Space C Miscellaneous Files r 61 41 O Temporary Files gt 25 78 C Programs Extensions and Script Files 4 42 O Windows Files 3 62 C Unknown Files 3 25 Archive Backup and Disk Image Files 1 29 O Development Files 12 C Internet Files 0 07 O Documents Books and Help Files 0 04 O Images Pictures and Graphic Files lt 0 01 C Game Files lt 0 01 E Categorize By Modification Date File Filter is Active al S Last Modified Jul 2009 42066 6 47 GB J3 Last Modified Jan 2015 34986 5 o me N amp Last Modified Jun 2009 18349 2 79 GB S Last Modified Nov 2010 8349 2 22 GB S Last Modified Dec 2006 1809 1 36 GB 34986 Files 2 93 GB Default File Classifica
111. 08 Stop File Position Decimal 2829452 In order to search for a binary pattern press the Search button enter the pattern as a series of bytes with each byte represented by two HEX characters By default the HEX editor will start searching from the current file position to the end of the file If required change the start stop file positions on the search dialog In order to search for a text string change the search mode to Text and enter a text string to search Text String ABCD 1234 DiskBoss Start File Position Decimal 208 Stop File Position Decimal 2829452 In order to change one or more data bytes in the file select the data bytes in the HEX display and press the Edit button In order to edit a text string select the text string in the text display and press the Edit button 223 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 17 11 Built In Disk Cleaner All web browsers and many popular online applications are using the local hard disk to cache web pages images and video files Information from visited web sites is stored in your Web browser s cache wasting your storage space and compromising your privacy In general it is a good practice to cleanup your disk once a month DiskBoss includes a built in disk cleaner allowing one to cleanup the disk and reclaim the wasted storage space Category Files Space Space 7 W Temporary Files 37 64 25 MB EE W Internet Cache 3415 41 9
112. 1 11 Analyze Disk Space flexms flexms da 36814 Files 145 00 GB Analyze Disk Space Dispalyed 32 aos Hie fen Disk Space Usage Per Host N amp Disk Space Usage Per User View Top 100 Directories View Top 100 Files In order to analyze disk space usage per server perform one or more disk space analysis operations on multiple servers and or NAS storage devices open the Reports dialog press the Analyze button and select the Analyze Disk Space Usage Per Host menu item DiskBoss will analyze all reports saved in the reports database and display the hosts analysis dialog showing the disk space usage per host Disk Space Analysis Disk Space Per Hos Hosts srv2k63 srv2k60 srv2k 1 srv2k62 srv2008 srv2k40 srv2k41 flexsrv flexms ctos65d Disk Space Analysis Disk Space Per Host WA 145 00GB 56 37 flexms E 54 996B 21 38 srv2008 B 15 1868 5 90 srv2k40 15 18GB 5 90 srv2k41 6 9568 2 70 flexsry SSS SS S585 88 MA 4 9068 191 srv2k63 4906B 191 srv2k60 F 4 9068 1 91 srv2k62 E 4 9068 191 srv2k61 1 Edit Chart Options E 350 56MB 0 13 ctos65d E Copy To Clipboard Print Chart Image Date 22 Mar 2015 Time 14 54 19 Disk Space Analysis Disk Space Per Host E save POF 7 l C Sav Report a
113. 1 21 33 10 12 Apr 2015 11 21 33 11 12 Apr 2015 11 21 10 12 12 Apr 2015 11 21 10 13 12 Apr 2015 11 21 10 14 12 Apr 2015 11 21 10 15 12 Apr 2015 11 21 10 16 12 Apr 2015 11 21 16 17 12 Apr 2015 11 21 16 18 12 Apr 2015 11 21 16 19 12 Apr 2015 11 21 16 20 12 Apr 2015 11 21 16 21 12 Apr 2015 11 21 20 22 12 Apr 2015 11 21 20 23 12 Apr 2015 11 21 20 24 12 Apr 2015 11 21 20 25 12 Apr 2015 11 21 22 26 12 Apr 2015 11 21 22 27 12 Apr 2015 11 21 22 Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified 0 Bytes 83 Bytes 512 00 KB SYSTEM 256 00 KB SYSTEM 45 00 MB SYSTEM 1 75MB 0 Bytes 0 Bytes Administrators 15 54 KB Administrators 256 00 KB SYSTEM 45 00 MB SYSTEM 45 00 MB SYSTEM 45 00 MB SYSTEM Administrators Administrators alex s alex s 15 54 KB 0 Bytes 45 00 MB SYSTEM 45 00 MB SYSTEM 256 00 KB SYSTEM 1 75MB SYSTEM SYSTEM 175MB SYSTEM 256 00 KB SYSTEM 0 Bytes Administrators 15 54 KB Administrators alex s 83 Bytes alex s 256 00 KB SYSTEM 1 00 MB alex s 1 00 MB alex s i 100 z O e Arial Em 7 F name C Users alex s AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate diskbossult fix C Users alex s AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate diskbossult flx C Windows System32 config SOFTWARE LOG1 C Windows System32 config SOFTWARE C Wi
114. 1 44 srv2003 447 77 GB DiskBoss DB Data 01 Sep 2011 16 40 51 srv2003 34 24 GB DiskBoss DB Server ee Seely In order to connect DiskBoss to an SQL database open the options dialog select the Database tab and specify an ODBC data source user name and password Once finished specifying the required information press the Verify button to check the database connection Enable ODBC Interface ODBC Data Source MySQL Server UR Skorteuts User Name diskboss a Misc Password eecsecces i sn Disk space analysis file classification duplicate files detection disk change monitoring and file search results may be saved into an SQL database in a very similar way Just press the Save button on the results dialog and select the SQL Database report format Text Report eport 03 Mar 2014 171940 sql pa CSV Report XML Report POF Report DiskBoss Report SOL Database rr h eit 28 DiskBoss User Manual 1 22 Analyzing Disk Space Usage Per Directory Flexense Ltd DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise allow one to save disk space usage reports from multiple servers desktop and or laptop computers to a centralized reports database and then analyze disk space usage per directory across the entire enterprise ire Show All Reports Date a 2015 03 22 4015 03 22 a 2015 03 22 2015 03 22 2015 03 22 2015 03 22 4015 03 22 2015 03 22 2015 03 22 2015 03 22 2015 03 22 ia
115. 18 27 DELETE OK TANSIS Contrib Graphics Checks classic cross bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK TANSIS Contrib Graphics Checks classic bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK TANSIS Contrib Graphics Checks colorful bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK TANSIS Contrib Graphics Checks grey cross bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK TANSIS Contrib Graphics Checks grey bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks modern bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks red round bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T ANSIS Contrib Graphics Checks red _bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T NSIS Contrib Graphics Checks simple round _bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T ANSIS Contrib Graphics Checks simple round2 bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T NS S Contrib Graphics Checks simple bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T NSIS Contrib Graphics Header nsis r bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T NSIS Contrib Graphics Header nsis bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T NSIS Contrib Graphics Header orange nsis bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T NSIS Contrib Graphics Header orange r nsis bmp j abl ak wiIN 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T NSIS Contrib Graphics Header orange _bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T NSIS Contrib Graphics Header orange uninstall nsis bmp 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T NSIS Contrib Graphics Header orange uninstall nsis bmp 4 4 gt Sheet Sheet2 Sheet3 m Ready 195 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 14 8 Deleting Files Listed
116. 2 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 5 Searching Files in File Classification Results DiskBoss provides the ability to search files in file classification results by the file name extension full path file category file size file attributes creation last modification and last access dates In order to start a file search operation classify one or more disks or directories and press the Search button located on the main toolbar OO Programs Extensions and Script Files G Miscellaneous Files 16 73 Ra Documents Books and Help Files 8 12 Windows Files a Sei O Development Files Analyze i 5 28 rcnive backup and Lsk Image Files 4 23 Mb O Archive Backup and Disk Image Fil O Unknown Files Copy To 2 19 Temporary Files 1 42 5 OO Images Pictures and Graphic Files Move To 1 15 O Movies Clips and Video Files Delete 1 08 C Internet Files 0 62 Link To ite Categorize By Extension DLL Files H Export To SOL Database B EXE Files HXS Files Copy Details To Clipboard _ DAT Files Open Category s _ EDE Files 129394 Files 26 81 GB Default File Classification Plugin By default the search operation will be performed on all file classification results In order to search files in a specific file category select the category in the file classification results view press the right mouse button and select the Search Files menu item DiskBoss will search in t
117. 21 Modified 1 10 KB Administrators C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ 12 Apr 2015 21 Created 0 Bytes C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 0 Bytes C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss 12 Apr 2015 21 Renamed 0 Bytes C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss 12 Apr 2015 21 Renamed To 950 Bytes Administrators C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 0 Bytes Administrators C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin E 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 950 Bytes Administrators C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx 12 Apr 2015 21 Created 10 50 KB Administrators C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 10 50 KB Administrators C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 0 Bytes Administrators Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tmp 0O00O0OOO File Categories i DLL Files 60 25 MB 3 FLX Files 1 20 MB fe 21 84 SS S i 13 91 KB 9 96 i 13 35 MB m 6 6 98 MB E 6r 270 00 MB 11 18 KB Completed Total 261 Changes Current 261 Changes Finally IT and storage administrators are provided with the ability to trigger file integrity monitoring operations based on real time disk activities automatically validate authenticity of critical system files prevent malicious software from making any changes in th
118. 32 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 18 3 Saving Graphical PDF Summary Reports DiskBoss Server allows one to perform multiple types of disk space analysis file classification and duplicate files search operations on a number of servers and NAS storage devices submit all analysis reports to a centralized reports database and then generate summary reports containing various types of pie charts and history line charts for all analyzed servers and NAS storage devices in a single graphical PDF report file Filter by Command Date Time Command Host Inputs Data Title 2014703 027 1540 04 Search Duplicate Files SRV2008 A ee Duplicate Files Report 2014 03 02 15 38 26 Monitor System Disk SRV 2008 i lad ok nee Disk Change Monitoring Re 2014 03 02 15 55 45 Classify New Files SRV 2008 Refresh Report List File Classification Report 2014 03 02 15 55 00 Analyze WAS Server SRV 2008 S Disk Space Analysis Report 2014 01 30 13 50 16 Classify By Modificatio SRV2008 ie Save Summary Report File Classification Report 2014 01 30 13 50 14 Classify By Last Access SRV2008 File Classification Report 2014 01 30 13 50 12 Analyze Files Modified SRV2008 Import Reports Disk Space Analysis Report 2014 01 30 13 50 11 Analyze Files Accessed SRV2008 Export Reports Disk Space Analysis Report he de oe ee ak E Delete Reports Close In order to generate a summary PDF report file connect to the DiskBoss se
119. 34 Destination 15 Sep 2015 11 26 47 Extra File in Destination Directory Destination File Does Not Exist Destination File Does Not Exist H data html disksavvy H data html diskboss disk_space_analyzer php H data html diskboss disk_space_analyzer php H data html diskboss screenshots H data html disksavvy htaccess H data html disksavvy updates H data html erp backups H data html diskboss screenshots diskboss_compare_directories jpg H data html erp backups erp_backup_2015 04 xml gz H data html erp backups erp_backup_2015 06 xml gz m colr a E OC O 00 a _ 205 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 16 3 Advanced Directories Comparison Options Depending on user specific needs sometimes it may be required to detect only specific types of files system changes and hide irrelevant changes In order to select which types of file system changes to detect open the Compare Directories dialog press the Advanced Options button and select the General tab Compare Directories Options ui General RE Advanced Rules a Excude J Actions SSS L VW Check Extra Directories iW Check Extra Files V Check File Size Check File Owner F Check File Contents F Check File Attributes i Check File Creation Date V Check File Modification Date Check Directories Creation Date Ok Cancel e Check Directory Structure select this option to verify that
120. 38 srv2008 15 18GB 5 90 srv2k40 F 15 1868 5 90 srv2k4i F 6 95GB F 4 90 GB 2 70 flexsrv 191 srv2k63 490GB 191 srv2k60 I 4 9068 191 srv2k62 49068 191 srv2k61 11 Edit Chart Options ctos65d E 350 56MB 0 13 i Copy To Clipboard E Save PDF Report m God Date 22 Mar 20 15 Time 14 54 19 Disk Space Analysis Disk Space Per Host 1 All Disks and Directories ss All Report Labels The hosts analysis dialog provides the ability to display pie charts and bars charts showing the disk space usage file categories the number of duplicate files and the amount of duplicate disk space per host according to analysis reports saved in the reports database The user is provided with the ability to select types of disk analysis operations file categories and file system locations to analyze edit the chart header and footer copy the chart image to the clipboard and export graphical PDF reports including pie charts 30 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 24 Analyzing Disk Space Usage Per User DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to automatically detect all servers and NAS storage devices on the network analyze hundreds of servers and or NAS storage devices via the network submit analysis reports to a centralized report database and display charts showing the used disk space file categor
121. 4 Files 145 00 GB Analyze Disk Space Save Summary C Import B Export El Delete Reports 32 Dispalyed 32 Disk Space Usage Per Host Disk Space Usage Per User N amp View Top 100 Directories View Top 100 Files In order to analyze disk space usage per user perform one or more disk space analysis file classification and or duplicate files search operations on multiple servers and or NAS storage devices open the Reports dialog press the Analyze button and select the Analyze Disk Space Usage Per User menu item DiskBoss will analyze all reports saved in the reports database and display the users analysis dialog showing the disk space usage per user OME ye isk Space Per Use Users F irena h 7 denis j iM joy d 7 alex s Disk Space Analysis Disk Space Per User WM 10 8668 44 39 E 5 7568 E 2 4568 1 56 GB F 1 4368 fA 1 3568 1 06 68 22 T 10 01 6 38 5 86 T srv2k61 T srv2k62 EZ srw Show Pie Chart E Show Disk Space v 552 453 Edit Chart Options Copy To Clipboard Print Chart Image SE Save PDF Report Ce Date 12 Mar 20 15 Time 18 21 57 Disk Space Analysis Disk Space Per User Disk Space Analysis All Disks and Directories a All Report Labels The users analysis dialog provides
122. 49 91GB 14 42 ISO Files E 12 6068 3 64 JPGFiles 12 1668 3 51 EXEFiles 11 7068 3 38 DLLFiles 4 45GB 1 29 RARFiles 4 31GB 124 ZIPFiles 3 7368 1 08 MP3Files 29 6668 8 57 Other 2162 ee Date 02 Mar 2014 Time 17 46 39 Host flexcore Title File Classification Report E osr detona tt Ontos Saks eane Pe asorr e Peor v come DiskBoss provides a number of file classification plugins allowing one to classify files by the file type extension user name file size last access modification and creation times etc In addition IT and storage administrators are provided with the ability to design custom file classification plugins using an open and easy to use XML based format Finally DiskBoss provides the ability to submit file classification reports from multiple servers and NAS storage devices to a centralized SQL database allowing one perform history trend analysis operations analyze disk space usage trends per server and per user DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 3 Duplicate Files Search and Cleanup DiskBoss includes a built in duplicate files finder which provides a large number of advanced features and capabilities allowing one to search and cleanup duplicate files in servers NAS storage devices and enterprise storage systems The DiskBoss duplicate files finder allows one to search duplicate files generate various types of pie charts s
123. 6 95 GB Classify Files flexsrv 2015 03 22 15 29 32 Classify Files srv2k40 9 srv2k40 srv2k40 d 1028754 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k40 2015 03 22 15 26 11 Classify Files srv2k41 8 srv2k41 srv2k41 d 1028751 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k41 2015 03 22 15 16 13 Classify Files Per User srv2008 srv2008 u 182576 Files 24 47 GB Classify Files Per User 2015 03 22 14 53 30 Analyze Disk Space ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Analyze Disk Space 2015 03 22 14 51 11 Analyze Disk Space flexms flexms da 36814 Files 145 00 GB Analyze Disk Space 4 ris Doai te Disk Space Usage Per Host 5 View Top 100 Directories m amp Disk Space Usage Per User E View Top 100 Files In order to analyze disk space usage per server perform one or more disk space analysis file classification and or duplicate files search operations on multiple servers and or NAS storage devices open the Reports dialog press the Analyze button and select the Analyze Disk Space Usage Per Host menu item DiskBoss will analyze all reports saved in the reports database and display the hosts analysis dialog showing the disk space usage per host alysis Disk Space Per Hos Hosts srv2k63 srv2k60 srv2k61 srv2k62 srv2008 srv2k40 srv2k41 flexsrv flexms ctos65d Disk Space Analysis Disk Space Per Host WA 145 00GB 56 37 flexms E 54 99GB 21
124. 7 64 GB srvzk41 SRV2K41 Database Server 8 i 139 5066 41 85 GB 37 64 GB srv a a 13950 GE 41 85 GB 97 64 GB SRV2K42 Database Server esr rare 86 GB Search Files a 86 GB Leo GB BA GB Analyze Disk Space Classify Files n Intranet Web Server Esa Erare Scat Search Duplicates Execute Batch Command iS i Select Network Shares Unselect Network Shares Select All Network Shares Unselect All Network Shares View Network Search Log In order to start a batch file search operation press the Network button located on the main toolbar search all servers and NAS storage devices on the network select one or more servers and NAS storage devices press the right mouse button and select the Execute Batch Command menu item Select Commands To Execut Command Name Analyze System Disk Classify System Disk Analyze Disk Space Classify Files B gt Search Duplicate Files Search Recently Modified Documents ave Individual Report For Each bh VOE SEVE ow Save Individual Report For Each Network Server Save Individual Report For Each Network Share h DiskBoss will display a list of preconfigured file search commands allowing one to select one or more commands to be executed on all selected servers and NAS storage devices In addition the user is provided with the ability to select how to save file search repor
125. 8 Game Files 51 Files 2 51 MB lt 0 01 Reports generated by the DiskBoss GUI application are beginning with the currently selected second level file categories and followed by a list of all file categories and file classes sorted by the amount of the used disk space Reports exported with an active file filter include files matching the selected file filter and file categories containing these files 65 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 8 Saving Graphical PDF Reports One of the most useful ways to export file classification results is to use the PDF report format In order to save file classification results to a PDF report file press the Save button on the file classification results dialog select the PDF Report format enter a report title and press the Save button File Name POF Report Lip V More OP isEoss Report L__ L Database In addition to the main file hierarchy sorted by the used disk space DiskBoss PDF reports include pie charts showing the disk space usage per file category and the number of files per file category according to the currently selected file categorization mode For example if the second level file categories mode is set to categorize file classification results by the file extension the PDF report will display pie charts showing the used disk space and the number of files per file extension file Classification Report 28 Jan 2015 File Classification Report Property Valu
126. 8 Bytes 705 Bytes 870 Bytes 894 Bytes 852 Bytes 882 Bytes 908 Bytes 863 Bytes 842 Bytes 867 Bytes 822 Bytes 815 Bytes C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 btn_secondary_135 png Last Modified 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 15 Oct 2011 10 53 00 Date Time Results Total Files Total Space Performance Process Time Host Name User Name Input Dirs File Filter 2015 02 22 14 16 49 6742 155342 26 62 GB 14601 Files Sec 10 64 Sec flexcore alex s peony Off Search Results File Name C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 box_checked_disabled png C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 box_checked_enabled png C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 box_unchecked_disabled png C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 box_unchecked_enabled png C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 btn_disable_135 png C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 btn_disable_180 png C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 WinVista_Win7_64 English NVI2 btn_disable_90 pnq C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62
127. 85 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W Size 937 Bytes 821 Bytes 180 Bytes 701 Bytes 720 Bytes 738 Bytes 705 Bytes 870 Bytes 894 Bytes 852 Bytes 882 Bytes 908 Bytes 863 Bytes 842 Bytes Created 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 Modified 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 Categorize By Extension zj File Categories 100 4041 1400 639 416 280 143 54 43 94 MB 6 30 MB 12 64 MB 116 90 MB 4 58 MB 60 91 MB 26 52 MAD Results 7152 Files 294 52 MB 56 50 19 57 8 93 5 82 3 91 2 00 OTe BL Displayed 7152 Files 294 52 MB Ma PNG Files ie GIF Files i BMP Files JPG Files _ ICO Files _ CPT Files D Cils
128. Archive Backup and Disk Image Files 2 12 1 10 GB 4 15 O Temporary Files 34397 809 92 MB 2 99 Yo O Unknown Files 6127 499 80 MB 1 84 O Movies Clips and Video Files 5597 295 87 ME 103 _ Images Pictures and Graphic Files 6720 284 06 ME 1 05 Ci Internet Files 5068 170 95 MB 0 63 rr z 1 Categorize By Extension S File Categories DLL Files 19954 12 34 GB E EXE Files 3576 1 56 GE HAS Files 952 1 31 GB DAT Files 572 1 14 GB itt NOEXT Files 37649 1 10 GB 152081 Files 26 48 GB Default File Classification Plugin A H E oo I The file classification results dialog allows one to browse the file hierarchy perform file management operations on files and file categories generate various types of charts export HTML PDF XML text and Excel CSV reports and submit file classification results to an SQL database In addition the user is provided with the ability to physically reorganize files on the disk according to the used file classification plug in Finally power users are provided with the ability to design custom plug ins using an open and easy to use XML Based format 59 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 2 File Classification Pie Charts DiskBoss provides a number of different types of charts capable of showing the amount of the disk space and the number of files per file category extension user name file size last access modification and creation dates etc In order to op
129. B 191 63 GB 191 63 GB 11 58 GB 101 59 GB 425 86 GB 9 95 GB 9 88 GB 9 89 GB 404 54 GB 404 54 GB 32 45 GB 17 65 GB 505 66 GB The network shares scanning operation may be performed multiple times for different servers and NAS storage devices and an unlimited number of network shares from different servers may be added to the analysis operation During runtime DiskBoss will process all the specified network shares in parallel using all CPUs and or CPU cores available in the host computer DiskBoss is running on 10 Directories Selected for Analysis Analyze Disks Directories and Network Shares C srv2008 target C flexms backup Cq flexms data Ca flexmes disk_d fae 11 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 5 Analyzing All Servers and NAS Devices on the Network Another option is to analyze classify or search files in all servers and or NAS storage devices on the network In order to analyze all servers on the network press the Network button located on the main toolbar select one or more network servers or NAS storage devices press the right mouse button and select the Analyze Disk Space menu item 26 Network Servers or NAS Storage Devices 165 Network Shares La a th Server Comment flexims VBox HDD Server flexcore 64 Bit Development Server flexmob VBox SSD Server Total Space Used Space Free Space 3 86 TB 1 84 TB 2 02 TB 503 31 GB 343 42 GB 159 90 GB 381 23 GB 190 66 GB 19
130. Command Move Command Up Disk Change Monitoring Command ew Move Command Down Ga File Copy Command iz Delete Command Gs File Move Command ie File Delete Command A more effective way to execute frequently used commands is to add command shortcuts to the Windows desktop In order to do that select the user defined commands tool pane press the right mouse button over the required command and select the Add Desktop Shortcut menu item DiskBoss will create a desktop shortcut with the same file name as the command s name In order to execute such a command just click on the command shortcut on the Windows desktop When executing user defined commands using desktop shortcuts DiskBoss will open a command specific process dialog that will perform all the required operations and terminate after the user will press the Close button Advanced Commands Management DiskBoss provides the user with an advanced user defined commands GUI management interface allowing one to manage and execute user defined commands more effectively To open advanced user defined commands management dialog select the menu Tools Manage Commands In addition to the features available in the user defined commands tool pane the commands management dialog provides commands search and filters user defined command copy command import export capabilities and user defined command shortcuts For each user define
131. Dir 1o00000 Sort Analysis Results By Disk Space Descending Process User Names Show Files User Names DiskBoss provides the ability to display disk space usage statistics per user but this capability significantly slows down the speed of disk space analysis operations especially when analyzing files via a slow high latency network By default due to performance considerations this option is disabled and if the user needs to enable this capability it is highly recommended to install DiskBoss on a powerful multi CPU or multi core server and configure the disk space analysis operation to use at least 4 parallel directory scanning threads 56 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd For example when analyzing files stored on a local SSD disk the performance of the disk Space analysis process reaches up to 32 400 Files Sec using a single directory scanning thread and scales up to 58 300 Files Sec when the same disk space analysis operation is performed using 4 parallel directory scanning threads Disk Space Analysis Performance SSD Disk Files Sec 1 Thread 2 Threads 3 Threads 4 Threads Multi Threaded Disk Space Analysis Performance DiskBoss www diskboss com On the other hand when the same set of files is analyzed with the option to process and show user names enabled the speed of the disk space analysis process reaches up to 5 200 Files Sec for a single directory scanning thread and scales up to 18 400 Files Sec when t
132. DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd DiskBoss DATA MANAGEMENT User Manual Version 6 3 Dec 2015 www diskboss com info flexense com Flexense Ltd DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 Product OVEFVICW iiissdssssiessiwdaneieianainit wiessadindninnTIeaeieiedenndied hhaent iO 6 1 1 Disk SOdCe Usage A alySiS cacpranske cause eacsaaibeeisaiy sansa a teases een 8 1 2 File Classification ANd Categorization ccecccccc cece eee Eee e eee e eee e een e EEE EEE 9 1 3 Duplicate Files Search and Cleanup ccc ccccceeeeee terre eee EEE EEE EEE PEPER EERE EERE EERE EEE EES 10 1 4 Analyzing Files in Servers and NAS Storage Devices cccccccccc cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 11 1 5 Analyzing All Servers and NAS Devices on the Network ssssssssssessrssrrsnresrrrsrrrsrens 12 1 6 Batch Analysis and File Search Operations cccccccccccc cece cece eee e eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeenenees 13 1 7 Graphical PDF Summary REPOSts cccccccccece eee EEE EEE Ene EEE EEE EEE EE enn EEE EEE EES 14 Lo R le Ba sed File Se rCh naciono ri inaunies anne eeeneas an AaR eRe TEER eR 15 1 9 High Speed File Synchronization ccccccceeeeeee eee e EEE E EE EERE EERE EERE EEE ESSERE EEE EES 16 1 10 Secure File Synchronization cccccceeee teeter eee EEE PEEP EERE PEEPS EERE EEE SESE ESSERE EERE E EE EES 17 1 11 Secure File Copy ODeCrauonS scrsiressscczentetaicitiatesiasretad paeeeensenieiesceatriawiaeiniedreriees 18 1 12 Fault Tolerant File Cop
133. E HESS ESSE EEE EE EES 69 4 12 Classifying Specific File Types and File Group cccccccccce cece cece eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeneennees 70 4 13 Excluding Subdirectories from File Classification Process ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 71 4 14 Automatic File Organizing OPeratiOnS cccccccece cece eee eee eee eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 72 Ae sre las SiniC ation t MICKINS sar eutesace cue cceeeanwacad EE 73 4 16 Analyzing File Categories Per HOSC cccccceeeee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee EERE EEE EERE E REESE EEE EES 74 4 17 Analyzing File Categories Per USer sssussssnnnannnnsnnnnnannnnnnnnsennnunnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenn 75 4 18 Advanced File Classification Options cccccceeeeeee eee eee eee eee ee ee eee eee eee eee EEE EEE ESSE HESS 76 4 19 Pre Configured File Classification CommandsS cccccccccce cece cece eee e eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeennenees 76 4 20 Classifying Files Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility eee eee cece eeeees 77 4 21 File Classification Performance ccccceeeeee reer eee eee PEEP EEE EERE EEE E SEES SESE EEE E EERE EE EES 79 5 D plicate Files FING Cl vscaseiacnssansannsatenscianressensiieshdnanansacnsaverisnssinsannsassaseeeescsssbennsss 82 5 1 Searching Duplicate Files in a Disk Or Directory ccccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeueeuaaaanags 82 5 2 Showing Duplicate Files Pie Charts ssssnsssnnnsnnnnnannnnnnnnssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnannnnnnnnnann 83 5 3 Using File Filters and Fil
134. Execute Command Move and Link To 2 Compress Compress and Copy To Compress and Move To DiskBoss provides the following conditional file organizing actions Copy Files To copies matching files to the specified destination directory Move Files To moves matching files to the specified destination directory Delete Files deletes matching files optionally wipes data from the disk Execute Command executes the specified custom command on matching files Move and Link To moves files and creates links pointing to the new location Compress compresses matching files in place Compress and Copy To copies compressed files to the destination directory Compress and Move To moves compressed files to the destination directory 102 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 6 3 Using File Matching Rules DiskBoss provides a large number of different types of file matching rules allowing one to select files by the file name extension type category size file attributes text or binary patterns JPEG EXIF tags creation last access and modification dates etc The user is provided with the ability to combine multiple types of file matching rules and apply logical AND OR operators Moreover power users can define hierarchical file matching rules capable of precisely selecting the exact file type or groups of files according to user specific needs Select Advanced File Search Criteria Search Files Categorized As Search Files Contai
135. Files flexms flexms HE Pees eee Duplicate Files flexms 2015 03 22 15 32 02 Classify Files flexms Set Report Label Classify Files 2015 03 22 15 29 45 Classify Files ctos65d ctos65d Refresh Report List Classify Files ctos65d 2015 03 22 15 29 38 Classify Files flexsrv 10 flexsrv Classify Files flexsrv 2015 03 22 15 29 32 Classify Files srv2k40 9 srv2k40 Save Summary Report Classify Files srv2k40 2015 03 22 15 26 11 Classify Files srv2k41 8 srv2k41 N Classify Files srv2k41 2015 03 22 15 16 13 Classify Files Per User srv2008 Classify Files Per User Top 100 Direct sis 2015 03 22 14 53 30 Analyze Disk Space etotsa PR Analyze Disk Space 2015 03 22 14 51 11 Analyze Disk Space flexms E View Top 100 Files Analyze Disk Space gt ___ __ Send to DiskBoss Server Es Save Summary de Analyze Import E Export x D ed 32 Close es FA EXpoit Reports Import Reports x Delete Reports In order to generate a summary PDF report file connect to the DiskBoss server using the client GUI application perform one or more analysis file classification or duplicate files search operations press the Reports button located on the main toolbar select a number of disk Space analysis file classification or duplicate files search reports press the Summary button select types of charts to include in the summary report a
136. Finally the single time periodic job trigger allows one to schedule execution of disk space analysis and or file management operations on an exact date and time An arbitrary number of triggers may be combined in a single periodic job allowing one to precisely control how and when to execute automated disk space analysis and or file management operations Periodic jobs available in DiskBoss Pro and DiskBoss Ultimate are executed in the DiskBoss GUI application and in order to work properly the GUI application should be continuously running Another option is to use DiskBoss Server which runs in the background as a service and is capable of executing multiple periodic disk space analysis and or file management operations even when no one is logged in 220 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 17 8 Sound Notifications DiskBoss provides the ability to play notification sounds when a file management operation is started completed or failed In addition the user is provided with the ability to enable disable or customize all types of sound notifications Sound Description Sound File Operation Started C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate sounds Operation Completed C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate sounds Operation Completed With Errors C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate sounds Operation Failed C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate sounds In order to open the Notification Sounds dialog select the Tools Notification Sound
137. Flexense Ltd 16 2 Saving Directories Comparison Reports In order to save a directories comparison report compare two directories open the directories comparison results dialog press the Save button and select one of the following report formats PDF HTML Text Excel CSV or XML In addition DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide the ability to export detected file system changes to an SQL database Description O Directory Last Modification Date is Different File Last Modification Date is Different Source File Contents is Different O Directory Last Modification Date is Different File Attributes are Different Source 8224 Desti O Extra Subdirectory in Destination Directory O Directory Last Modification Date is Different Name H data html disksavvy H data html diskboss disk_space_analyzer php H data html diskboss disk_space_analyzer php H data html diskboss screenshots H data html disksavvy htaccess H data html disksavvy updates H data html erp backups Extra File in Destination Directory Destination File Does Not Exist Destination File Does Not Exist H data html diskboss screenshots diskboss_compare_directories jpg H data html erp backups erp_backup_2015 04 xml gz H data html erp backups erp_backup_2015 06 xml gz Esaves _ deta PDF Report HTML Report Text Report CSV Report XML Report HE To SQL Database Each r
138. I application should be running For continuously running mission critical servers it is more appropriate to use DiskBoss Server which runs in the background as a service and is capable of automatically verifying critical system files generate reports and send E Mail notifications even when no one is logged in DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 9 7 File Integrity Monitoring Actions The DiskBoss file integrity monitor provides the ability to automatically save reports submit reports to an SQL database send error messages to the system event log and or send E Mail notifications when a user specified number of file system changes are detected In order to add one or more file integrity monitoring actions open the file integrity monitoring options dialog select the Actions tab and press the Add button File Integrity Monitoring Actions V Send HTML Notification To diskboss yourcompany com Send Error to System Event Log Unauthorized Changes Detected 7 Save XML Report To d reports On the action dialog enter the number of file system changes that should trigger the action select an appropriate action type and enter an action value For all types of report files the action value should be set to an existing directory where to save report files or a full file name if all reports should be saved to the same file 7 Execute Action When 1 Or More Changes Detected Hii i EF IL PEL Li Sav
139. In order to search files by the directory name open the search operation dialog press the Add button select the Search Files with the Directory Name rule select an appropriate directory name comparison operator and enter a directory name pattern string to compare directories with Full Path Begins With C Windows Search Disks Directories and Network Shares Ey DA Fy B HA co The directory name comparison operator allows one to find directories matching beginning with ending with or containing the specified string pattern In addition negative comparison operators are provided as well Directory name searches are case insensitive and the entered directory name pattern string will match both low case and upper case letters 7 6 Searching Files by Access Modification and Creation Dates DiskBoss provides two sets of file matching rules allowing one to search files by the creation last modification and last access dates The first set of rules matches files using absolute dates and the second set of file matching rules matches files using relative time periods Absolute dates are preferable when the user needs to find all files that were created or modified during a specific calendar month or year while relative time periods are more useful when someone needs to find files that were created or modified during the last X days or Y months always giving correct results as the time goes o
140. MB of free disk space Ultimate System Requirements 2 GHz quad core or better CPU 2 GB or more of system memory Gigabit Ethernet or Fibre Channel link to the storage device 25 MB of free disk space 246 Flexense Ltd DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 19 7 Default Keyboard Shortcuts All keyboard shortcuts are fully customizable and may be changed on the DiskBoss options dialog In addition the user is provided with the ability to define custom keyboard shortcuts for file system location bookmarks and jump to any directory in a single key press a 247
141. Mode amp amp Synchronize Destination Directory a Synchronize Destination Directory gt Update Destination Directory All changes made in t s Accumulate and Update Files in Destination Files deleted from th All files changed or de No changes will be mg Two Way Fie Syncnronizaton gt Two Way Accumulation and Update g Compress amp Sync Destination Directory Gat Compress amp Update Destination Directory Ga Compress amp Accumulate Files in Destination Ca By default file synchronization commands are executed in the preview mode which provides the user with the ability to review and manually confirm each specific file synchronization action Once a file sync command is tested and verified the user can configure the command to run in a fully automatic unattended stream file synchronization mode The stream file synchronization mode performs all file synchronization actions on the fly without showing the preview dialog and therefore it is much faster and optimized to synchronize huge file systems containing millions of files aa File Synchroniza io 1 y i el H General Rules Performance 2 Options Sync File Attributes Sync User Group Security Descriptor Syne Discretionary Access Control List DACL Syne System Access Control List SACL 7 Enable Bit Level File Synchronization Frequently used file synchronization operations may be pre configured as user defined file synchronization c
142. Organizing process In addition advanced users are provided with a number of exclude directories macro commands allowing one to exclude multiple directories using a single macro command DiskBoss provides the following exclude directories macro commands e BEGINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories beginning with the specified text string e CONTAINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories containing the specified text string e ENDS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories ending with the specified text string e REGEX lt Regular Expression gt this macro command excludes directories matching the specified regular expression For example the exclude macro command CONTAINS Temporary Files will exclude all directories with Temporary Files in the full directory path and the exclude macro command SREGEX TMP TEMP will exclude directories ending with TMP or TEMP 107 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 6 8 Pre Configured File Organizing Commands One of the most powerful and flexible capabilities of DiskBoss is the ability to pre configure custom file organizing operations as user defined commands and execute such commands in a single mouse click using the DiskBoss GUI application or direct desktop shortcuts Commands qa Add New File Search Command E seek Cerca File Synchronization Command m Q Execute C
143. SOL Database wesdicciceccscanrakadasnesenaraueansinanetessctesasedeeaususaedasest geacts 243 19 3 Configuring MySQL ODBC Data SOUFCe ssssssssansnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnusnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnann 244 19 4 Configuring DiskBoss Database COnNnection cccccccce cece cece cesses eee e eee eeesaaanenneees 245 19 5 Supported Operating SVStCMSiiiisssidiataraitsicciatiiacssaisiedeatticessaiealapisaiatainneaennts 246 19 6 System Regq iremeNlS esrsriciorersrore ainainen rane a ra N E ER nEaN 246 19 7 Default Keyboard Shortcuts sssssssssssssssnssrssnsnnnsnsnesnnsnennnsnrsnrenrnrnreresnrenrrnenne 247 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 Product Overview DiskBoss is an automated policy based data management solution allowing one to analyze disks directories and network shares classify and categorize files search and cleanup duplicate files perform automated file management operations according to user defined rules and policies synchronize disks directories and network shares compare directories and files perform bulk file delete and secure data wiping operations detect unauthorized changes in files and directories etc ES DiskBoss Ultimate File View Command Bookmarks History Tools Help Search Sync Analyze Classify Duplicates Attributes Organize Cleanup SMART Jp Bookmark Refresh Commands Tasks Jobs Layouts Database Help lt Q z gt Home v Computer Disk Type Space Free Status Bookmarks t 4 Local Disk C N am
144. Sync Command Ga File Copy Command Ga File Move Command x File Delete Command O Command Group Rename Command On the file organizing command inputs dialog add one or more disks directories or network shares to process During the file organizing process DiskBoss will scan the specified disks and directories evaluate the user specified file matching rules and execute configured actions on files matching the rules Organize Files Command Inputs Specify directories or files to process Input Files and Directories i E Eg FA B HA C Add dir F AddFie Delete use Specified Inputs v gt Next cancel By default DiskBoss will scan the specified disks and directories sequentially But for huge file systems containing a large number of directories and millions of files DiskBoss provides the ability to perform parallel directory scanning and file management operations using a number of parallel threads In order to configure parallel directory scanning and file management operations open the file organizing options dialog select the General tab and specify how many parallel threads to use to scan directories and how many parallel threads to use to perform file management operations Once finished configuring input disks and directories press the Next button 101 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd The file organizing actions dialog provides the ability to a
145. The DiskBoss Server SDK is bundled with the standard DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Network installations and it is located in the lt Product Dir gt sdk directory The SDK includes a C C DLL library allowing one to control one or more DiskBoss Servers a C C include file defining the DiskBoss Server programming API and a number of example applications including the full source code showing how to use all major functions and capabilities of the DiskBoss Server programming API The DiskBoss Server API DLL library C C include files and source code examples can be freely redistributed to any 3rd parties bundled with any software products and integrated into any kinds of software hardware IT solutions without any limitations Each instance of DiskBoss Server installed on a physical or virtual host computer and controlled by the DiskBoss Server API should be registered with an individual license and there is no option to share a single license between multiple server installations or migrate a license from one server installation to another The DiskBoss Server API library allows one to control a single DiskBoss Server on the same host where the client application is running on or multiple DiskBoss servers running on a number of hosts connected to the same local network Managing Multiple Storage Devices Using a Single DiskBoss Server Client application and DiskBoss service are running on the same host Control File Managements Operations
146. This option specifies the list of directories that should be excluded from the file classification operation In order to ensure proper parsing of command line arguments directories containing space characters should be double quoted workers lt Number of Processing Threads gt This parameter sets the number of working threads to process files DiskBoss is optimized for Multi Core and Multi CPU computers and capable of distributing the workload to an unlimited number of CPUs By default DiskBoss processes files with one working thread batch Enables the batch report generation mode In the batch report generation mode DiskBoss Saves an individual report file for each input disk directory or network share V This command shows the product s major version minor version revision and build date help This command shows the command line usage information 78 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 21 File Classification Performance DiskBoss is optimized for modern multi core and multi CPU systems and is capable of parallelizing the file classification process in order to increase the speed of file classification operations DiskBoss provides a number of performance optimization options allowing one to control how many parallel threads should be used to scan directories and how many parallel threads should be used to classify files Max Dir Scan Threads Classification Threads 4 Performance Mode Ful Speed Count Dis
147. Total 126318 Files 29 28 GB Completed The search results dialog displays files matching the specified rules and allows one to export HTML XML text and Excel CSV reports and perform a number of file management operations such as file copy move or delete For each search result the results dialog displays the file name directory the file size and the last modification date In order to see more information about a file select the file in the result list press the right mouse button and select the File Properties menu item 112 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 2 Searching Files by Category DiskBoss is capable of automatically recognizing more that 2500 file types and categories organized into a logical hierarchy of file classes and class groups making it very easy to search for broad categories of files such as documents music files videos images etc In order to search for files by the file type select the Search Files Categorized As file matching rule and press the Select button to select a file category 4 Directories Selected for Search p Category Related To Images Pictures and Graphic Files cn Search Disks Directories and Network Shares CA DA F H File categories and file classes are organized into a logical hierarchy representing specific file types grouped into a number of broad file categories DiskBoss includes a number of file classification plugins which
148. a pre defined set of input disks and such operations should be configured dynamically according to the current configuration of the host computer pete Disk Space Us age 2 Directories Selected for Analysis Analyze Disks Directories and Network Shares E SALL LOCAL DISKS SDEL_DISK_LABEL System E Analyze Options Cancel In order to enable dynamic configuration of disk space analysis file classification and file search operations DiskBoss provides a number of macro commands allowing one to automatically select which disks to process according to the current configuration of the host computer The following macro commands may be added instead of input directories to disk Space analysis file classification duplicate files detection and file search commands e ALL_LOCAL_DISKS this macro command inserts all internal hard disks to the list of directories that should be processed e ALL_EXTERNAL_DISKS this macro command inserts all external hard disks to the list of directories that should be processed e ALL_NETWORK_DISKS this macro command inserts all mapped network drives to the list of directories that should be processed e ADD_NETWORK_SHARES lt Host Name or IP Address gt this macro command inserts all network shares accessible in a server or NAS storage device identified by the specified host name or IP address e ADD_DISK_LABEL lt Label gt this macro command inserts all disks containing the spe
149. aDMA CRC Error Count 200 In order to save the disk SMART information to a report file press the Save button and specify a report file name In order to open a previously saved disk SMART report press the Load button and select the report file to load 222 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 17 10 Built In HEX Editor DiskBoss includes a built in HEX editor allowing one to view files and edit file data in the HEX and text modes The HEX editor provides the ability to view and edit huge files while using a very small amount of system memory thus allowing one to work with large DVD image files and virtual machine disk image files sometimes reaching tens and hundreds of Gigabytes per file When a file larger than 4 Gigabytes is opened the HEX editor switches to the 64 Bit position display mode IMG_20120701_094454 jpg ooo0000D0 oa oo 00 QOO0000E0 o4 00 ooo000FO oa 00 00000100 oa 00000110 E8 00000120 39 00000130 6D 00000140 0i 00000150 0i 00000160 oa 00000170 0i 00000180 02 00000190 o4 AS Search Go To File Size 2 70 MB Position 208 The DiskBoss HEX editor provides the ability to browse a file using navigation buttons located on the right side of the window jump to a specific position in the file search for binary or text patterns in the file and edit data in the binary or text modes HEX Pattern FF FE FD 65 6E 74 73 00 53 41 Start File Position Decimal 2
150. abase DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server are capable of saving disk space usage analysis file classification duplicate files disk change monitoring reports in an SQL database Reports may be saved manually or automatically using the DiskBoss periodic jobs DiskBoss Server or the command line utility periodically executed by the Windows built in task scheduler In order to configure DiskBoss to use the MySQL database the user needs to install the following two components the MySQL Server and the MySQL ODBC connector First of all let s install the MySQL Server Download the latest version of the MySQL Server from the MySQL web site and start the setup program On the setup type page select the Typical setup type and press the Next button By default the setup will install the MySQL server and a command line utility which will be used to configure the MySQL server 1b MySQL Server 5 1 Setup Wizard Choose the setup type that best suits your needs Please select a setup type a Typical _ Common program features will be installed Recommended for ie Le general use M Complete i f All program features will be installed Requires the most disk T Space Custom i 7 Choose which program features you want installed and where they Yi k will be installed Recommended for advanced users On the next setup page select the Configure the MySQL Server now option and press the
151. abilities In addition the detailed view mode provides the user with the ability to sort files by the file name type size creation time last modification time or last access time In order to sort files just click on an appropriate column header When the user clicks on a column header for the first time all the files are sorted in the ascending order To sort files in the descending order click on the same column header for the second time 211 DiskBoss User Manual 17 2 DiskBoss GUI Layouts Flexense Ltd In order to improve GUI usability and facilitate specific file management tasks the DiskBoss main GUI application provides four user selectable GUI layouts Press the Layouts button to switch the GUI application to the next GUI layout The first GUI layout places tool panes on the bottom side of the file view File View Command Bookmarks History Tools Help ARL BASD AB Sek O Up Bookmark Refresh Database Commands Tasks Search Sync Organize Classify Analyze Duplicates Cleanup Layouts lt q 1D E Home Cc Program Files WinRAR C Program Files WinRAR Computer 4 amp Local Disk CA gt aAn p a Intel C PerfLogs gt a PHP gt 5 Program Files gt C3 Program Files x86 gt E temp gt G Users gt 9 Windows Local Disk DA Local Disk FA Removable Disk GA Local Disk HA Network Drive T Network Drive Z Descript File_Id License Rar RarExt RarExt32 RarFi
152. abilities available File Contents Changed File Contents Changed File Contents Changed File Contents Changed File Contents Changed Last Modification Date Changed Expected 2011 11 04 11 17 16 File Contents Changed File Size and Contents Changed Expected File Size 45244 Actual File ts Missing File is Missing File Contents Changed File Contents Changed in the DiskBoss GUI application DiskBoss provides a command line utility allowing one to verify the integrity of critical system files save reports and send E Mail notifications from shell scripts and batch files Finally DiskBoss Server which runs in the background as a service allows one to continuously monitor the integrity of system files in critical servers and NAS storage system 144 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 9 2 Saving Signatures of Critical System Files The DiskBoss file integrity monitor verifies the integrity of critical file system files by comparing a reference file system state with the current file system state including verification of digital signatures of critical system files creation and last modification dates attributes file ownership information etc In order to be able to perform the verification process the user needs to create a file integrity monitoring command specify disks or directories that should be monitored types of files that should be monitored and types of changes that should be detected Commands Add New Fi
153. actions press the Execute button located in the bottom right corner of the Preview dialog DiskBoss will process the selected duplicate files and execute the specified duplicates removal actions 87 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 7 Saving Duplicate Files Reports DiskBoss allows one to save lists of detected duplicate files to HTML PDF XML text and Excel CSV reports In addition the user is provided with the ability to save DiskBoss native reports which preserve all information about each specific duplicate files detection operation and may be imported to an SQL database using DiskBoss Ultimate or DiskBoss Server i N Tite Duplicate Files Report Format HTML Report Top 10000 Dup File Sets File Name oicuments Duplicate Files Report 29 Jan 2015 095003 html ozs Save Compressed Report E Save In order to save a report file press the Save button located on the duplicate files results dialog toolbar select an appropriate report format enter the report file name and press the Save button Optionally limit the report to a specific number of duplicate file sets and or select the Save Compressed Report option to save a compressed report file 3 Duplicate Files Report A Er file 0 Duplicate Files Report 29 Jan 2015 094739 html Generated By DiskBoss Server v5 2 38 29 Jan 2015 09 47 43 Duplicate Files Report Date 2015 01 27 Time 14 14 35 Total Files 166719 Total Space 343
154. ads zip 2920 exe W Copy New File D Downloads 7zip 72920 tar bz2 F Backup Downloads zip 2920 tar 7 Copy New File D Downloads zip 7za920 zip F Backup Downloads zip za920 zip Copy New File D Downloads 7zip lzma920 tar bz2 F Backup Downloads zip lzma920 t Create Directory Ds Downloads apache F Backup Downloads apache 7 Copy New File D Downloads apache apache_1 3 F Backup Downloads apache apach 7 Copy New File D Downloads apache apache_13 g gt F Backup Downloads apache apach F Copy New File D Downloads apache apache_2 0 F Backup Downloads apache apach Copy New File D Downloads apache apache 2 2 gt F Backup Downloads apache apach On the file synchronization preview dialog review sync actions select unselect actions that Should be performed and press the Sync button to execute the selected file synchronization actions Optionally press the Options button to control advanced file synchronization options or press the Export button to save file synchronization actions to an HTML XML text or Excel CSV report The DiskBoss file synchronization engine is especially optimized for modern hardware and storage devices and is capable of effectively utilizing RAID storage devices multi core multi CPU systems and Gigabit networks delivering maximum possible performance 155 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 10 2 Selecting File Synchron
155. al performance degradation copy_dacl This parameter instructs to copy files access control lists DACL copy_sacl This parameter instructs to copy files security control lists SACL copy_owner This parameter instructs to copy files user group information V This command shows the product s major version minor version revision and build date help This command shows the command line usage information 163 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 11 Secure File Synchronization DiskBoss Server provides secure file synchronization operations allowing one to synchronize files between servers without using network shares while encrypting transferred files using the AES 256 encryption algorithm The user is provided with multiple one way and two way file synchronization modes flexible performance optimization options file matching rules allowing one to synchronize specific types of files or file groups exclude directories and advanced file synchronization options ul General S Advanced Rules Source Directory ft webserver Destination Directory zi webserver DiskBoss Server Hast oRV 2012 Port 8094 DiskBoss Server User admin DiskBoss Password TITT Secure file synchronization operations may be performed via the network without using network shares between DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server or between two DiskBoss Servers In order to perform a secure file synchronization operation the user needs
156. all reports saved in the reports database and display the users analysis dialog showing the disk space usage per user Analysis Disk Space Per User 7 Users Disk Space Analysis Disk Space Per User i irena h J bs zi V denis j 10 86GB 44 39 joy d iW joy d 7 alex s E 5 7568 23 52 alexs Lil dad Ss F 2 4568 10 01 leonk Hosts T srv2k63 1 56 GB 6 38 irena h gt j V srv2k60 F 1436B8 586 vladb F srv2k61 Z T srv2k62 1 35 GB 5 52 tom s E _erv2nne F 10668 4 33 denis4 Show Pie Chart Edit Chart Options Copy To Clipboard Date 12 Mar 2015 Time 18 21 57 Disk Space Analysis Disk Space Per User FE Save POF Report _ Disk Space Analysis w All Disks and Directories La All Report Labels ca Close The users analysis dialog provides the ability to display pie charts and bars charts showing the disk space usage file categories the number of duplicate files and the amount of duplicate disk space per user according to analysis reports saved in the reports database The user is provided with the ability to select types of disk analysis operations file categories and file system locations to analyze edit the chart header and footer copy the chart image to the clipboard and export graphical PDF reports including pie charts IMPORTANT In order to be able to display the disk space usage per user the disk space
157. als weekly or monthly schedules etc The user is provided with the ability to define an unlimited number of periodic jobs with each one configured to execute one or more disk space analysis or file management commands Setup Periodic Job Triggers and Commands to Execute Periodic Job Triggers W Every Monday Wednesday at 02 00 W Every Sunday at 04 00 Commands Description Analyze System Disk Disk Space Analysis Command Analyze Home Directories Disk Space Analysis Command Analyze NAS Server File Classification Command Execute Commands In Parallel Each periodic job can be started by multiple hourly daily weekly and or monthly triggers with different schedules for each trigger allowing one to execute disk space analysis and file management operations at different times depending on the week day month day etc In addition the user is provided with the ability to execute multiple disk space analysis and or file management operations in each periodic job Periodic Job Name Triggers Commands Last Start 7 Weekly Disk Space Analysis 2 3 4013 04 05 15 05 06 7 Weekly Backup Operation 1 1 NA 7 Daily Backup Operation 1 1 MA By default DiskBoss executes multiple commands specified in a periodic job sequentially one after one In order to analyze files located on multiple physical disks or multiple severs or NAS storage devices more effectively DiskBoss provides the ability to execute multiple disk space analysis or
158. and files sorted by the amount of the used disk space Analyze Disks Directories and Network Shares E aa B DA B FEY fa HA The disk space analysis results dialog allows one to browse analysis results perform file management operations categorize and filter results generate various types of charts save analysis reports into the HTML graphical PDF XML text and Excel CSV formats submit reports to an SQL database etc S 6 Delete Up Charts Top 100 Save Info Name Space Space 7 E Windows 5447 17 12 GB were _ C Program Files x86 4 47 GB 16 88 q b Users i L Program Files a O ProgramData Open Directory in Explorer ine NVIDIA ie _ PHP A Classify Files 0 1 E temp 0 03 O Intel Copy To Directory eS C reports lt 0 01 Move To Directory E Delete n z1 Categorize By Extension 100 Ed DLL Files Copy Selected Information To Clipboard esses lal im EXE Files Copy Selected Names To Clipboard E ew HXS Files E assy I DAT Files ERa Eo o tk E NOEXT Files 39169 10GB E 6 e 153594 Files 26 46 GB In order to perform an operation on one or more files or directories select the required files and press an appropriate button on the dialog s toolbar Alternatively use the dialog s context menu which provides access to additional options and features 37 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 2 Disk Space Usage
159. anges between two directories and Save reports into a number of various report formats including HTML PDF text CSV and XML V Check Directory Structure 7 Check Extra Directories V Check Extra Files 7 Check File Size F Check File Owner F Check File Contents F Check File Attributes Check File Creation Date 7 Check File Modification Date Check Directories Creation Date In addition DiskBoss allows one to select which types of changes to detect compare specific types of files using flexible file matching rules exclude special subdirectories from the directories comparison process customize various performance optimization options and export detected changes to an SQL database Description OO Directory Last Modification Date is Different File Last Modification Date is Different Source E File Contents is Different O Directory Last Modification Date ts Different File Attributes are Different Source 8224 Desti O Extra Subdirectory in Destination Directory O Directory Last Modification Date is Different Extra File in Destination Directory Destination File Does Not Exist Destination File Does Not Exist s Name H data html disksavvy H data html diskboss disk_space_analyzer php H data html diskboss disk space_analyzer php H data html diskboss screenshots Hidata htmil disksavvy htaccess H data html disksavvy updates H data html erp backups H
160. asily identify disk space usage hotspots In addition DiskBoss allows one to perform file management operations on analysis results generate pie charts and export disk space usage reports into a number of standard formats such as HTML PDF XML Excel CSV and ASCII text Disk Space Per File Type Disk C E 12 6968 51 62 Programs Extensions and S F 3 6668 14 90 Miscellaneous Files F 2 1868 8 86 Documents Books and Help F 1 70GB 6 90 Windows Files 1416 5 76 Development Files PA 10268 4 16 Archive Backup and Disk I 822 68MB 3 27 Temporary Files 347 54MB 1 38 Unknown Files 794 57MB 3 16 Other 5 Finally IT and storage administrators are provided with extensive SQL database integration capabilities allowing one to submit disk space analysis reports from a number of servers and NAS storage devices to a centralized SQL database and perform advanced disk space usage history trend analysis operations analyze disk space usage per server and or per user DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 2 File Classification and Categorization DiskBoss is capable of scanning disks network shares and NAS storage devices and classifying files using a number of different types of file classification plug ins DiskBoss automatically recognizes more than 3 500 types of files and allows one to browse the categorized file hierarchy generate various type of p
161. ate Desktop Icon Run DiskBoss Ultimate 4 0 38 64 Bit DiskBoss Ultimate 4 0 38 Release Notes 2007 2013 Fiexense Ltd 5 2007 2013 Fiexense Ltd lt Back Finish Cancel On the Welcome screen press the Next button Read the end user license agreement and press the I Agree button if you accept the license terms or the Cancel button to stop the installation process Select the destination directory press the Install button and wait for the installation process to complete That s all you need to install DiskBoss on your computer 35 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 2 3 Product Update Procedure Almost every month Flexense releases a new version of DiskBoss which typically includes new features and bug fixes These product updates are uploaded to our web site and may be applied to any installed product version Each time DiskBoss is started the DiskBoss update manager checks if there is a new product update available If there is a new product update available an Update link will be displayed in the bottom right corner of the status bar Click on the link to open the update dialog and see more information about the available product update The update dialog shows the version of the new product update and the following two buttons the Release Notes button and the Install button Press the Release Notes button to see more information about the new product ver
162. ate Files flexsry flexsrv flexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Duplicate Files flexsrv 2015 03 22 15 36 04 Duplicate Files flexms flexms flexms da 28268 Files 136 82 GB Duplicate Files flexms 2015 03 22 15 32 02 Classify Files flexms flexms da 284262 Files 133 72 GB Classify Files a 2015 03 22 15 29 45 Classify Files ctos65d ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Classify Files ctos65d 2015 03 22 15 29 38 Classify Files flexsrv 10 flexsrv Mlexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Classify Files flexsrv 2015 03 22 15 29 32 Classify Files srv2k40 9 srv2k40 srv2k40 d 1028754 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k40 2015 03 22 15 26 11 Classify Files srv2k41 8 srv2k41 srv2k41 d 1028751 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k41 2015 03 22 15 16 13 Classify Files Per User srv2008 srv2008 u 182576 Files 24 47 GB Classify Files Per User 2015 03 22 14 53 30 Analyze Disk Space ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Analyze Disk Space Ea 2015 03 22 14 51 11 Analyze Disk Space flexms flexms da 36814 Files 145 00 GB Analyze Disk Space 2 Dispalyed 32 Esvesmay aa Oren Bee lose ere Disk Space Usage Per Host YI amp Disk Space Usage Per User 5 View Top 100 Directories View Top 100 Files In order to analyze duplicate files per server perform one or more duplicate files s
163. ate an anonymous account on this server Please note that this can lead to an insecure system ea Cancel That s all Press the Next button to finish the installation procedure 242 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 19 2 Configuring MySQL Database The MySQL database provides the mysql command line utility which may be used to configure the database and the user account to be used by DiskBoss i Ee Command Prompt ac o gt mysq l u root p Enter password eeu Melcome to the MySQL monitor Commands end with or g four MySQL connection id is 1 Server version 5 1 46 community MySQL Community Server GFL AT ope help or Nh for help Type c to clear the current input statement mysql gt create database diskhoss Query OK i rou affected 8 83 sec mysql gt use diskhoss Database changed mysql gt create user diskhoss localhost identified hy password Query OK B rows affected 6 680 zec mysql gt grant all privileges on to diskboss localhost Query OK A rows affected H 0H sec mysql gt Flush privileges Query OK A rows affected H H0 sec mysql gt quit Bye Ics In order to configure the MySQL database open the command prompt window and type the following command mysql u root p This command will start the mysql command line utility and login to the MySQL server with root permissions The user will be asked to provide the
164. ation in this mode DiskBoss will create an individual SQL database table for each file delete operation with the table name containing the specified table name prefix and an exact date and time of the delete operation e Consolidated Hourly Database Log Tables in this mode DiskBoss will keep consolidated hourly SQL database tables for the last X hours according to the specified delete file logs history e Consolidated Daily Database Log Tables in this mode DiskBoss will keep consolidated daily SQL database tables for the last X days according to the specified delete file logs history e Consolidated Monthly Database Log Tables in this mode DiskBoss will keep consolidated monthly SQL database tables for the last X months according to the specified delete file logs history According to the selected delete file logs mode and the logs history DiskBoss will keep a history of SQL database tables with each SQL database table containing a date time status and a full file name for each deleted file Data Window Help Arial dD op_date op_name op status ob_name 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK T NSIS Bin GenPat exe ele Joloalels o 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK TANSIS Bin LibraryLocal exe 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK TANSIS Bin MakeLangld exe 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK TANSIS Bin RegTool bin 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK TANSIS Bin zip2exe exe 11 12 2013 18 27 DELETE OK TANSIS Contrib Graphics Checks big bmp 11 12 2013
165. ation 30 Days Trial BuyNow DiskBoss Ultimate v4 3 18 x64 125 USD ca Desktop GUI and command line 30 Days Trial Buy Now DiskBoss Server v4 3 18 x64 250 USD eS Server based product version 30 Days Trial Buy Now DiskBoss Enterprise v4 3 18 x64 6 63 MB 750 USD LEGIT Server based product version i 30 Days Trial BuyNow For more information about different product versions refer to the versions page Product features prices and license terms are subject to change without notice 2 2 Product Installation Procedure DiskBoss is especially designed to be as simple as possible The installation procedure is very simple requires no special knowledge and may be completed in less than 10 seconds There is no need for any additional software Just download the DiskBoss installation package run the setup program and you are done Ex r zi J R SKDOS a ii Welcome to the DiskBoss Ultimate J ii i Completing the DiskBoss Ultimate Sa 4 0 38 64 Bit Setup Wizard mrar 4 0 38 64 Bit Setup Wizard This wizard will guide you through the installation of DiskBoss DiskBoss Ultimate 4 0 38 64 Bit has been installed on your Ultimate 4 0 38 64 Bit computer It is recommended that you dose all other applications Click Finish to dose this wizard before starting Setup This will make it possible to update relevant system files without having to reboot your computer Click Next to continue Add DiskBoss Ultim
166. ation on files matching one or more user specified rules During runtime DiskBoss will scan the specified disks directories and network shares evaluate all files using the user specified rules and execute configured actions on files matching the rules Organize Files 2 Files 5 45 GB Selected For File Organizing Operation File Name Copy To h backup H flexense zip pricing PEER SOFTWARE Inc pdf Delete H flexense zip rsl rs _backup_10 Jan 2014 xml Copy To h backup H flexense zip tweakpng COPYING tt Copy To h backup H flexense zip tweakpng tweakpng bt Copy To h backup H flexense zip udf Ecma 167 pdf Copy To h backup H flexense zip udf udf201 pdf Copy To h backup H flexense zip udf udf260 pdf Compress and Move To h archive H vms CTOS65D Logs VBox log 1 Copy To h backup H vms FlexSrv Logs VBox log 1 Copy To h backup H vms FlexSrv Logs VBox log 2 Copy To h backup H vms FlexSrv Logs VBox log 3 E save Select E Options 180271 Files 349 4168 E Execute E stop cose S S a a a En oP Lar hY F Ler pi or 2 SSS SSSSS888 par lar fe i i a By default DiskBoss organizes files with a preview display allowing one to review and manually confirm each specific file organizing action before execution Once a file organizing operation is fully tested and verified the file organizing command may be configured to be executed without the previ
167. ave reports delete duplicate files replace duplicate files with links and move compressed duplicate files to another location B Save In Original File Action Dup Files File Size Disk Space 4 F soft msdev_2005 VS80sp1 KB926601 X8 Shortcut To 2 43167MB 6555M DA FAsoftixpsp2 WindowsXP KB835935 SP2 Hard Link T 2 266 01 MB s5320M5 4 F soft ddk win2kddk exe x Delete 2 65 71 MB eS 131 43MB id 2 2 fy F soft qt qt mac opensource src 4 3 4 ta Compress 39 60 MB E 79 20MB_ _ iy F soft msdev_2005 VS80sp1 KB932232 X3 28 92 MB iy F soft jalbum VAlbum install_6 3 e EA F soft mailbackup MailStoreHome fy F soft acroread ar505enu exe Copy Duplicates to Clipboard fy F soft gqa selenium remote control 4 F soft install_pack Thunderbird Set ir eecize TresSizeDro Demn e Replace Duplicate Files With Hard Links inmana OOP X GS Move Duplicate Files to Directory Shortcut To Open Duplicate Files Set Replace Duplicate Files With Shortcuts lie EXE Files eet Compress Duplicate Files iles ra BMP Files Compress and Move to Directory ZIP Files Duplicates 665 Files 936 80 MB Delete All Duplicate Files Select Newest Files as Duplicates Select Oldest Files as Duplicates Unselect All Duplicates Clear All Actions The user is provided
168. base Reports 100 Le Reports Patsha Reports Date Format DD MON YYYY l he E Mail CSV Reports Delimiter Eomma t o Advanced a pe J Save File Categories Save Compressed Report Files B save Cancel By default DiskBoss keeps all reports in the reports directory or the SQL database In order to enable automatic report management open the Options dialog select the Reports tab and change the Report Files or Report Database options to appropriate values The Report Files option is applicable to HTML text Excel CSV XML and DiskBoss native reports saved to a reports directory or to the user s home directory using the DiskBoss server or the command line utility After saving each new report DiskBoss will check if there are too many reports of the same type HTML XML CSV etc in the reports directory and delete old reports according to the user specified configuration The Report Database option is applicable to reports submitted to an SQL database using the DiskBoss GUI application the DiskBoss server or the DiskBoss command line utility After saving each new report to the database DiskBoss will check if there are too many reports from the same host computer for the same set of disks or directories and delete old reports according to the user specified configuration For example if reports from two different servers are submitted to the same SQL database DiskBoss will keep in the database X last
169. base Server esr rare 86 GB Search Files a 86 GB Leo GB BA GB Analyze Disk Space Classify Files n Intranet Web Server Esa Erare Scat Search Duplicates Execute Batch Command iS i Select Network Shares Unselect Network Shares Select All Network Shares Unselect All Network Shares View Network Search Log In order to start a batch file classification operation press the Network button located on the main toolbar search all servers and NAS storage devices on the network select one or more servers and NAS storage devices press the right mouse button and select the Execute Batch Command menu item Command Name Analyze System Disk Classify System Disk Analyze Disk Space Classify Files 8 Search Duplicate Files A Search Recently Modified Documents ave individualen OF Each Ne Tworki Servel ee poe _ Save Individual Report For Each Network Server Save Individual Report For Each Network Share h DiskBoss will display a list of pre configured file classification commands allowing one to select one or more commands to be executed on all selected servers and NAS storage devices In addition the user is provided with the ability to select how to save file classification reports for each server or for each network share By default all file classification reports will be saved in the DiskBoss internal reports database al
170. c cece Eee ene EEE eee enn e EEE EEE EES 32 1 26 DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise cccccceeeeeee reser eres ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 32 1 27 DiskBoss Server SDK and Programming API asssssssssssnansannnnannnnannnnannnnssnnnnnnnnnann 33 1 28 DiskBoss Product V CVSIOUS vnaciancianssorntuarcannsanndaunsenniadniannsauniuaantianssaunieaiannianans 34 2 Product ImMstallatiOi ecsntsursadensanysacnianndssnsernbbesinreduesanyaeeniasnndnameeNbNdaeeeredeeseeaNeS 35 2 1 Downloading DISKBOSS s sssssssssssrnnsnrnnnrnsnnnrennrrnsnnnnrrnnnrnnnrnnnrnnrnnnrnennrenannnrnnnrnnn 35 2 2 Product Installation Procedure siririna e eine 35 2 3 Product Update Procedure iiciavcnsvedesceckccascsivassndeavciavewiccdondeavccerenivanancearceenseucedenneas 36 3 Disk Space Utilization AnalySIS sssssssssus2uu222222u22uusuunuunnunnnnnunnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 37 3 1 Analyzing One or More Disks or DirectorieS ssssssssssnnsannnnannnnssnnnnannnnannusannnnann 37 Sez DISK Space Usage Pio CAS wecccicesienewerseceeennenistancsies cee ciowewenaioocwinawaceeeasiceesmrasauciontec 38 3 3 Using File Filters and CateQories ccccccceee cece eee e sees sees sees esse eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 39 3 4 Using File Management Operations ccc cccccc cece cece cece eee eee e eee eset teen enna 40 3 5 Classify DISK Space Analysis Results snsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsnnsnnrnnrnnrnnrnnsnnsnnsnnrnnennennne 41 3 6 Searching Files in Disk Space Analys
171. ccess control lists DACL from source files to destination files Take into account that this option requires administrative privileges This specific option is not available in DiskBoss Express Copy SACL this parameter instructs DiskBoss to copy security control lists SACL from source files to destination files Take into account that this option requires administrative privileges This specific option is not available in DiskBoss Express Copy User Group this parameter instructs DiskBoss to copy file ownership information from source files to destination files Take into account that this option requires administrative privileges This specific option is not available in DiskBoss Express Copy Timestamp this parameter instructs DiskBoss to copy file access creation and modification times from source files to destination files Copy Attributes this parameter instructs DiskBoss to copy file attributes from source files to destination files If this parameter is not set all files will be created with default attributes Show Progress this parameter allows one to enable disable the progress bar on the copy process dialog Disabling the progress bar when copying large amounts of files will result in better performance and significantly shorter copy times Verify After Copy this parameter instructs DiskBoss to verify each file after completing the copy operation When this parameter is set DiskBoss will reread each copied file and veri
172. cess files and directories located on network shares and NAS storage devices DiskBoss Server Properties Local C General Log On Recovery i Dependencies Log on as 9 Local System account Allow service to interact with desktop This account usemame Password oeneeees Confirm password ssssese Help me contiqure user account log on options In order to enable the DiskBoss service to process files located on network shares and NAS storage devices the service should be configured to run under a user account which has permissions to access files and directories located on the required network shares The configuration is very simple and may be performed within a couple of seconds using the following step by step guide Open the Windows control panel and click on the Administrative Tools utility Open the Services control center and find here the DiskBoss Server service Open the DiskBoss Server service select the General tab and stop the service Select the Log On tab and specify a user account and password to use for the service Select the General tab and start the DiskBoss Server service Ul BR WN Be Now the DiskBoss service will run under the specified user account and will have exactly the Same permissions as the specified user account when accessing network shares and NAS storage devices 235 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 18 6 Setting Custom Cont
173. ch files using a regular expression select the File Name file matching rule select the RegEx pattern matching operator and enter a regular expression that should be matched For example the JPG BMP PNG regular expression will match all JPG BMP and PNG image files 4 Directories Selected for Search Category Related To Programs Extensions and Script Files Full Path IC WINDOWS Search Disks Directories and Network Shares Regular expressions may be combined with other types of file matching rules allowing one to match a very specific set of files In addition to the ability to match files using regular expressions DiskBoss allows one to exclude files using regular expressions For example in order to search all programs and executable files while excluding files located in the Windows directory use the regular expression C WINDOWS applied to the Full Path file matching rule DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 11 Searching Files by File Size DiskBoss provides the ability to search files by the file size In order to add a file search rule capable of matching files by the file size press the Add button select the Search Files with File Size rule select an appropriate size comparison operator and enter the file size value 7 12 Searching Files by File Attributes Sometimes it may be required to find files by file attributes such a
174. cified disk label to the list of directories that should be processed e DEL_DISK_LABEL lt Label gt this macro command removes all disks containing the specified disk label from the list of directories that should be processed For example this macro command may be used with the ALL_LOCAL_ DISKS macro to remove the system disk or other special disks that should be excluded from the analysis operation e DEL_DISK_LETTER lt Letter gt this macro command removes the specified disk letter from the list of directories that should be processed For example this macro command may be used with the ALL_LOCAL_ DISKS macro to remove the system disk from the analysis operation In addition these macro commands may be used to pre configure disk space analysis file classification duplicate files detection and or file search commands to be executed on a number of different servers when each server has a different set of hard disks to be analyzed A set of disk analysis commands may be pre configured and tested on a single server and then broadcasted to a number of DiskBoss Servers through the network using the DiskBoss Server configuration sync feature 216 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 17 5 Excluding Directories From Analysis and File Management Operations DiskBoss provides the ability to exclude one or more directories from disk space analysis and file management operations In order to configure exclude directories open the analysis o
175. cified file I O block size and memory alignment e Fault Tolerant File Copy Mode in this file copy mode DiskBoss creates a temporary file for each file that should be copied and only after a successful file copy operation replaces the original file with the new one If a network failure will occur during a file copy operation original files will remain in place without any changes e Operating System Native File Copy Mode this file copy mode is optimized for modern operating systems such as Windows Server 2012 and newer This file copy mode supports SMB direct direct RDMA file transfers multi channel and write through file I O operations In order to take full advantage of all performance optimizations when synchronizing files via the network Windows Server 2012 or newer should be installed on both sides 159 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 10 8 File Synchronization Logs DiskBoss provides the ability to save different types of file synchronization logs allowing one to keep track of performed file synchronization operations and record file synchronization errors In order to enable file synchronization logs for a file synchronization command open the file synchronization options dialog select the Misc tab enable one or more file synchronization logs and specify directories where to save the log files Ta i File Syn chronization O ptions Advanced Rules Gs Misc E Exdude i Options W Save Syne Tasks Log a y stacks
176. clude all directories with Temporary Files in the full directory path and the exclude macro command SREGEX TMP TEMP will exclude directories ending with TMP or TEMP 51 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 16 Conditional Disk Space Analysis Actions IT professionals and storage administrators are provided with the ability to automatically detect abnormal disk space usage patterns send E Mail notification save disk space usage reports and or execute file management commands or custom actions The user is provided with the ability to define one or more disk space analysis conditions evaluate these conditions on disk space analysis results and send E Mail notifications and or execute actions if one or more of the specified conditions are met amp Rules 7 Exdude E Actions Description T For Each Directory Under d Users With More Than 1000 MB Of I For Each Directory Under d With Less Than 10 Of Free Spac Edit Delete Mode Execute In order to add one or more disk space analysis conditions and actions open the disk space analysis options dialog select the Actions tab and press the Add button On the action dialog select the directory mode enter the directory to evaluate the condition for select the condition type enter the condition value select the action type and enter the action value Select a Condition and an Action To Execute Send HTML Notification To
177. cure File Copy Command Secure File Sync Command File Copy Command Status File Move Command Commands S Current Tasks Running Tasks Completed Tasks Command Group Failed Tasks File Delete Command Connected To localhost No Periodic Jobs No Active Tasks In order to create a file organizing command in DiskBoss Server connect to the server using the DiskBoss client GUI application press the Add button located on the main toolbar and select the File Organizing Command menu item On the command name dialog enter a unique command name and press the Ok button On the Command Inputs dialog specify disks and directories that should be processed and add one or more file organizing actions that should be executed Command Name Conditions Action Gi Backup Recently Modified Documents 2 Copy To h backup l Archive Old Unused Documents 2 Compress and Move To h archive x Delete Temporary Files 1 Delete aa eat pele Ee Advanced Options In the simplest case create a new periodic job configure the time interval the job should be executed at and set the periodic job to trigger the newly created file organizing command In order to be able to execute the command fully automatically set the command to execute without the preview dialog Alternatively create a disk change monitoring command and configure the disk change monitoring command to ex
178. d command the commands management dialog displays the command name a user selected command shortcut and the command type In order to find a specific user defined command enter all or a part of the command name in the search entry and press the Search button Alternatively select a specific command type in the command filter to show commands of a specific type only For example select the View Search Commands filter to see search commands only The command type filter may be user in conjunction with the command search capability In order to reset search results and the command type filter press the Clear button and the command management dialog will show all the defined commands 214 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd In order to add a new user defined command press the Add button and select an appropriate command type On the command inputs dialog add one or more directories or files that should be processed and press the Next button A typical command dialog shows command specific features and options depending on the selected command type For detailed information about how to use a specific command refer to an appropriate section in the DiskBoss product manual Select a user defined command and press the Edit button to edit the selected user defined command Select one or more user defined commands and press the Delete button to delete all the selected commands Select a user defined command and
179. dd button select a rule type and enter all required parameters During the directories comparison process DiskBoss will select files using the specified file matching rules compare files matching the specified rules and skip all other files Select Advanced File Search Criteria Search Files Categorized As Search Files Containing Text 5 Search Files With the File Size Search Files With the File Attributes Search Files Containing HEA Pattern Search JPEG Images With Es ac Archive Backup and Disk Image Files Select Neat E ategorized As In addition to positive file matching rules which can be used to specify files to compare DiskBoss also provides negative file matching rules which can be used to exclude specific files from the directories comparison process For example in order to exclude all types of backup files from the directories comparison process add a new file matching rule select the Search Files Categorized As rule type select the Archive Backup and Disk Image files category and then select the Not Categorized rule operator 208 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 16 5 Excluding Subdirectories from the Comparison Process Sometimes it may be required to exclude one or more subdirectories from the directories comparison process In order to exclude one or more directories open the Compare Directories dialog press the Advanced Options button select the Exclude tab
180. dd a number of file organizing actions with each one configured to perform a specific file management operation on files matching one or more user specified rules in addition the file organizing actions dialog allows one to edit previously configured file management actions and customize advanced file organizing options Configure One or More File Organizing Commands Command Name Conditions Action Gs Backup Recently Modified Documents 2 Copy To h backup Archive Old Unused Documents 2 Compress and Move To h archive X Delete Temporary Files 1 Delete Advanced Options Save Cancel In order to add a conditional file management action press the Add button select the file management operation to perform and add one or more file matching rules specifying on which files to perform the selected file management operation During runtime DiskBoss will evaluate files using the specified file matching rules in the same order as file organizing actions are configured in the file organizing command When a file is matched by a conditional file organizing action DiskBoss will execute the associated file management operation on the file and skip evaluation of remaining conditional file organizing actions Archive Old Unused Documents i e j H milii Compress and Move Ti je Copy Files To i Move Files To x Delete Files
181. de E Options Exclude Directories f webserver snapshots In addition to the ability to exclude individual directories DiskBoss provides a number of exclude directories macro commands allowing one to exclude multiple directories using a single macro command BEGINS lt Text String gt excludes directories beginning with the specified string CONTAINS lt Text String gt excludes directories containing the specified string SENDS lt Text String gt excludes all directories ending with the specified string REGEX lt Regular Expression gt excludes directories matching the specified regular expression For example the exclude macro command CONTAINS Temporary Files will exclude all directories with Temporary Files at any place in the full directory path and the exclude macro command REGEX TMP TEMP will exclude directories ending with TMP or TEMP 170 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 11 6 Secure File Synchronization Command Line Utility In addition to the DiskBoss GUI application DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide a command line utility allowing one to perform secure file synchronization operations from a source server with DiskBoss Ultimate or DiskBoss Server to a destination DiskBoss Server The DiskBoss command line utility is located in the lt Install Dir gt bin directory Be Command Prompt ciN Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bintdiskboss ssync source hi data
182. detected changes the verification performance and the process time In order to temporary pause the verification process press the Pause button Press the Continue button to resume a previously paused verification operation File Name Change Description CAWINDOWS AppPatch sysmain sdb File Size and Contents Changed Expected File Size 1345908 Actu E CAWINDOWS Downloaded Program Files wuw File Contents Changed CAWINDOWS Driver Cache is86 ntkrnimp exe File Contents Changed C WINDOWS Driver Cache i386 ntkrnipa exe File Contents Changed CAWINOOWS Driver Cache i366 ntkrpamp exe File Contents Changed CAWINDOWS Driver Cache 586 ntoskrnl exe File Contents Changed CAWINDOWS infOOO WmiApRphWmiApRolini Last Modification Date Changed Expected 2011 11 04 11 17 16 CAWINDOWS inf branches int File Contents Changed C WINDOWS infiwuau adm File Size and Contents Changed Expected File Size 43244 Actual C WINDOWS SoftwareDistribution WebSetup File is Missing WINDOWS SoftwareDistribution WebSetup File is Missing CAWINDOWS system32 CatRoot2 F S0E6C3 5 File Contents Changed CAWINDOWS system32 CatRoot2 F S0E6C3 5 File Contents Changed If one or more file system changes will be detected the file integrity monitor will display the change list dialog showing all the detected file system changes and allowing one to review detected file system changes and export reports For each detected file system change the
183. detected in the Windows system directory The file integrity monitoring command will scan the Windows system directory verify digital signatures of programs and executable files check if there are any modified programs or executable files and send an E Mail notification if required 142 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 8 13 Monitoring Disks Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility In addition to the GUI application DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide a command line utility allowing one to monitor one or more disks or directories from batch files and shell scripts The DiskBoss command line utility is located in the lt ProductDir gt bin directory Command Line Syntax diskboss monitor dir lt Directory 1 gt lt Directory X gt lt Options gt This command monitors the specified disks or directories and displays detected file system changes on the standard output In addition the user is provided with the ability to export detected file system changes to HTML XML text and Excel CSV reports diskboss execute lt User Defined Disk Monitoring Command gt This command executes a user defined disk change monitoring command pre configured using the DiskBoss GUI application or imported from an XML file Parameters dir lt Directory 1 gt lt Directory X gt This parameter specifies the list of input directories to process In order to ensure proper parsing of command line arguments directories and fi
184. double quoted Options signature_type lt MD5 SHA1 SHA256 gt This parameter sets the type of algorithm used to calculate signatures of files By default DiskBoss uses the SHA256 algorithm exclude_dir lt Exclude Directory 1 gt lt Exclude Directory X gt This parameter specifies the list of directories that should be excluded from processing In order to ensure proper parsing of command line arguments directories containing space characters should be double quoted filter lt FileFilter gt This parameter sets the directory search filter default workers lt WorkingThreadCount gt This parameter sets the number of working threads to process files DiskBoss is optimized for Multi Core and Multi CPU computers and is capable of distributing the workload to an unlimited number of CPUs By default DiskBoss processes files with one working thread max_dup_set lt MaxNumberOfDuplicateSets gt This parameter sets the maximum number of duplicate file sets to report about By default DiskBoss will report about up to 1000 duplicate file sets sorted by the amount of wasted storage space min_wasted_space lt MinWastedStorageSpace gt This parameter sets the minimum amount of wasted storage space to report about By default DiskBoss will report about duplicate file sets wasting at least 1 MBytes of storage space save_html_report save_csv_report save_text_report ReportFileName This parameter saves a repor
185. dows System Files Begin Monitoring on Computer Startup For example the user may configure a disk change monitoring command to monitor only programs and executable files and exclude changes detected in all other types of files In order to configure a disk change monitoring command to monitor specific types of files open the disk change monitoring command options dialog select the Rules tab and add one or more file matching rules specifying which types of files to monitor During runtime the disk change monitor will evaluate detected file system changes and just skip all changes not matching the specified rules Select Advanced File Search Criteria Search Files Categorized As Search Files Containing Text Search Files With the File Size Search Files With the File Attributes Search Files Containing HEA Pattern ATE QOnzZed AS F Temporary Files Categorized As Not Categorized As Another option is to exclude specific types of files from the disk change monitoring process using one or more negative file matching rules For example in order to exclude temporary files from a disk change monitoring operation add a file matching rule select the Temporary Files file category and select the Not Categorized As rule operator Now the disk change monitoring operation will skip all temporary files from the disk change monitoring process 139 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 8 10 Excluding Subdirectories fro
186. duplicate files search commands customized to generate duplicate files search reports according to user specific needs and requirements 12 Network Servers or NAS Storage Devices 56 Selected Shares Selected Total Used Free Server Comment flexms Server 2008 R2 64 Bit a a 4 33 TB 1 93 TB 2 39 TB flexcore WY 64 Bit Dey Machine 3 3 503 31 GE 35020 GB 153 11 GB sviki SRV2E43 Database Server amp a 139 50 GBE 41 85 6B 97 64 GB srv2k40 SRV2EK40 Database Server amp a 139 50 GE 41 85 GB 37 64 GB srvzk41 SRV2K41 Database Server 8 i 139 5066 41 85 GB 37 64 GB srv2kd2 a a 13950 GE 41 85 GB 97 64 GB SRV2K42 Database Server J TE Jao GB Search Files 86 GB Leo GB Bh GB Analyze Disk Space Classify Files n wp F a ae flexsrv Intranet Web Server eae Search Duplicates Execute Batch Command iS A Select Network Shares Unselect Network Shares Select All Network Shares Unselect All Network Shares View Network Search Log In order to start a batch duplicate files search operation press the Network button located on the main toolbar search all servers and NAS storage devices on the network select one or more servers and NAS storage devices press the right mouse button and select the Execute Batch Command menu item BERRA Ho Execute Command Name Analyze Syster Disk Classify Syst
187. e Date 2015 01 28 Time 15 34 52 Total Files 152218 Total Space 26 48 GB Performance 28447 Files Sec Process Time 5 35 Sec Host Name flexcore User Name alex s Input Dirs ELY File Fitter off Disk Space Usage Per File Extension W o Files 12 34 GB Mj exe Files 1 56 GB fj xs Files 1 31 GB Gi oat Files 1 14 GB fy Noext Files 1 10 GB fj Lrs Files 738 37 MB Attachments Ml sys Files 471 63 MB Gj ros Files 456 52 MB F eps Files 384 06 MB fj others 1758 7 02 GB 66 DiskBoss User Manual 4 9 Flexense Ltd Exporting Reports to an SQL Database IT professionals and storage administrators are provided with the ability to submit file classification reports from multiple servers and desktop computers to a centralized SQL database A long term history of file classification reports allows one to gain an in depth visibility into disk usage trends across the entire enterprise In order to submit a file classification report to an SQL database select the SQL Database report format and press the Save button Title Format File Name Text Report CSV Report SOL Database Before exporting reports to an SQL database open the Options dialog enable the ODBC interface and specify the name of the data source database user name and password to use to connect to the database Advanced Shortcuts Misc V Enable ODBC Interface ODBC Data Source
188. e DiskBoss SQL Database Description DiskBoss SQL Database Server Jocalhost Port 3306 User diskboss Password s ress Database diskboss 19 4 Configuring DiskBoss Database Connection In order to configure DiskBoss to use the installed MySQL database open the options dialog and select the Database tab Enable the ODBC interface and enter the name of the ODBC data source the database user name and password that were specified for the ODBC data source Finally press the Verify button to check the DiskBoss database connection ODBC Data Source MySQL Server 7 Shortcuts User Name diskboss a Misc Password TITTET i i 245 DiskBoss User Manual 19 5 Supported Operating Systems Supported 32 Bit Operating Systems Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows 8 1 Windows 10 Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2012 Windows Server 2012 R2 Supported 64 Bit Operating Systems Windows XP 64 Bit Windows Vista 64 Bit Windows 7 64 Bit Windows 8 64 Bit Windows 8 1 64 Bit Windows 10 64 Bit Windows Server 2003 64 Bit Windows Server 2008 64 Bit Windows Server 2012 64 Bit Windows Server 2012 R2 64 Bit 19 6 System Requirements Minimal System Requirements e 1 GHz or better CPU e 512 MB of system memory e 25 MB of free disk space Recommended System Requirements e 2 GHz dual core or better CPU e 1 GB of system memory e 25
189. e command options dialog select the Rules tab press the Add button select a rule type and enter all the required parameters During the file synchronization process DiskBoss will select files using the specified file matching rules and synchronize files matching the rules Select Advanced File Search Criteria Search Files Categorized As Search Files Containing Text Search Files With the File Size Search Files With the File Attributes Search Files Containing HEA Pattern i YL Categorized As Not Categorized As h j a pe he EL A 7 In addition to positive file matching rules allowing one to synchronize specific types of files the user is provided with negative file matching rules capable of excluding files by the file type size last modification date etc For example in order to exclude all types of images from the file synchronization process add a file matching rule to process files Not Categorized as Images to the secure file synchronization command 169 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 11 5 Secure File Synchronization Exclude Directories Sometimes it may be required to exclude one or more subdirectories from a secure file sync operation In order to exclude one or more directories open the secure file synchronization command dialog select the Exclude tab and add directories that should be excluded from the secure file synchronization process HE General L l Advanced Exdu
190. e Categories snsssnsnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsnunnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnn 84 5 4 Searching Files in Duplicate Files Search Results ccc cesses eeeeeeeeeeeeeeecssesssssees 85 5 5 Selecting Duplicate Files Removal ACtiONnS cccccccsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeuaaueuaeuaaaanags 86 5 6 Executing Duplicate Files Removal ACtiOns ccccccccccceeee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeee ene eneennnaaas 87 537 Saving Duplicate Files REDONS ccicccsccscscstcassncescruisieseigterecesqiateceanenseeeiestatessieonas 88 5 8 Saving Graphical PDF Reports ccc cece eeeeseeeeeeceeeccccccccccccccccnccccsecsssesssssssssssegs 89 5 9 Exporting Reports to an SQL Database eee e cece cece eee e ee eeeeeeeeeeecececesesssccsssseeees 90 5 10 Search Duplicate Files in Network Servers and NAS Storage Devices 00eeeeeees 91 5 11 Batch Duplicate Files Search Operations ccc cc cecceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeueueauauuaauaaaanags 92 5 12 Searching Specific Types of Duplicate Files ccc cece cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeceesecseseesesees 93 5 13 Excluding Subdirectories from Duplicate Files Search Process cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 94 5 14 Automatic Duplicate Files Removal Actions ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeccecccsccsceseessssees 95 5 15 Analyzing Duplicate Files Per OSU oiidcsssaisscteciceusccsceisexsteacianessatientstateaeataisexcteagiens 96 5 16 Analyzing Duplicate Files Per USer c cece cc ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
191. e Move Command File Delete Command User defined commands may be managed and executed through the commands dialog or the commands tool pane In order to add a new command through the commands pane press the right mouse button over the pane and select the Add New File Synchronization Command menu item In order to execute a previously saved command just click on the command item in the commands tool pane or create a direct desktop shortcut on the desktop 160 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 10 10 Periodic File Synchronization Sometimes it may be required to execute a file synchronization operation periodically at specific time intervals The first option to do that is to configure a periodic job in the DiskBoss GUI application and select the required file synchronization command to be executed periodically Another option is to use DiskBoss Server which runs as a service in the background and may be used to periodically execute file synchronization operations in a fully automatic unattended mode Setup Periodic Job Triggers and Commands to Execute Periodic Job Triggers Every Sunday at 03 00 7 Every Tuesday at 05 00 Commands Description Sync Backup Disk File Synchronization Command Execute Commands Sequentially B save Cancel In order to add a new periodic job select the Tools Manage Periodic Jobs menu item and press the Add button On the per
192. e Timestamps this option enables copy of the creation last modification and last access dates for all copied files If this option is disabled files copied to the destination directory will have all timestamps set to the time of the file copy operation e Compress Transferred Data Blocks this option enables compression of transferred files Depending on the speed of the network and the type of transferred files it may be possible to increase the speed of the secure file copy operation and or reduce the amount of transferred data For example text files and uncompressed bitmap images are highly compressible and when transferred with the compression option enabled the actual amount of transferred data may be significantly less than the size of uncompressed files thus increasing the performance of the secure file copy operation On the other hand JPEG images and compressed archive files are already compressed and therefore the actual amount of transferred data will be almost the same but DiskBoss Server will need to use more CPU resources while trying to compress uncompressible files Another point that should be considered is the speed of the network When files are transferred over a fast network the resulting impact may be not significant but if files are transferred over a slow network where the network speed is the major bottleneck the resulting impact may be very significant e Encrypt Transferred Data Blocks this option enables encryptio
193. e XML Report To d reports Send HTML Notification To _ _ Send Text Notification To ee Send Error to Event Log Cancel Send Warning to Event Log io Send Message to Event Log Execute User Command Execute Custom Command save HTML Report To save Text Report To Save CSV Report To Save XML Report To Save To SOL Database h For E Mail notifications the action value should be set to the destination e mail address In addition in order to be able to send E Mail notifications the user needs to open the options dialog enable E Mail notifications and specify an SMTP server to use to send E Mail notifications For system event log actions the action value should specify a textual message that should be send to the system event log For user defined commands and custom commands the action value should specify the name of the command to be executed 152 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 9 8 Using File Integrity Monitor Command Line Utility In addition to the GUI application the DiskBoss file integrity monitor may be controlled using the DiskBoss command line utility which is located in the lt ProductDir gt bin directory The DiskBoss command line utility allows one to execute file integrity monitoring commands save reports export detected changes to an SQL database send E Mail notifications etc Command Line Syntax diskboss fim_update lt User Defined File Integrity Mon
194. e and therefore for such types of files the actual amount of transferred data will be significantly less that the size of uncompressed files thus increasing the performance of the secure file copy operation especially when copying files over a slow network connection On the other hand JPEG images and compressed archive files are already compressed and therefore the actual amount of transferred data will be almost the same while additional CPU resources will be used to compress the transferred data blocks negatively impacting the performance of the secure file copy operation especially when copying files over a fast network connection 183 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 13 Fault Tolerant File Copy and Data Migration 13 1 Copying Files Using DiskBoss GUI Application DiskBoss provides a large number of advanced multi stream file copy and rule based data migration capabilities allowing one to copy vast amounts of files fast efficiently and reliably DiskBoss allows one to copy files including access control lists ACLS security attributes ownership information timestamps and file attributes In addition the user is provided with a large number of flexible copy performance tuning and fault tolerance options allowing one to copy data at various speeds recover failed copy operations and minimize the potential impact on running production systems Destination Path D Archive 22 Advanced Options In order to start a simple fil
195. e by pressing the Errors button and continues the file copy operation In addition DiskBoss Professional and DiskBoss Ultimate provide the user with advanced fault tolerance and recovery options allowing one to retry failed copy operations after a designated period of time Re Advanced Optians i co General Rules A Performance Ul Error Handling Error Retry Count Error Retry Delay Max Pending Task Frequently used file copy or data migration operations may be customized for user specific needs pre configured as user defined commands and executed in a single mouse click using DiskBoss main GUI application or direct desktop shortcuts In addition DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide a command line tool allowing one to execute user defined file copy commands from batch files and shell scripts or schedule periodic file copy operations using a general purpose command scheduler 13 2 Copying Specific File Types or Categories Sometimes it may be required to copy or move files matching one or more user specific criteria For example for backup purposes the user may with to copy documents that were modified during the last month or any other user specific criteria Copy Files Matching Criteria Categorized As Documents Books and Help Files Files With Size More Than 10 MBytes O Files Modified During This Month DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide the user with the ability to copy fil
196. e copy operation select one or more files or directories press the Standard Ctrl C keyboard sequence navigate to the destination location and press the Ctrl V keyboard sequence If you wish to perform a regular copy operation using default parameters just press the Copy button and wait for the operation to complete During the copy process DiskBoss will display the copy progress dialog showing the total number of copied files the total amount of copied storage space and the copy performance Status Value Total Space 2 33 GB Total Files 5 Performance 64 6 MB Sec Process Time 36 91 Sec Full Speed 7 i Medium Speed i Low Speed Manual Control Copying vast amounts of data may require significant amounts of time Sometimes in order to perform an urgent operation one may need to temporary pause a long running data migration operation Press the Pause button to temporary suspend an ongoing file copy operation and press the Continue button to resume the operation Press the Stop button to cancel an ongoing file copy operation 184 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd When copying files from to protected operating system directories or running production systems some copy operations may fail due to one or more files locked by the operating system or other running applications By default DiskBoss logs non critical errors in the operation log which is accessibl
197. e destination directory All files changed or deleted in the destination directory will be restored using files from the source directory No changes will be made in the source directory After the file synchronization process is complete both locations will be identical Update Destination Directory one way Newly created and modified source files will be copied to the destination directory Files deleted from the source directory will be deleted from the destination directory Files deleted from the destination directory will be restored using files from the source directory Newly created and modified destination files will be kept in place No changes will be made in the source directory Accumulate and Update Files in Destination one way Newly created and modified source files will be copied to the destination directory Files deleted from the destination directory will be restored using files from the source directory Newly created and modified destination files will be kept in place No files will be deleted from the destination directory No changes will be made in the source directory Two Way File Synchronization Newly created and modified files will be synchronized in both directions Files deleted from the source directory will be deleted from the destination directory Files deleted from the destination directory will be restored from the source directory Changes may be made in both locations After the file synchronization proc
198. e files matching the selected filters exports reports showing matching files only and significantly simplifies selection of duplicates removal actions for specific file types or file categories In order to clear the selected file filters just press the Clear button located on the right side of the categories selector 84 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 4 Searching Files in Duplicate Files Search Results DiskBoss provides the ability to search files in duplicate files results by the file name extension full path file category file size file attributes creation last modification and last access dates In order to start a file search operation search duplicate files in one or more disks or directories and press the Search button located on the main toolbar Actions Execute Charts Save Original File Action File Size Disk Space C Program Files x86 Google Google Ear 7 None 30 36 MB LAS gt C Program Files Disk Pulse Server bin Qt 7 None 6 90 MB EGER es C Windows winsxs amd64_microsoft wi 7 None 32 24 MB i a544 MB A C Windows winsxs amd64_microsoft wi E None 25 03 MB i 950 06 MB es C Windows System32 nvcompiler dll 7 None 23 65 MB 47 30 MB gt CAWindows Systern32 nvogh64 dll 2 None i 23 60 MB 47 19 MB gt C A Windows winsxs amd64_rmicrosoft wi Z None 11 41 MB 45 65 MB Ls C A Windows winsxs amd64_rmicrosoft wi E None 20 06 MB 1 32MB gt C Program Files NVIDIA Corporation
199. e in the full directory path and the exclude macro command REGEX TMP TEMP will exclude directories ending with TMP or TEMP 201 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 15 5 User Defined Change File Attributes Commands One of the most powerful capabilities of DiskBoss is the ability to pre configure advanced change file attributes operations as user defined commands and then execute these commands in a single mouse click using the DiskBoss CUI application In addition the user is provided with the ability to execute pre configured change file attributes operations using the DiskBoss command line utility or schedule periodic change file attributes operations using DiskBoss Server which runs in the background as a service and allows one to implement fully automated change file attributes operations d amp File synchronization Command lt i i Add New File Search Command Edit Command Beecher omma Disk Space Analysis Command File Classification Command E W Set Keyboard Shortcut a Create Desktop Shortcut Duplicate Files Search Command A Change File Attributes Command N Ei C E e EON ne cist asian l File Organizing Command Rename Command Disk Change Monitoring Command Move Command Up j File Integrity Monitoring Command w Move Command Down Ch File Copy Command x Delete Command Otte Move Command
200. e name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_ date _ time html and save a report file in the user s home directory save_csv_report ReportFileName This option saves file classification results to an Excel CSV file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_ date _ time csv and save a report file in the user s home directory save_text_report ReportFileName This option saves file classification results to a text report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_ date _ time txt and save a report file in the user s home directory save_pdf_report ReportFileName This option saves file classification results to a PDF report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_ date _ time pdf and save a report file in the user s home directory save_xml_report ReportFileName This option saves file classification results to an XML report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_ date _ time xml and save a report file in the user s home directory exclude_dir lt Exclude Directory 1 gt lt Exclude Directory X gt
201. e operating system files and ensure security of critical production servers 23 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 17 File Integrity Monitor DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide a file integrity monitor allowing one to save digital signatures of critical system files and then periodically monitor the integrity of critical system files detect unauthorized changes save HTML PDF text Excel CSV and XML reports and send E Mail notifications A General File Integrity Monitoring Options Monitor File Contents Signature Monitor File Creation Date Monitor File Last Modification Date Monitor File Attributes Monitor File Qwner Monitor File Size T Monitor New Files The user is provided with the ability to specify one or more disks or directories to be monitored select which types of files should be monitored types of changes that should be detected and optionally save reports send E Mail notifications or execute custom commands when a user specified number of changes is detected File Integrity Monitoring Actions Send Error to System Event Log Unauthorized Changes Detected Send HTML Notification To diskboss yourcompany com Save PDF Report To c diskboss_reports In addition to the file integrity monitoring capabilities available in the DiskBoss GUI application DiskBoss provides a command line utility allowing one to verify the integrity of critical system files save reports and send E Mail notifications from she
202. e server for the use of the fast transactional InnoDB storage engine and the high speed MyISAM storage engine Transactional Database Only Optimized for application servers and transactional web applications This will make InnoDB the main storage engine Note that the MyISAM engine can still be used Suited for simple web applications monitoring or logging applications as well as analysis programs Only the non transactional MyISAM storage engine will be activated On the next page select the Manual Setting option and set the number of concurrent database connections to 5 which is the optimal number for typical DiskBoss installations on TT r e Ea SN Wiel MySQL Server Instance Configuration Configure the MySQL Server 5 1 server instante Please set the approximate number of concurrent connections to the server Decision Support DSS OLAP Select this option for database applications that will not require lt 5 a high number of concurrent connections A number of 20 connections will be assumed C Online Transaction Processing OLTP Choose this option for highly concurrent applications that may have at any one time up to 500 active connections such as heavily loaded web servers f Manual Setting lt a Please enter the approximate number of concurrent Concurrent connections 5 Cancel 240 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd On the next page enable TCP IP networking and if the
203. e verification of copied files DiskBoss verifies all transferred data blocks using the SHA256 data signature algorithm 173 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 12 1 Secure File Copy Commands DiskBoss Server provides the user with the ability to configure an unlimited number of secure file copy commands with each one copying files from one or more input directories on the source server to a directory on the destination DiskBoss Server In addition DiskBoss allows one to configure multiple secure file copy operations copying files to multiple different destination DiskBoss Servers di Add New F amp File Search Command gia Commana Disk Space Analysis Command File Classification Command Start In Farallel D Pause Command 2 Duplicate Files Search Command E Stop Command Change File Attributes Command ws a File Synchronization Command a View Command Reports F m amp File Organizing Command View All Reports E z Disk Change Monitoring Command HE Edit Command amp FileIntegrity Monitoring Command Copy Command p Rename Command Secure File Copy Command N E Export Command Ga File Copy Command Import Command Da File Move Command Move Command Up x File Delete Command Move Command Down Delete Command In order to add a secure file copy command press the right mouse button over the commands view select the
204. earch operations on multiple servers and or NAS storage devices open the Reports dialog press the Analyze button and select the Analyze Disk Space Usage Per Host menu item DiskBoss will analyze all reports saved in the reports database and display the hosts analysis dialog showing the number of duplicate files and the amount of duplicate disk space per host srv2008 srv2k40 srv2k41 srv2k61 srv2k62 srv2k63 srv2k60 flexms flexsrv ctos65d Duplicate Files Disk Space Per Host WA 12 3468 51 20 srv2008 WA 5 4468 22 55 srv2k40 MA 2 84658 11 79 flexms WA 2 7068 11 21 srv2k41 160 06MB 0 65 srv2k63 SSSsssssisis 160 06 M8 0 65 srv2k60 160 06MB 0 65 srv2k62 Show Pie Chart z er ae D Space v E 138 01MB 0 56 flexsrv Edit Chart Options Copy To Clipboard Print Chart Image ah Save PDF Report CA j es All Report Labels sa I 24 26MB 0 10 ctos65d The hosts analysis dialog provides the ability to display pie charts and bars charts showing the number of duplicate files and the amount of duplicate disk space per host according to duplicate files search reports saved in the reports database The user is provided with the ability to select the types of duplicate files search operations and file system locations to analyze edit the chart header and footer copy the chart image to the clipboard and ex
205. ecute the file organizing command after each X file system changes 109 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 6 11 Periodic Execution of File Organizing Commands Sometimes it may be required to execute one or more file organizing operations periodically at specific time intervals or according to a user specified schedule DiskBoss Server which runs in the background as a service provides the ability to periodically execute file organizing operations in a fully automatic unattended mode Setup Periodic Job Triggers and Commands to Execute Periodic Job Triggers y Every Sunday at 03 00 Commands Description El Organize Files File Organizing Command Execute Commands Sequentially w E save Cancel In order to schedule periodic execution of one or more file organizing commands open the DiskBoss client GUI application press the Jobs button located on the main toolbar and press the Add button to add a scheduled periodic job On the periodic job dialog add one or more job triggers and select one or more file organizing commands to be executed y Every Sunday E Every Monday Every Tuesday E ry Wednesd 03 00 am DiskBoss Server provides the ability to configure multiple triggers for each periodic job allowing one to precisely specify when the selected file organizing operations should be executed For example the user can configure simple periodic jobs to be executed every X min
206. ed Classification Plugin Movies and Video Files Hidden Movies and Video Files Music and Audio Files Hidden Music and Audio Files Pictures and Image Files Hidden Pictures and Image Files second level file categories and filters in file classification and disk space analysis operations ebb Oo Finally DiskBoss allows one to design custom file classification plugins using an open and easy to use XML Based format The XML Based format allows one to define a hierarchy of file categories and file classes and specify a list of file matching rules defining how to classify files for each specific file class Custom file classification plugins may be imported to the product configuration using the DiskBoss GUI application Author Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Flexense Export XML Export FLX Classification Plugin Default File Classification Plugin Extension Based Classification Plugin Simple File Classification Plugin User Based Classification Plugin Creation Time Classification Plugin Modification Time Classification Plugin Access Time Classification Plugin Creation Date Classification Plugin Modification Date Classification Plugin Access Date Classification Plugin Size Based Classification Plugin Movies and Video Files Hidden Movies and Video Files Music and Audio Files Hidden Music
207. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeesaes 189 14 1 Deleting Files Using DiskBoss GUI application ccc ccc ceceee eee eee eeeeeeaaeeeeeees 189 14 2 File Delete and Data Wiping Options cc cccceceeeeee eee eee eee eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 190 14 3 Deleting Specific File Types or File Categories ccccccccccee cece cece seen eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennes 192 14 4 Excluding Directories From File Delete Operations ccc cccceee eee eens eeeeaeeeeeeees 192 14 5 User Defined File Delete and Data Wiping Operations ccccccccccc cece eee e eee eeeeeeeeees 193 14 6 Saving Delete File LOGS ssssssssnsnsnnunssnnnsnnnnnnnnunannnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnssnnnnannnnnnnnnenn 194 14 7 Exporting Delete File Logs to SQL Database sssssssssrsnnnannnnannnnsnennnnannnnnnnnnenn 195 14 8 Deleting Files Listed in User Specified Text Fil S cccc cc cccceeeee eee e ee eeeeeaaeeeeeees 196 14 9 Deleting Files Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility eee eee eeee eee ees 198 15 Bulk File AtEriDUle CHANGES vinsvenssecdccccssassensessdacscanctcesnecsdscuncesssnsnansdeccncineensecsaans 199 15 1 Changing File Attributes Using the DiskBoss GUI Application ccccceecee eee e eee e ees 199 15 2 Advanced Change File Attributes OptiOnS ssssssasssnansnunsnnnanunnannnnsnnnnnannnnnnnnnenn 200 15 3 Changing Attributes for Specific Types Of Fil S ccccccccccc cece cece eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 200 15 4 Excludin
208. eeeeeeeeeuaueauauauaaauaaaaaaanas 97 5 17 Advanced Duplicate Files Search Options ccc see e sees eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecccsccsccsssesssees 98 5 18 Pre Configured Duplicate Files Search CommandS cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeaaaas 98 5 19 Searching Duplicate Files Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility 05 99 6 Rule Based File Organizing cscccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseessssseeeeseeeeeenaes 100 6 1 Organizing Files in a Disk or DireCtOFy cece cece cece sees sees eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 100 6 2 Configuring File Organizing COMMANAS cccccccee cece cece cece eee e eee e eset nes 101 6 50 Using File Matching RUES secscsccianecindiovedvecidee hatanveaseciantenkguncedeagernaeuneuneeeseeietaeet 103 64 Organizing Files With PREVIGW sadcrccnesdenesctcecentueceieneewete ninne rE a EEEE E EEAS E 105 6 5 Organizing Files Without Preview cccccseeceeceeneeesceeccceeeeeeerenennsseoooeeseeeeetnnees 105 6 6 Saving File Organizing LOgS ssiicaccrsexertawsencniecisevissrseinennrera aa eeeneraaniasanads 106 6 7 Excluding Subdirectories From the File Organizing Process cccceeeeeeeeeeeee eee e eens 107 6 8 Pre Configured File Organizing COMMANGS ccceeeee cece cece nese nesses ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 108 6 9 Organizing Files Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility 0 eee eee 108 6 10 Fully Automated File Organizing Using DiSkKBOSS ServVef cc cece cece
209. eeeeenees 158 10 6 Excluding One or More SubdirectoOr ies 0cccccceeceeneeeeeescccceeneeeeeeenenenssceeceeseees 158 10 7 File Synchronization Performance TUNING OPtiONS cccccccccceee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 159 10 8 File Synchronization LOGS s sssssssssssnnnsnnnnnsnnnnannnnannnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnusnnnnnansnnnnnnnnnn 160 10 9 Pre Configured File Synchronization COMMANAS ccccccccee cece eects eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenees 160 10 10 Penodic File Synchroniz til N icciincraxdaneeenncadssaakcaneeanneareiatxedsetennderniaareaneearneamiank 161 10 11R al ime File SYNCnlOniZaulGl rraren P i 161 10 12Synchronizing Files Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility snassasnnnnnrnnrnnnnn 162 11 Secure File Synchronization vinceacccccnsccseucnanevavewsrcveuspenvusvensucnevesiuevensesussnnsannpiuyi 164 11 1 Secure File Synchronization CommandsS cccccceee cece eee eee eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 165 11 2 Secure File Synchronization OPtiONs sssssssssssssssrsnrsnnsnnrnnenrrnnrnnrnnenrrnrenrrnrene 167 11 3 Secure File Synchronization Advanced OPtiOnsS cccccccccccee cece cece seen ee eeeeeeeeeeenenees 168 11 4 Secure File Synchronization Rules 12 csncentcadacentesansenavanasus scannonisaaanenieannnenneananmnaee 169 11 5 Secure File Synchronization Exclude Directories cccccccccc cece cece eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeenees 170 11 6 Secure File Synchronization Command Line Utility cece ccccec cece e eee
210. elete Internet cache files Internet history file temporary files and deleted files In the All cleanup mode DiskBoss will delete files related to all categories including Internet cookies Alternatively the user is provided with the ability to select specific file categories manually Select any number of file categories and press the Cleanup button DiskBoss will delete all the selected file categories and free up the wasted storage space 17 12 User Selectable Tool Panes The bottom part of the DiskBoss main GUI application includes two user selectable tool panes Each of them may be selected to display bookmarks file filters user defined commands the local disks status view or the system status view File Filters More and more files are stored in modern computers A simple Windows based computer with a number of software products may include 50 000 100 000 files More advanced computer users and professionals may have as much as 100 000 200 000 files in their personal computers Almost everyone has tried to find a file in a directory that contains a couple of thousand files Although it is possible to search for a file by pressing on the key representing the first letter in the file name sometimes it is still difficult to find the required file in a file crowded directory 224 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd Another issue that bothers advanced computer users is how to perform various file management operations on a
211. elete file logs mode delete files logs history and delete files logs directory i J lal File Delete Optio i E General L Advanced E Rules 7 Exclude V Wipe Data From Disk DOD 5220 22 M Algorithm 7 passes W Save Delete Log Files Excel CSV Log Files Log Files Mode Consolidated Daily Log Files Log Files History Keep Last 10 Log Files Log Files Directory d fle_ delete logs Ok Cancel e Wipe Data From Disk DiskBoss allows one to securely wipe confidential information from the disk using a large number of different data wiping algorithms ranging from a simple single pass data wipe to a sophisticated 7 pass DOD compliant 5220 22 M data wiping algorithm In order to enable data wiping for a file delete operation select this option and select an appropriate data wiping algorithm e Save Delete Log Files DiskBoss provides the ability to save full file delete logs to plain text files Excel CSV files or an SQL database via the ODBC database interface In order to enable delete file logs select this option select an appropriate delete log format text CSV or SQL database and specify a log files directory or an SQL database table name prefix for the SQL database logs format In addition for the SQL database delete file logs the user needs to configure the ODBC database interface to use to save file delete logs to the SQL database e Log Files Mode Use this option to save an individual
212. em Disk Analyze Disk Space Classify Files 8 Search Duplicate Files Search Recently Modified Documents ave Individual REDE or Each Ne Tworki oF vel ee poe _ Save Individual Report For Each Network Server _ Save Individual Report For Each Network Share h DiskBoss will display a list of pre configured duplicate files search commands allowing one to select one or more commands to be executed on all selected servers and NAS storage devices In addition the user is provided with the ability to select how to save duplicate files search reports for each server or for each network share By default all duplicate files search reports will be saved in the DiskBoss internal reports database allowing one to open each report review results generate various types of pie charts and export reports into a number of standard formats including HTML PDF text Excel CSV and XML 92 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 12 Searching Specific Types of Duplicate Files One of the most powerful capabilities of DiskBoss is the ability to search specific types of duplicate files according to one or more user specified file matching rules Files not matching the specified rules will be just skipped from the duplicate files search process Process Files Matching Criteria Categorized As Documents Books and Help Files Files With Size More Than 10 MBytes Files Modified During This Month In order to add one or more
213. en the charts dialog press the Charts button located on the file classification results dialog toolbar El 13 9366 5463 Programs Extensions and S 3 96GB 1496 Miscellaneous Files 21868 822 Documents Books and Help 18365 6 92 Windows Files 14268 534 Development Files HI 1 10 GB 4 15 Archive Backup and Disk I 809 92MB 2 99 Temporary Files 499 80MB 1 84 Unknown Files 800 97MB 2 95 Other 5 By default the charts dialog shows the currently displayed file categories and the selected second level file categories In order to change the displayed chart type use the chart mode selector In order to generate a chart for a different type of second level file categories select the required categories on the file classification results dialog and then open the charts dialog Wl 123468 46 60 DLL Files E 1 5668 5 89 EXEFiles F 1316B8 495 HXS Files F L14686 430 DATFiles L10686 4 16 NOEXT Files 738 37 MB 2 72 LIB Files en 471 63MB 1 74 SYS Files 456 52 MB 1 68 PDB Files bo 7406B8 27 96 Other 1759 The charts dialog provides the user with the ability to customize the chart s status line and allows one to copy the chart image to the clipboard making it very easy to integrate DiskBoss file classification pie charts into user s documents and presentations 60 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd
214. ense screenshots rar 2 231 81 MB F Flexense zip ftpstatus mirror isoc org il fid 3 158 63 MB A typical report file includes information about the date and time of the duplicate files detection operation the name of the host computer the operation was performed on a list of top 10 file categories according to the currently selected categories mode followed by the list of duplicate file sets detected in the processed disks and directories For each set of duplicate files DiskBoss shows the name of the original file the number of duplicate files in the set and the amount of the duplicate disk space 88 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 8 Saving Graphical PDF Reports One of the most useful ways to export duplicate files results is to use the PDF report format In order to save duplicate files results to a PDF report file press the Save button on the duplicate files search results dialog select the PDF Report format enter a report title and press the Save button Top 10000 Dup File Sets File Name Text Report t 29 Jan 2015 095003 pdf CSV Report XML Report POF Report DiskBoss Report Cancel Ds Tl Database Z In addition to the list of duplicate file sets sorted by the amount of duplicate disk space DiskBoss PDF reports include pie charts showing the number of duplicate files per file category and the amount of duplicate disk space per file category according to the currently selected file categori
215. eport format enter a report title a file name and press the Save button Each report begins with the top 10 file categories followed by a hierarchy of directories and files sorted by the amount of the used disk space If one or more file filters are active DiskBoss will export files matching the selected file filters and directories containing these files _ Disk Space Analysis Report A Ev file D Disk Space Analysis Report 27 Jan 2015 151742 htm Generated By DiskBoss Ultimate v5 2 38 27 Jan 2015 15 17 43 E Disk Space Analysis Report Date 2015 01 27 Time 15 17 39 Total Files 153596 Total Space 26 47 GB Performance 20815 Files Sec Process Time 7 38 Sec Host Name flexcore User Name alex s Input Dirs c File Filter Off Top 10 File Categories Category Files Space Space DLL Files 19954 Files 12 34 GB 46 62 EXE Files 3576 Files 1 56 GB 5 89 HXS Files 952 Files 1 31 GB 4 95 DAT Files 568 Files 1 14 GB 4 31 NOEXT Files 39169 Files 1 10 GB 4 16 LIB Files 756 Files 738 37 MB 2 72 SYS Files 1646 Files 471 63 MB 1 74 PDB Files 214 Files 456 52 MB 1 68 EDB Files 1 File 384 06 MB 1 42 HXW Files 17 Files 360 99 MB 1 33 Name Size Size Windows 17 12 GB 64 69 Program Files x86 4 47 GB 16 88 Users 2 75 GB 10 41 Program Files 1 33 GB 5 04 ProgramData 485 24 MB 1 79 NVIDIA 275 69 MB 1 02 PHP 39 12 MB 0 14 em 7 72 MB 0 03 Intel 775 48 KB lt 0 01 355 62 KB lt 0 01
216. eport includes a report summary showing the date and time of the report the total number of processed files and the total amount of disk space the number of changed files and changed directories and the list of detected file system changes For each detected file system change DiskBoss shows the change description and the name of the related file or directory _ Compare Directories Report C fA BD Generated By DiskBoss Ultimate v6 0 18 file D Disk Boss Compare Report 15 Sep 2015 113456 html 15 Sep 2015 11 34 57 Compare Directories Report Compare Web Site 2015 09 15 11 31 52 197 6884 388 29 MB 197 6884 388 29 MB 4 Command Name Date Date Total Dirs Total Files Total Space Processed Dirs Processed Files Processed Space Changed Dirs Changed Files Changed Space Process Time Performance 5 527 72 KB 4 70 Sec 1466 Files Sec File System Changes Description Name Directory Last Modification Date is Different Source 02 Mar 2015 21 38 46 Destination 15 Sep 2015 11 30 31 File Last Modification Date is Different Source 30 Mar 2015 15 26 51 Destination 15 Sep 2015 11 29 16 File Contents ts Different Directory Last Modification Date is Different Source 06 Aug 2015 18 49 34 Destination 15 Sep 2015 11 27 50 File Attributes are Different Source 8224 Destination 8225 Extra Subdirectory in Destination Directory Directory Last Modification Date is Different Source 01 Sep 2015 07 54
217. er selected types of files or categories of files exclude specific directories from the file copy operation and tune the performance of the file copy process for user specific needs and hardware configurations fia Wl he 2 Secure File Copy E General Advanced Rules Exdude DiskBoss Server Host SRY 2008 Port 8094 i DiskBoss Server User admin DiskBoss Password TITT Destination Directory 7 data In order to perform a secure file copy operation the user needs to install DiskBoss Server on the destination server and DiskBoss Ultimate or DiskBoss Server on the source server For each secure file copy operation the user can specify an unlimited number of source directories or files the host name or an IP address of the destination DiskBoss Server and a directory on the destination server to copy files to EE General Show Copy Progress Copy File Attributes Copy File Timestamps Compress Transferred Data Blocks Encrypt Transferred Data Blocks Verify Transferred Data Blocks In order to enable encryption and or compression of transferred data blocks for a secure file copy operation open the secure file copy command dialog select the Options tab and enable all the required file transfer options When the user enables the AES 256 encryption algorithm DiskBoss dynamically generates a random encryption key for each transferred file When the user enables the verification of copied file
218. erate an individual report for each analyzed server or NAS storage device Used Selected Total Free Shares Comment Server flexms Server 2008 R2 64 Bit a 8 4 33 TB 1 95 TB 2 39 TB flexcore WY 64 Bit Dev Machine 3 3 503 31 GB 350 20 GB 153 11 GB E svaka SRVZE43 Database Server amp 8 139 50 GB 41 85 GB 97 64 GB crv2k4o SRVZK40 Database Server amp 8 139 50 GB 41 85 GB 97 64 GB srv k l SRV2K41 Database Server amp amp 139 50 GB 41 85 GB 97 64 GB SRV2K42 Database Server amp 8 13930 GB 41 85 GOB B6 6B Search Files n 86 GB srvZkb0 SRVZK60 NAS Server srwekil SRVZE6L MAS Server NA 5 T Serre 45 GB srvekb3 CRV2K6s NAS Server flexsrv Intranet Web Server ea Pe ha ha ha ofi A Analyze Disk Space Classify Files i Search Duplicates Execute Batch Command Select Network Shares Unselect Network Shares Select All Network Shares Unselect All Network Shares View Network Search Log In the simplest case press the Network button located on the main toolbar search all network servers and NAS storage devices on the network select one or more servers to be analyzed press the right mouse button and select the Execute Batch Command menu item Command Name Analyze Systern Disk Classify System Disk Analyze Disk Space Classify Files Search Duplicate Files a Search Recen
219. erprise Time Command Host Inputs Data Label 2015 03 22 15 36 22 Duplicate Files ctos65 ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Duplicate Files ctos65 8b 2015 03 22 15 36 15 Duplicate Files flexsrv flexsrv flexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Duplicate Files flexsrv 2015 03 22 15 36 04 Duplicate Files flexms flexms flexms da 28268 Files 136 82 GB Duplicate Files flexms 2015 03 22 15 32 02 Classify Files flexms flexms da 284262 Files 133 72 GB Classify Files 2015 03 22 15 29 45 Classify Files ctos65d ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Classify Files ctos65d 2015 03 22 15 29 38 Classify Files flexsrv 10 flexsrv Mflexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Classify Files flexsrv 2015 03 22 15 29 32 Classify Files srv2k40 9 srv2k40 srv2k40 d 1028754 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k40 2015 03 22 15 26 11 Classify Files srv2k41 8 srv2k41 srv2k41 d 1028751 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k41 2015 03 22 15 16 13 Classify Files Per User srv2008 srv2008 u 182576 Files 24 47 GB Classify Files Per User 2015 03 22 14 53 30 Analyze Disk Space ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Analyze Disk Space 2015 03 22 14 51 11 Analyze Disk Space flexms flexms da 36814 Files 145 00 GB Analyze Disk Space v Dispalyed 32 Save Summary o Im
220. es it may be required to exclude one or more subdirectories from the file synchronization process For example if you need to synchronize two directories excluding One or two special subdirectories you may specify the top level directories as the source and destination directories and add the subdirectories that should be skipped to the exclude list File Synchronization Options Z Advanced Exclude Directories Lj CAWindows E SCONTAINS Snapshots In order to add one or more directories to the exclude list open the file synchronization command dialog select the Exclude tab and press the Add button Keep in mind that exclude directories are case sensitive and should be specified with the same case as stored on the disk All files and subdirectories located in the specified exclude directories will be excluded from the file synchronization process Select an exclude directory and press the Delete button to remove the selected directory from the exclude list 158 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 10 7 File Synchronization Performance Tuning Options In order to increase the performance of file synchronization operations DiskBoss provides the ability to synchronize files using multiple parallel file synchronization streams Multi Stream file synchronization significantly improves the file synchronization performance when synchronizing a large number of files between multiple disks NAS storage devices or enterprise st
221. es matching one or more user defined criteria In order to add one or more file matching rules open the copy command dialog select the Rules tab and press the Add button Select an existing file matching rule and press the Delete button to remove the selected file matching rule If no rules are specified DiskBoss will copy all files in the specified source disks and directories 185 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 13 3 Advanced File Copy and Data Migration Options In order to open the advanced copy and data migration options dialog press the Advanced Options button located on the copy dialog The options dialog consists of the General tab the Rules tab the Performance tab and the Error Handling tab ae eas Advanced Options a DG _ c _ eq gt murxqxe 2 General Rules A Performance EA Error Handling G SSS _ EE S a _ If Target File Exists Overwrite File and Continue V Copy File Attributes V Copy File Timestamps V Copy User Group Security Descriptor _ Copy Discretionary Access Control List DACL The General tab allows one to control the following parameters Overwrite Mode the overwrite mode may be set to one of the following values overwrite and continue overwrite if the source file is newer skip and generate a unique file name Copy DACL this parameter instructs DiskBoss to copy discrete a
222. ess is complete both locations will be identical Two Way Accumulation and Update Newly created and modified files will be updated in both directions Files deleted from one location will be restored from the second location Changes may be made in both locations After the file synchronization process is complete both locations will be identical The last three file synchronization modes are identical to the first three modes but the last three modes are saving compressed files in the destination directory 156 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 10 3 Synchronizing Files with Preview File synchronization with preview is very useful providing the user with a clear picture about what files will be synchronized By default DiskBoss synchronizes directories with preview but the user is provided with the ability to disable the preview mode and synchronize all the required files on the fly without showing the preview dialog Operation Source Destination O Create Directory D Downloads zip F Backup Downloads zip W Copy New File Ds Downloads zip z457 exe F Backup Downloads zip z457 exe W Copy New File D Downloads zip 2920 exe F Backup Downloads zip 2920 exe W Copy New File D Downloads 7zip 2920 tar bz2 F Backup Downloads zip 7920 tar W Copy New File D Downloads zip za920 zip F Backup Downloads zip za920 zip W Copy New File D Downloads 7zip lzma920 tar bz2 F Backup Downloads zip l
223. evices to a centralized SQL database allowing one to analyze duplicate files per server and per user across the entire enterprise 10 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 4 Analyzing Files in Servers and NAS Storage Devices DiskBoss allows one to analyze disk space classify files detect duplicate files and search files in all network shares of one or more servers or NAS storage devices In order to analyze one or more servers open an analysis operation dialog press the Add button located on the right side of the list of analysis locations select the Servers or NAS Devices mode and enter one or more host names or IP addresses separated by the semicolon character E m ia ssi Servers or NAS Devices SRV2008 FLEXMS DiskBoss will scan the network and show a list of network shares detected in the specified servers and NAS storage devices allowing one to select one or more network shares that Should be processed In order to be able to use this feature the user needs to have permissions to access network shares 10 Network Shares Selected Network Shares Accessible TotalSpace Used Space Free Space IV srv2008 output IV srv2008 source IV srv2008 target IV flecns backup IV Wfleans data IV Wfleans disk_d IV fleans disk_e IV Wflesons disk f Wes 10 03 GB 10 00 GB 9 97 GB 596 17 GB 596 17 GE 44 05 GB 119 24 GB 931 51 GE 79 23 MB 118 82 MB 78 91 M
224. ew display in a fully automatic mode In addition to the ability to execute file organizing operations manually DiskBoss Server provides the ability to schedule periodic file organizing operations and or real time file organizing operations triggered automatically after each X disk changes according to user specific needs and requirements 100 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 6 2 Configuring File Organizing Commands In order to add a new file organizing command press the right mouse button over the commands view and select the Add New File Organizing Command menu item On the command name dialog enter a unique command name and press the Ok button A number of different file organizing commands may be added to the DiskBoss configuration pre configured to process different disks and directories and perform various file management operations Commands e an Add New t amp File Search Command m Sah eC mman File Synchronization Command G Execute Command Disk Space Analysis Command File Classification Command wW Set Keyboard Shortcut ae Create Desktop Shortcut Duplicate Files Search Command Change File Attributes Command Ga Copy Command l File Organizing Command NS Disk Change Monitoring Command Move Command Up File Integrity Monitoring Command Move Command Down fr ja Secure File Copy Command Delete Command t Secure File
225. features of DiskBoss from an OS shell window The DiskBoss command line tool provides power users and system administrators with the ability to automate the file management operations and to integrate DiskBoss features into batch files and shell scripts The DiskBoss command line tool is located in lt ProductDir gt bin directory diskboss exe execute lt Command Name gt or lt XML File Name gt This command executes user defined commands using input directories files and all configuration options saved in the specified user defined command In addition DiskBoss Ultimate allows one to directly execute user defined commands written according to the DiskBoss XML Based format For detailed information about the XML format refer to the section 13 in this document 215 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 17 4 Automatic Selection of Input Disks Using Macro Commands Normally DiskBoss disk analysis and file search commands process a pre defined set of input disks directories and or network shares but sometimes it may be required to dynamically select disks to be analyzed depending on the configuration of the analyzed host computer For example let s assume that the user needs to analyze a number of internal hard disks and a number of external hard drives with external hard disk drives sometimes connected and sometimes not depending on each specific situation In such cases it is not possible to pre configure an analysis operation to process
226. fication of critical system files based on real time disk activities and then send E Mail notifications and generate reports if any unauthorized changes are detected in critical system files thus ensuring the security of critical systems and production servers File Integrity Monitoring Options Monitor File Contents Signature J Monitor File Creation Date Monitor File Last Modification Date Monitor File Attributes J Monitor File Owner J Monitor File Size Monitor New Files For example in order to monitor critical files in the Windows system directory create a file integrity monitoring command configure the command to monitor the Windows directory add a file matching rule limiting the monitoring operation to programs and executable files and than save a reference digital signature of the Windows system directory Exdude Actions V Execute Actions Every 100 Changes Send E Mail Notification To J Execute DiskBoss Command File Integrity Monitor Execute Custom Command F Save HTML Report Begin Monitoring on Computer Stertup f Save Cancel Now create a new real time disk change monitoring command configure the command to monitor the Windows system directory select the Actions tab enable disk change monitoring actions enable the DiskBoss command action and specify the previously configured file integrity monitoring command to be automatically triggered after each X changes
227. file D File Classification Report 28 Jan 2015 153455 html Generated By DiskBoss Ultimate v5 2 338 28 Jan 2015 15 34 59 File Classification Report Date 2015 01 28 Time 15 34 52 Total Files 152218 Total Space 26 48 GB Performance 28447 Files Sec Process Time 5 35 Sec Host Name flexcore User Name alex s Input Dirs c File Filter Off Top 10 File Categories Category Files Space Space DLL Files 19954 Files 12 34 GB 46 61 EXE Files 3576 Files 1 56 GB 5 89 HXS Files 952 Files 1 31 GB 4 95 DAT Files 572 Files 1 14 GB 4 30 NOEXT Files 37788 Files 1 10 GB 4 17 LIB Files 756 Files 738 37 MB 2 72 SYS Files 1646 Files 471 63 MB 1 74 PDB Files 214 Files 456 52 MB 1 68 EDB Files 1 File 384 06 MB 1 42 HXW Files 17 Files 360 99 MB 1 33 Default File Classification Plugin Name Files Space Space Programs Extensions and Script Files 24627 Files 13 93 GB 52 63 Miscellaneous Files 33323 Files 3 96 GB 14 96 Documents Books and Help Files 4922 Files 2 18 GB 8 22 Windows Files 26051 Files 1 83 GB 6 92 Development Files 8003 Files 1 42 GB 5 34 Archive Backup and Disk Image Files 2212 Files 1 10 GB 4 15 Temporary Files 34533 Files 807 47 MB 2 98 Unknown Files 6128 Files 499 98 MB 1 84 Movies Clips and Video Files 557 Files 295 87 MB 1 09 Images Pictures and Graphic Files 6720 Files 284 06 MB 1 05 Internet Files 5068 Files 170 95 MB 0 63 Music and Audio Files 23 Files 47 60 MB 0 1
228. file integrity monitor displays the full name of the changed file and a change description explaining what exactly has been changed in each specific file 148 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 9 4 Exporting Report Files The DiskBoss file integrity monitor allows one to export HTML text Excel CSV and XML report files In order to export a report file open the change list dialog press the Save button and select an appropriate report format File Name Change Description CA WINDOWS AppPatch sysmain edb File Sze and Contents Changed Expected File Siz O CAWINDOWS Downloaded Program F File Contents Changed O C WINDOWS Driver Cache i386 ntkrn File Contents Changed O CAWINDOWS Driver Cache i386 ntkrn File Contents Changed CAWINDOWS Driver Cache i386 ntkrp File Contents Changed CAWINDOWS Driver Cache i386 ntos File Contents Changed CAWINDOWS infO0O WWmiApRpl Wm Last Modification Date Changed Expected 2011 1 CAWINDOWS infibranches inf File Contents Changed HTML Report Text Report CSV Report AML Report To SQL Database B DiskBoss will open the save report dialog allowing one to select a destination directory and enter the report file name A typical file integrity monitoring report includes a report title a summary section showing general information and a list of detected file system changes For each detected file system change DiskBoss shows the full name of the cha
229. file types allowing one to easily select required file categories In total DiskBoss is capable of automatically recognizing more than 2 500 file types and categories making it very easy to select the types of files which should be monitored During runtime DiskBoss will categorize and classify file detected in the input disks and directories verify files matching the specified rules and report all the detected file system changes 146 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd Once finished adding file matching rules press the Save button to save the file integrity monitoring command Each time a file integrity monitoring command is saved DiskBoss will show a confirmation message asking the user to confirm whether the command s settings and the file system state should be updated or the user wish to save just the command s configuration settings without updating the file system state file Press Yes to save settings and update the current file system state Press No to save settings but do not update the file system state No Cancel In general if the user has changed input disks or directories file matching rules or exclude directories the file system state should be updated and the user needs to press the Yes button On the other hand if the user has modified types of changes that should be detected and or actions that should be executed when one or more changes are detected there is no need to update the file system s
230. flexms flexms da 284262 Files 133 72 GB Classify Files y 2015 03 22 15 29 45 Classify Files ctos65d ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Classify Files ctos65d 2015 03 22 15 29 38 Classify Files flexsrv 10 flexsrv Mflexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Classify Files flexsrv 2015 03 22 15 29 32 Classify Files srv2k40 9 srv2k40 srv2k40 d 1028754 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k40 2015 03 22 15 26 11 Classify Files srv2k41 8 srv2k41 srv2k41 d 1028751 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k41 2015 03 22 15 16 13 Classify Files Per User srv2008 srv2008 u 182576 Files 24 47 GB Classify Files Per User 2015 03 22 14 53 30 Analyze Disk Space ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Analyze Disk Space 2015 03 22 14 51 11 Analyze Disk Space flexms flexms da 36814 Files 145 00 GB Analyze Disk Space X SE save Summary C Import B Export E Delete Reports 32 Dispalyed 32 Close Disk Space Usage Per Host amp Disk Space Usage Per User N amp View Top 100 Directories View Top 100 Files In order to analyze disk space usage per user perform one or more disk space analysis file classification and or duplicate files search operations on multiple servers and or NAS storage devices open the Reports dialog press the Analyze button and select the Analyze Disk Space Usage Per User menu item DiskBoss will analyze
231. formed using DiskBoss Server which runs in the background as a service and can execute file organizing operations in a fully automatic unattended mode Frocess Mode Organize Files Wit l Organize Files With Preview Compression Level Organize Files Without Preview Performance Mode Dir Scanning Threads File Processing Threads In order to disable the preview dialog for a file organizing command open the file organizing command dialog press the Options button select the General tab and set the process mode to Organize Files Without Preview When the preview dialog is disabled DiskBoss will scan the specified disks and directories evaluate file matching rules and execute file management actions on the fly using a minimal amount of system memory which is very important when processing huge file systems containing millions of files 105 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 6 6 Saving File Organizing Logs DiskBoss provides a number of different types of file organizing logs allowing one to keep track of executed file organizing tasks performed file management actions and file management errors In order to configure file organizing logs open the file organizing command dialog press the Options button and select the Misc tab i vas Nhe pa z 2 File Organizing Options General amp Biden Exdude Misc V Save Process Tasks Log d Vileorganiec dogs V Save Process Errors Log
232. fy that the destination file is identical to the source file Take into account that this option will significantly decrease the copy performance and increase the overall copy time The Performance tab provides the user with the ability to optimize file copy and data migration operations for user specific storage configurations and performance requirements DiskBoss is optimized for multi core multi CPU computers and advanced RAID storage systems and capable of copying files using multiple simultaneous data streams During runtime DiskBoss analyzes copied files and applies different scheduling policies for different types of files thus maximizing the copy performance and minimizing the copy time In order to speed up the file copy process use multiple copy streams when copying files located on multiple physical hard disks or a RAID disk array 186 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 13 4 Copying Files Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility In addition to the GUI application DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide a command line tool allowing one to perform file copy and move operations from batch files and shell scripts The DiskBoss command line tool is located in the lt ProductDir gt bin directory Command Line Syntax diskboss copy dir lt Source 1 gt lt Source X gt dest lt Destination gt lt Options gt diskboss move dir lt Source 1 gt lt Source X gt dest lt Destination gt lt
233. g 14 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 8 Rule Based File Search DiskBoss provides powerful and flexible file search capabilities allowing one to search files using multiple file search criteria including the file name file extension file type file size last access modification and creation dates text or binary patterns file attributes user name JPEG EXIF tags etc The user is provided with the ability to define composite file search command using multiple types of search rules combined with the AND OR logical operators 4 Directories Selected for Search Category Related To Images Pictures and Graphic Files ia E Last Modified More Than 3 rentesi Honts m Search Disks Directories and Network Shares fac Ga DA Fi Ga HA One of the most powerful capabilities of DiskBoss is the integration of the rule based search features in almost all types of analysis and file management operations For example disk Space analysis duplicate files detection file classification file copy and file delete operations may be performed on files matching one or more user specified rules and policies BOO 0A T Stop Charts Copy View Resume gt aB Pause Stop Move Delete Save Name Be box_checked_disabled Bs box_checked_enabled W box_unchecked_disable Bs box_unchecked_enable Ms btn_disable_135 png Ms btn_disable_180 png Ba btn_di
234. g Directories from Change File Attributes Process ccccccceeeeee eens eeeeeeees 201 15 5 User Defined Change File Attributes COMMANAS ccccccccccc cece cette eee eeeeeeeeeeeeennnes 202 16 Files and Directories Compare Operations cccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 203 1621 Comparing Files and Directories xccciccsiccccorecasceceareisienctexsneacetetwanieeencouneciesatenctee 204 16 2 Saving Directories Comparison Reports s ssssassusansnnansunansnnansnnannnuansunannnnannnnann 205 16 3 Advanced Directories Comparison OPtiONnS ccccccccccece cece ee eee seen eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 206 16 4 Comparing Specific Types of FIlGS cccccccceee cere eee eee eee EEE EEE EERE EERE EEE EE EEE EES 208 16 5 Excluding Subdirectories from the Comparison Process cccccccee cece cece ee eeeeeeeeeeees 209 16 6 Conditional Actions and E Mail Notifications ccccccccccc cece cece eee e eee e eee eeeeeeeneennnnes 210 17 DISKBOSS GUE ADDIGCACION inin Ea 211 17 1 File Management and Navigation sssssssssssnssnnnsnnnnannnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnsnnnnnannnnnnnnnenn 211 17 2 DiskB ss GUI LAYOUTS cies tecatvnasecaciasaanisansinagsaks EE A E E E E 212 17 3 User Deined COMIMANGS irra E A ies EE ENED 213 17 4 Automatic Selection of Input Disks Using Macro CommandS sssssssssrssrssrssrrsrens 216 17 5 Excluding Directories From Analysis and File Management Operations 006 217 10 Mask Manag NEE eaa E E
235. g runtime DiskBoss will scan the specified input directories process all the existing files execute the configured commands for each file with the specified file extensions and search for the user specified text patterns in the output generated by the executed custom commands 120 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 16 Using Hierarchical File Matching Rules Nested hierarchical file matching rules may be very useful when the user needs to find files related to multiple file categories and one or more additional criteria such as a specific file size or modification date 4 Directories Selected for Search its Nested Rules Match Any 3Nested Search Rules D sein se Search Disks Directories and Network Shares ZE Ea D Eg FA Ee Search Cancel In order to create a nested rule list press the right mouse button over the top level rule list and select the Add Nested Rule List menu item On the nested rules dialog add all the required file matching rules select an appropriate logical operator and press the Ok button There are no limits on the number of nested levels and the user can create as many nested levels as required Category Related To Documents Books and Help Files Category Related To Images Pictures and Graphic Files Category Related To Movies Clips and Video Files DiskBoss provides the ability to configure sophisticated file
236. h file passing the name of the file and the full file category as command line arguments allowing one to implement custom file organizing solutions By default file classification results are displayed in the results dialog and the user is provided with the ability to perform these operations manually by selecting one or more file categories or classes in the file classification results dialog In addition power computer users and IT professionals are provided with the ability to physically reorganize files on the disk by using one of the mentioned automatic file organizing modes In an automatic file classification mode DiskBoss will physically reorganize files on the disk according to the selected file classification plug in without showing the file classification results dialog Automatic file classification modes are especially useful in conjunction with the DiskBoss command line utility allowing one to perform automatic file classification operations from shell scripts and batch files and integrate file classification capabilities in other products and solutions Finally DiskBoss provides the user with the ability to design custom file classification plugins using an open and easy to use XML Based format making it possible to reorganize files into custom directory structures designed according to user specific needs 72 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 15 File Classification Plugins DiskBoss provides a number of file classificatio
237. hanges that should be detected By default the DiskBoss file integrity monitor detects all types of changes and usually there is no need to change the default configuration m er So ar T n Ta Arras Are LI AS File Integrity Monitoring Options Monitor File Contents Monitor File Creation Date 7 Monitor File Last Modification Date V Monitor File Attributes Monitor File Owner Monitor File Size Es Now select the Rules tab and add one or more file matching rules specifying types of files that should be monitored If no rules are added on this tab the DiskBoss file integrity monitor will verify all types of files If one or more file matching rules are specified the DiskBoss file integrity monitor will verify files matching the specified rules and skip all other types of files Monitor Files Matching Criteria Categorized As Programs Extensions and Script Files Categorized As Windows Configuration Files Categorized As Windows Security Files Categorized As Windows System Files In the simplest case just add a single file matching rule named Programs Extensions and Script Files which will match all types of programs executable files DLL libraries batch files various types of scripts etc For a more advanced configuration consider adding Windows configuration files and security files In order to simplify the configuration process DiskBoss provides a logically organized hierarchy of
238. hat the last modification date of each file existing in the source directory is identical to the last modification date of the same file in the destination directory e Check Directories Creation Date select this option to verify that the creation date of each subdirectory existing in the source directory is identical to the creation date of the same subdirectory in the destination directory e Check Directories Modification Date select this option to verify that the last modification date of each subdirectory existing in the source directory is identical to the last modification date of the same subdirectory in the destination directory e Detect and Skip Recursive Directories by default DiskBoss detects and skips recursive directories which may form infinite directory scanning loops Unselect this option to disable detection of recursive directories e Report File Access Errors as Changes by default DiskBoss reports file access errors as changes When this option is disabled DiskBoss will show all file access errors in the process log but not in the change list e Report Directory Access Errors as Changes by default DiskBoss reports directory access errors as changes When this option is disabled DiskBoss will show all directory access errors in the process log but not in the change list 206 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd In order to configure advanced directories comparison options open the Compare Directories dial
239. he Same disk space analysis operation is performed using 16 parallel directory scanning threads Disk Space Analysis Performance SSD Disk Files Sec With Files User Names 1 Thread 2 Threads 4 Threads 8 Threads 16 Threads Multi Threaded Disk Space Analysis Performance DiskBoss www diskboss com The operation of inquiring the user name for a file is a relatively slow operation which takes a considerable amount of time and in order to improve the disk space analysis performance it is highly recommended to use at least 4 8 parallel directory scanning threads even on a dual core or quad core system When a disk space analysis operation is configured to use multiple directory scanning threads DiskBoss will inquire user names for multiple files in parallel thus significantly improving the speed of the disk space analysis operation 57 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd The performance of disk space analysis operations over the network highly depends on the network latency and the number of parallel directory scanning threads configured for the disk Space analysis operation Also if the user needs to analyze a single network share containing millions of files it is recommended to use the High Performance directory scanning mode which uses multiple parallel directory scanning threads even when analyzing a single input directory or network share Disk Space Analysis Performance Over Network Files Sec 1 Thread 2 Threads 4
240. he following template diskboss_ date _ time txt save_pdf_report ReportFileName This option saves a disk space analysis report and the list of all file categories to a PDF report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_ date _ time pdf save_xml_report ReportFileName This option saves a disk space analysis report and the list of all file categories to an XML report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_ date _ time xml save_report ReportFileName This option saves a disk space analysis report and the list of all file categories to a native DiskBoss report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_ date time flr exclude_dir lt Exclude Directory 1 gt lt Exclude Directory X gt This option specifies the list of directories that should be excluded from the disk space analysis operation In order to ensure proper parsing of command line arguments directories containing space characters should be double quoted batch This option enables the batch report generation mode In the batch report generation mode DiskBoss saves an individual report file for each input disk directory or network share V This option shows the product s major and m
241. he number of simultaneous file sync streams time This parameter enables synchronization of the creation last modification and last access dates for all transferred files If this parameter is not specified all files transferred to the destination directory will have timestamps set to the time of the secure file sync operation port lt Port Number gt This parameter specifies the destination DiskBoss Server TCP IP port number to connect to If this parameter is not specified DiskBoss will try to connect to the default TCP IP port 8094 The port should be open in the destination server s firewall user lt DiskBoss Server User Name gt This parameter specifies the user name to login to the destination DiskBoss Server If this parameter is not specified DiskBoss will use the default admin user name password lt DiskBoss Server Password gt This parameter specifies the password to login to the destination DiskBoss Server If this parameter is not specified DiskBoss will use the default admin password V This command shows the product s major version minor version revision and build date help This command shows the command line usage information 172 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 12Secure File Copy Operations DiskBoss Server provides secure file copy operations allowing one to copy files from one server to another without using network shares while encrypting transferred data blocks using the AES 256 encrypt
242. he selected categories of files and display the file search results dialog showing a list of files matching the user specified criteria c File Name Ze Extension Full Path 1 File Size File Attributes B User Name Created Last Mocined Last Accessed Creation Date Be Modification Date Be Last Access Date ire Nested Rules The search results dialog allows one to filter and categorize file search results display various types of pie charts copy move and or delete files export file search results to a number of standard report formats including PDF HTML text Excel CSV and XML In addition advanced users are provided with the ability to export file search results to an SQL database 63 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 6 Using File Management Operations DiskBoss allows one to copy move and delete files and related to specific file categories In order to perform a file operation on one or more file categories select the required items in the file categories view press the right mouse button and select an appropriate file management operation Delete Up e606 2 Charts Save Info Name Space Space 4 Programs Extensions and Script Files 13 93 GB Miscellaneous Files 3 96 GB ms 14 96 amp Documents Books and Help Files a Windows Files Sa ats C Development Files 5 34 E3 Archive Backup and Disk Image Files D Copy To 15 L Temporary Files 43 Move T
243. hese features are available in DiskBoss Ultimate only and there is no ability to import export commands to from DiskBoss Express or DiskBoss Professional In order to execute a user defined command directly from the commands management dialog select the command item and press the Execute button DiskBoss will load the user defined command and execute it in the main GUI application showing all the requiring GUI windows and dialogs according to the information saved in the user defined command In order to create a desktop shortcut for a command select the command item press the right mouse button and select the Create Desktop Shortcut menu item DiskBoss will create a desktop Shortcut with the same file name as the command s name In order to execute such a command just click on the command shortcut on the Windows desktop Finally DiskBoss Ultimate allows one to associate custom keyboard shortcuts with user defined commands In order to set a keyboard shortcut for a user defined command select the command item in the command list press the right mouse button and select the Set Keyboard Shortcut menu item On the Customize Keyboard Shortcut dialog select an available keyboard sequence and press the Ok button Now you can execute the user defined command by pressing the selected keyboard shortcut In addition to the GUI application the DiskBoss Ultimate edition provides a command line tool allowing one to use all
244. http www diskboss com purchase html After finishing the purchase process wait for the following two e mail messages the first one with a receipt for your payment and the second one with an unlock key If you will not receive your unlock key within 24 hours please check your spam box for e mail messages originating from support flexense com and if it is nor here contact our support team Customer Name Unlock Key Manual Registration After you will receive your unlock key start the DiskBoss GUI application and press the Register button located in the top right corner of the window On the register dialog enter your name and the received unlock key and press the Register button to finish the registration procedure 230 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 18 DiskBoss Server 18 1 DiskBoss Server Overview DiskBoss Server is a server based product version which runs in the background as a service and is capable of executing all types of disk space analysis and file management operations in a fully automatic and unattended mode File Command Tools Help SOG aa fe Connect Add Delete Database Jobs Command Last Start Data Status 10 Jan 2011 710 Files Santen System Len 19 45 07 452 56 MB Running Analyze System Disk ga Add New File Search Command Sart Comimand Disk Space Analysis Command Classify Data Disk File Classification Command Pause Command Stop Command Duplicate
245. ication results dialog or automatically by selecting an automatic file organizing mode in the file classification options dialog File Classification Options y Classification Results Classify and Build Links Hierarchy In Classify and Copy File Hierarchy To Classify and Move File Hierarchy To 12 MEF arch Ti ve A re L DiskBoss provides the user with the following advanced file organizing operations that may be performed on file classification results e Build Hierarchy of Links in this mode DiskBoss will construct an organized hierarchy of directories and populate it with links to original files according to the selected file classification plug in e Copy File Hierarchy in this mode DiskBoss will construct an organized hierarchy of directories and populate it with copies of original files according to the selected file classification plug in e Move File Hierarchy in this mode DiskBoss will construct an organized hierarchy of directories and move all files into that hierarchy according to the selected file classification plug in e Move Files and Link Originals in this mode DiskBoss will construct an organized hierarchy of directories move all files to that hierarchy according to the selected file classification plug in and create links instead of original files pointing to files located in the organized file hierarchy e Execute Custom Command in this mode DiskBoss will execute a custom command for eac
246. ided with the ability to export the list of detected servers and NAS storage devices including lists of network shares for each server into HTML PDF text and Excel CSV reports Server Comment Shares Selected Total Used Free flexms Server 2008 R2 64 Bit 8 4 33 TB 1 34 TB 2359 TB flexcore W 64 Bit Dev Machine 503 31 GB 350 61 GB 152 70 GB SRV2ZK43 Database Server 8 7 64 GB SRV2K40 Database Serv r 8 D Search Fis hs ae SRVZK41 Database Server 8 Analyze Disk Space 64 GB 64 GE E srv2k60 SRV2K60 NAS Server S See a osrv2kol SRV2K61 NAS Server Search Duplicates E srv2ko2 SRV2K62 NAS Server 2 osrvekos SRV2K635 MAS Server Select Network Shares niiae Webi SEEVE Unselect Network Shares Select All Network Shares Unselect All Network Shares View Network Search Log In order to search all network servers and NAS storage devices on the network press the Network button located on the main toolbar and wait while DiskBoss will scan the network and show a list of detected network servers and NAS storage devices In order to search files in one or more servers or NAS storage devices select the required servers and NAS storage devices and press the Search button 3 Directories Selected for Search amp Category Related To Documents Books and Help Files j E Modification Date In Range 0i Jan 2015 To 24Feb 2015
247. ie charts save file classification reports perform file management operations on categories of files and physically reorganize files according to user defined rules and policies s Default Fil ce EE Analyze Copy Move Charts Save Name Files Space Space O Archive Backup and Disk Image Files 4370 283 22 GB O Programs Extensions and Script Files 26971 23 91 GB 6 91 O Images Pictures and Graphic Files 48897 17 09 GB 4 94 O Documents Books and Help Files 11033 5 42 GB 1 57 O Miscellaneous Files 38118 4 10 GB 1 18 O Development Files 69407 3 97 GB 1 15 5 Music and Audio Files 702 3 75 GB 1 08 5 Windows Files 24672 1 80 GB 0 52 Unknown Files 9051 111 GB 0 32 O Temporary Files 31818 826 27 MB 0 23 O Internet Files 14564 633 66 MB 0 18 2 1 Categorize By Extension File Categories gp VDI Files 217 61 GB ISO Files 39 49 91 GB JPG Files 14409 12 60 GB fe EXE Files 4890 12 16 GB DLL Files 19948 11 70 GB 280264 Files 346 10 GB Default File Classification Plugin The user is provided with the ability to categorize and filter file classification results allowing one to precisely focus on specific types of files or file groups In addition DiskBoss allows one to generate pie charts and export file classification results into a number of standard formats such as HTML PDF XML text and Excel CSV 217 61GB 62 87 VDI Files
248. ies and the number of duplicate files per user across the entire enterprise Date Time Command Host Inputs Data Label 2015 03 22 15 36 22 Duplicate Files ctos65 ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Duplicate Files ctos65 gt 2015 03 22 15 36 15 Duplicate Files flexsrv flexsrv flexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Duplicate Files flexsrv 5 8 gt 2015 03 22 15 36 04 Duplicate Files flexms flexms flexms da 28268 Files 136 82 GB Duplicate Files flexms 2015 03 22 15 32 02 Classify Files flexms flexms da 284262 Files 133 72 GB Classify Files F 2015 03 22 15 29 45 Classify Files ctos65d ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Classify Files ctos65d 2015 03 22 15 29 38 Classify Files flexsrv 10 flexsrv flexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Classify Files flexsrv 2015 03 22 15 29 32 Classify Files srv2k40 9 srv2k40 srv2k40 d 1028754 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k40 2015 03 22 15 26 11 Classify Files srv2k41 8 srv2k41 srv2k41 d 1028751 Files 15 18 GB Classify Files srv2k41 2015 03 22 15 16 13 Classify Files Per User srv2008 srv2008 u 182576 Files 24 47 GB Classify Files Per User 2015 03 22 14 53 30 Analyze Disk Space ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Analyze Disk Space 2015 03 22 14 51 11 Analyze Disk Space flexms flexms da 3681
249. ile classification operations and file system locations to analyze edit the chart header and footer copy the chart image to the clipboard and export graphical PDF reports including pie charts IMPORTANT In order to be able to display the disk space usage per user the file classification operation should be configured to process and display files user names 75 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 18 Advanced File Classification Options DiskBoss provides a large number of advanced file classification options allowing one to customize and configure file classification operations for user specific needs and custom hardware and storage configurations File Classification Threads 7 Directories Scanning Mode High Performance w 2 Threads Performance Mode Full Speed Count Disk Space By Exact File Size IW Save PoF Report d diskboss_reports 5 The file classification options dialog allows one to control the file scanning mode the default report title advanced reporting options the default file scanning filter and enable disable automatic report generation In addition the user is provided with the ability to classify specific file types control performance tuning options exclude specific directories from the file classification process and physically reorganize files on the disk 4 19 Pre Configured File Classification Commands One of the most powerful and flexible capabilities of DiskBoss is the abili
250. ile classifications threads and reaches 23 000 Files Sec when all 8 CPUs are used to classify files in parallel File Classification Performance Local SSD Disk Files Sec With Showing Files User Names Performance 5 000 1 Thread 2 Threads 4 Threads 8 Threads Number of Processing Threads DiskBoss www diskboss com Almost the same level of multi threaded performance scaling is displayed when classifying files with the option to show files user names enabled on a system with a small number of physical CPU cores In general the operation of inquiring a user name for a file does not require any CPU resources and for each processed file DiskBoss just waits for the operating system to return a user name making it highly scalable to use a large number of parallel processing threads to inquire user names for a number of files simultaneously 80 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd From the performance point of view classifying files located on multiple network shares over the network is a slightly different operation which depends on the number of processed network shares the speed and the latency of the network and the type of processed storage devices For example when classifying files over a high speed low latency local network the performance of file classification operations scales from 6 250 Files Sec for a single network Share classified using a single CPU to 23 800 Files Sec when 4 network shares are processed simultaneous
251. ile integrity monitoring operations connect to DiskBoss Server using the client GUI application add a file integrity monitoring command and configure a periodic job to execute the file integrity monitoring operation at specific time intervals File Command Tools Help il iE Connect Add Delete Database Jobs Tasks Options Command Last Start Data Status Q6 Novw 2011 124 Files ee ET Real Time Disk Change Monitor 19 07 71 150 09 MB Running g6 Mow 2011 24026 Files a File Integrity Monitor 18 59 42 13 55 GB Completed Date Time Message 06 Nov 2011 19 07 40 DiskBoss Client Started 06 Nov 2011 19 07 40 Connected to DiskBoss Server localhost8094 Connected To localhost 1 Running 2 Completed Tasks In addition to the ability to periodically verify critical system files the user is provided with an option to setup a real time disk change monitoring operation which may automatically trigger verification of critical system files in real time when a user specified number of changes is detected in the system disk or the Windows system directory DiskBoss Server is capable of operating in a fully automated mode without any user intervention continuously monitoring the system disk detecting file system changes saving reports and sending E Mail notifications even when no one is logged in allowing one to use it on mission critical servers requiring a high level of protection and security 154 DiskBoss User Man
252. ile management commands control running operations and manage the server configuration options In addition the client GUI application provides the ability to export disk space analysis commands defined and tested in the regular DiskBoss GUI application to the XML format and import these commands to DiskBoss Server for automatic execution in the background 231 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 18 2 Managing DiskBoss Server Commands DiskBoss Server provides a large number of disk analysis and file management operations including disk space utilization analysis file classification duplicate files detection and removal file search file organizing file synchronization file copy file delete disk change monitoring and file integrity monitoring The user is provided with the ability to pre configure a number of disk space analysis and or file management operations as user defined commands and then execute these commands manually schedule periodic execution of one of more commands or trigger disk space analysis or file management operations automatically based on user specified conditions and or detected file system activities File Command Tools Help Si E Connect Add Delete Database Jobs Tasks Options Help File Search Command Status Disk Space Analysis Command File Classification Command Duplicate Files Search Command xr ar p gt File Synchronization Command is File Organizing Command
253. ile organizing command to execute after each X disk changes led Exdude fa Actions Execute Actions Every 1000 Changes Send E Mail Notification To Execute DiskBoss Command Organize Files E Execute Custom Command A Save HTML Report During runtime DiskBoss will monitor the specified disks and directories detect all added and modified files trigger the selected file organizing command after each X disk changes scan all existing directories and files evaluate file matching rules and execute the configured file management actions on files matching the rules DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 Rule Based File Search 7 1 Searching Files Using File Matching Rules DiskBoss provides extensive file search capabilities allowing one to search files by the file name extension type location size attributes text and binary patterns creation last access and modification dates user name JPEG EXIF tags etc Users are provided with the ability to use different types of file matching rules combined with logical operators to compose file search queries capable of finding files matching multiple criteria 4 Directories Selected for Search amp Category v Related To w Images Pictures and Graphic Files ca gp E Modification Date w 01 Mar 2013 To 13 Mar 2013 v 4 File Size More Than x 10 ea MBytes Search Disks Directories and Network Shares amp CA a
254. iles to process DiskBoss provides negative file matching rules capable of excluding specific types of files from the file organizing process In order to add a negative file matching rule set the file category rule operator to Not Categorized As All files matching the specified negative rule will be excluded from the file organizing process 103 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd Another option to select files by the file type is to match files by the file extension This option is especially useful for users required to process user specific files not Supported by the DiskBoss built in file classification plug ins In order to add a file extension rule press the Add Rule button select the Search Files With the File Extension select an appropriate rule operator and enter one or more file extensions to match Select Advanced File Search Criteria Search JPEG Images With EXIF Tag Search Files With the File Name Search Files With the File Path w Search Files With the File Etension File Extension BMP JPG FNG For positive file matching rules if more than one file extension is specified DiskBoss will match files with any of the specified file extensions For negative file matching rules if more than one file extension is specified DiskBoss will exclude files with all of the specified file extensions In a similar way the user can match files by the file name directory file size file attributes crea
255. in User Specified Text Files DiskBoss provides the ability to delete files listed in user specified text files allowing one to perform fully automated or periodic bulk file delete operations DiskBoss can read file names from user specified text files and delete all files listed in one or more text files or in all text files located in a directory Specify directories or files to read inputs from Input Files and Directories O B directory_with_lists_of_files Read Input Onn Use Specified Inputs Read Inputs From Files Use External Inputs Pe Use Current Directory In order to configure DiskBoss to delete files listed in user specified text files create a user defined file delete command select the Read Inputs From Files mode and add one or more directories or text files to the input list The specified text files should contain full names of files or directories to be deleted with a single name per line During runtime DiskBoss will read the specified text files and delete all files listed in the text files Another option is to specify a directory which may contain a number of text files with lists of files to be deleted In this case DiskBoss will parse the directory read all text files located in the directory and delete all files listed in the text files Command Name Status Next Start X Delete Files Active 9 Mins 28 Secs DiskBoss allows one to perform bulk file delete operations periodically according to a
256. ing Text Search Files With the File Size Search Files With the File Attributes Search Files Containing HEA Pattern N ategorized As w Images Pictures and Graphic Files Categorized As Not Categorized As b Ti F In addition to positive file matching rules allowing one to copy specific types of files the user is provided with negative file matching rules capable of excluding files by the file type size last modification date etc For example in order to exclude all types of images from the file copy process add a file matching rule to process files Not Categorized as Images to the secure file copy command 178 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 12 5 Secure File Copy Exclude Directories Sometimes it may be required to exclude one or more subdirectories from a secure file copy operation In order to exclude one or more directories open the secure file copy options dialog select the Exclude tab and add directories that should be excluded from the secure file copy process co General Advanced Ei Options Exclude Directories i SCONTAINS Snapshots In addition to the ability to exclude individual directories DiskBoss provides a number of exclude directories macro commands allowing one to exclude multiple directories using a single macro command BEGINS lt Text String gt excludes directories beginning with the specified string CONTAINS lt Text String gt excludes directories contai
257. ing one to save an individual log file for each file organizing task a consolidated hourly log file a consolidated daily log file or a consolidated monthly log file Process Tacks Lo g Opti ons Log Files Mode Save New Log File For Each Operation Log Files Format Text Log Files a Log Files History Keep Last 10 Log Files By default DiskBoss will save log files in the plain text format but also the user is provided with the ability to save log files in the Excel CSV format Finally DiskBoss allows one to control how many log files to keep in the log files directory 106 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 6 7 Excluding Subdirectories From the File Organizing Process Sometimes it may be required to exclude one or more subdirectories from the file organizing process For example if you need to organize files in a disk excluding one or two special directories you may specify the whole disk as an input directory and add the directories that Should be skipped to the exclude list File Organizing Options a Rules 7 Excude Exclude Directories CI C Windows C Program Files SCONTAINS Snapshots Ok Cancel In order to add one or more directories to the exclude list open the file organizing command dialog press the Options button select the Exclude tab and press the Add button All files and subdirectories located in the specified exclude directory will be excluded from the file
258. ing the Specified Rules Categorized As Images Pictures and Graphic Files Apply action when all fles match the specified rules x By default DiskBoss executes automatic duplicates removal actions in the Auto Select mode which selects the specified actions and displays the duplicates removal actions preview dialog allowing one to review and manually confirm each specific action After testing the duplicate files search command in the preview mode change the actions mode to Execute to automatically execute the specified duplicates removal actions without showing the actions preview dialog 95 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 15 Analyzing Duplicate Files Per Host DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to automatically detect all servers and NAS storage devices on the network search duplicate files in hundreds of servers and or NAS storage devices via the network submit duplicate files search reports to a centralized report database and display charts showing the number of duplicate files and the amount of duplicate disk space per server or NAS storage device across the entire enterprise DiskBoss Server Reports z Show All Reports Filter Command Date Time Command Host Inputs Data Label bal 2015 03 22 15 36 22 Duplicate Files ctos65 ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Duplicate Files ctos65 2015 03 22 15 36 15 Duplic
259. inor versions help This option shows the command line usage information 55 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 20 Disk Space Analysis Performance DiskBoss is optimized for modern multi core and multi CPU systems and is capable of performing disk space analysis operations using a number of parallel processing threads DiskBoss provides a number of advanced performance tuning options allowing one to optimize disk space analysis operations for user specific hardware and storage configurations Dir Scan Threads Dir Scan Mode Fault Tolerant Fault Tolerant Performance Mode Count Disk Space By In order to access the disk space analysis performance optimization options open the disk Space analysis options dialog and select the Advanced tab The Dir Scan Threads option controls how many parallel directory scanning threads are used to scan input disks directories and network shares In the Fault Tolerant directory scanning mode DiskBoss uses an individual directory scanning thread for each input disk directory or network share but limits the maximum number of parallel directory scanning threads to the user specified value In the high performance directory scanning mode DiskBoss always uses the specified number of parallel directory scanning threads even when processing a single input disk or network share Default Report Tite Disk Space Analysis Report Max Report Levels 1000000 Max Files Per
260. iodic job dialog select the file synchronization command that should be executed and specify the time period 10 11 Real Time File Synchronization DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide the ability to monitor one or more disks or directories and automatically execute a file synchronization operation after a user specified number of changes is detected E Execute Actions Every 100 Changes Send E Mail Notification To El Execute Custom Command E Save HTML Report In order to execute a file synchronization command using the DiskBoss disk change monitor create a new disk change monitoring command specify one or more disks or directories that Should be monitored select the Actions tab specify the number of disk changes that should trigger the file synchronization command and selected the name of the file synchronization command that should be executed once the disk change monitor reaches the specified number of changes 161 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 10 12 Synchronizing Files Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility In addition to the GUI application DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide a command line utility allowing one to execute file synchronization commands form batch files and shell scripts The command line utility is located in the lt ProductDir gt bin directory Command Line Syntax diskboss sync source lt Source Directory gt dest lt Dest Directory gt This comma
261. ion For each disk DiskBoss displays the drive letter the total disk size and the amount of free storage space Click on a disk item to see more detailed information about the disk System Status The system status view shows a summary system status including the current CPU usage the system memory status and the system disk status 225 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 17 13 DiskBoss Options Select the Tools DiskBoss Options menu item to open the options dialog DiskBoss Options Fe General Options Show Main Toolbar eto Database Show Navigation Bar Show Directories Buttons on Navigation Bar na E Mail Show Delete Confirmation Dialog Minimize To System Tray Advanced Start Minimized on Show Tasks Info on Status Bar Shortcuts Close Successfully Completed Operations Automatically Check For Product Updates Misc Use Internal Image Viewer Copy File Attributes i l ape Bae ent The General tab allows one to control the following options Show Main Toolbar Enables Disables the main toolbar Show Navigation Bar Enables Disables the navigation bar e Show Directories Buttons on Navigation Bar Enables Disables directories buttons on the navigation bar e Show Delete Confirmation Dialog select this option to show delete confirmation dialog e Close Successfully Completed Operations select this option to automatically close successfully completed file copy mo
262. ion For more information about the DiskBoss Server software development kit SDK and programming API refer to http www diskboss com documents diskboss server api pdf 33 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 28 DiskBoss Product Versions mee o_o servar enero iom som Compressed File Synchronization No Yes Yes Yes DiskBoss Command Line Utility No_ Yes Yes Yes Sater anand seven partons Renee Web Based Web Based Management Interface Interface ca Product features prices and license terms are subject to change without notice A product license allows one to use the product on a single physical or virtual host computer includes all product updates released during 36 months from the purchase date and provides E Mail based customer support 34 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 2 Product Installation 2 1 Downloading DiskBoss DiskBoss is available as a free download on our web site www diskboss com and from a large number of software directories from around the world To be sure you are getting the latest product version check here http www diskboss com downloads html amp gt C D www diskboss com downloads_x64 htmi DiskBoss DATA MANAGEMENT Purchase Support Help News About Download DiskBoss For Windows 64 Bit Product Size License DiskBoss v4 3 18 x64 Desktop GUI application 6 25 MB Freeware DiskBoss Pro v4 3 18 x64 50 USD SPST Desktop GUI applic
263. ion algorithm The user is provided with the ability to encrypt and or compress transferred data blocks transfer selected types of files or categories of files exclude specific directories from the file copy operation and tune the performance of the file copy process for user specific needs and hardware configurations E General L Advanced DiskBoss Server Host SRY 2008 Port 8094 DiskBoss Server User admin DiskBoss Password TITT Destnation Directory Z data In order to perform a secure file copy operation the user needs to install DiskBoss Server on the destination server and DiskBoss Ultimate or DiskBoss Server on the source server For each secure file copy operation the user can specify an unlimited number of source directories or files the host name or an IP address of the destination DiskBoss Server and a directory on the destination server to copy files to Show Copy Progress Copy File Attributes Copy File Timestamps Compress Transferred Data Blocks Encrypt Transferred Data Blocks Y Verify Transferred Data Blocks In order to enable encryption and or compression of transferred data blocks for a secure file copy operation open the secure file copy command dialog select the Options tab and enable all the required file transfer options When the user enables the AES 256 encryption algorithm DiskBoss dynamically generates a random encryption key for each transferred file When the user enables th
264. ion to enable the batch report generation mode network In the network wide disk space analysis mode DiskBoss will discover servers and NAS storage devices accessible on the network enumerate all network shares available in all detected servers and NAS storage devices perform disk space analysis and generate reports if required By default DiskBoss will generate a combined disk space analysis report showing information about all analyzed network shares In order to generate an individual report for each network share use the batch command line option to enable the batch report generation mode 54 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd Options save_html_report ReportFileName This option saves a disk space analysis report and the list of all file categories to an HTML file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_ date time html save_csv_report ReportFileName This option saves a disk space analysis report and the list of all file categories to an Excel CSV file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_ date _ time csv save_text_report ReportFileName This option saves a diSk space analysis report and the list of all file categories to a text report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to t
265. irectories matching the specified regular expression For example the exclude macro command CONTAINS Temporary Files will exclude all directories with Temporary Files in the full directory path and the exclude macro command SREGEX TMP TEMP will exclude directories ending with TMP or TEMP 140 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 8 11 Triggering Automated File Management Operations One of the most powerful capabilities of DiskBoss is the ability to trigger custom file management operations after a user specified number of file system changes is detected in one or more disks or directories This capability may be very effectively used to trigger file synchronization policy based file management and automatic file delete and data retention operations on production servers and corporate storage systems Bal Disk Change Monitor ec General Rules 1 Exclude T Actions Execute Actions Every 1000 Changes E Send E Mail Notification To 7 Execute DiskBoss Command eine NAS Server Execute Custom Command F Save HTML Report Fl Begin Monitoring on Computer Startup f Save Cancel For example in order to automatically synchronize a server with a NAS device create a file synchronization operation configured to synchronize a source directory on the server to a destination directory on the NAS device create a disk change monitoring command configured to monitor the source directory on the se
266. is Results ccceeeee cece cece esses eee eee eeeeeeeeeees 42 3 7 Saving DISK Space ANGlYSIS REDOlMSixivivcencceksscexevsnaseaeninatverncaatiankinnixaniianiaaminannee 43 3 30 Saving Graphical PDF REDOMS cnitiievsnidevecenneniindscteidenrinsterebeseanvaeriateanivinnens 44 3 9 Exporting Reports to an SQL Database ss sssssssssrssrssrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnnrnrrnrennrnnennns 45 3 10 Analyzing Disk Space Usage Per HOSt cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 46 3 11 Analyzing Disk Space Usage Per USe r sssssssnssnnnnsnnnnnnnnnannnnannnnnsnnnnannnnnnnusannnnann 47 3 12 Analyzing Network Servers and NAS Storage De VICES ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeennns 48 3 13 Batch Disk Space Analysis Operations cccceee eee cece cree sees reese esse eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 49 3 14 Analyzing Specific File Types or Categories cece cece esses eee sees ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 50 3 15 Excluding Subdirectories from Disk Space Analysis ProC SS ccccee cece cece ee ee eens 51 3 16 Conditional Disk Space Analysis Actions sessesssssersnrssrenrrnnrnrrnrrnrrnnrnrrnnrnrrnnennne 52 3 17 Advanced Disk Space Analysis ODptiOns cccceeeee cece sees eres esses eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 53 3 18 Pre Configured Disk Space Analysis COMMANGS cece cece eee e eee e eee ee eee eeeeees 53 3 19 Analyzing Disk Space Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility cc ceeeeee cece eens 54 3
267. is provided with the ability to export the list of detected servers and NAS storage devices including lists of network shares for each server into HTML PDF text and Excel CSV reports Server Comment Total Space Used Space flexms VBox HDD Server 3 66 TE 1 84 TE 202 TE flexcore 64 Bit Development Server 503 31 GB 343 70 GB 159 62 GB flexmob VBox 55D Server 361 25 GB 191 70 GB 189 535 GB Free Space 2 8 0 2 TL L grwa kii srveksl srwak3 srwak33 srwdka4 srwak3s srv2kso srvekal SRVZK30 SRV2K31 SRV2K32 SRV2K33 SRV2K34 SRV2K35 SRV2K36 SRV2K37 n DEJ Co co Co Co oo Co os Search Files Analyze Disk Space Classify Files Search Duplicates Network Search Log View Log In order to discover all network servers and NAS storage devices on the network press the Network button located on the main toolbar and wait while DiskBoss will scan the network and show a list of detected network servers and NAS storage devices In order to classify files in one or more servers or NAS storage devices select the required servers and NAS storage devices and press the Classify button Classify Disks Directories and Network Shares I flexms backup Gg flexms data Wflexmsi disk _d Ly i flexmes disk f Default File Classification Plugin DiskBoss will show all accessible netwo
268. isplay a chart for another category of duplicates select an appropriate category in the categories combo box and then open the charts dialog Number of Duplicates Per Last Access Date S7 a2KF 51 72 Last Accessed Jan 2014 f 15 25KF 13 76 Last Accessed May 2012 Foot RP 6 62 Last Accessed May 2014 3 18 KF 4 67 Last Accessed Jan 2013 fe 3 96 KF 3 58 Last Accessed Dec 2012 k 3 12 KF 2 81 Last Accessed Nov 2012 anf 2 06 KF 2 31 Last Accessed Jan 2015 247KF 233 LastAccessed Jun 2012 gt 13 63KF 12 30 Other 34 The charts dialog allows one copy the displayed chart image to the clipboard making it very easy to integrate DiskBoss charts into user s reports and presentations Finally the user is provided with the ability to customize the information displayed on the chart s status bar 83 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 3 Using File Filters and File Categories The DiskBoss duplicate files finder allows one to categorize and filter duplicate files by the file type extension category size user name etc In order to change the current duplicate files categorization mode click on the file categories combo box located in the top left corner of the categories view D a Actions Execute Charts Save Original File Action Dup Files File Size F soft SQL Server en_sql_2005_dev_all_dv x Delete 2 2 68 GB F iso Windows xp2 iso Shortcut To 2 698 75 MB
269. itor allowing one to save digital signatures of critical system files and then periodically monitor the integrity of critical system files detect unauthorized changes export HTML text Excel CSV or XML reports and send E Mail notifications File Integrity Monitoring Options V Monitor File Contents V Monitor File Creation Date Monitor File Last Modification Date Monitor File Attributes Monitor File Owner Monitor File Size The user is provided with the ability to specify one or more disks or directories to be monitored select which types of files should be monitored types of changes that should be detected and optionally save reports send E Mail notifications or execute custom commands when a user specified number of changes is detected File Name CA WINDOWS AppPatch sysmain sdb Change Description File Size and Contents Changed Expected File Size 1543908 Actu E CAWINDOWS Downloaded Program Fileswuw C WINDOWS Driver Cache i386 ntkrnimp exe CAWINDOWS Driver Cache i386 ntkrnipa exe O CAWNDOWS Driver Cache i386 ntkrpamp exe CAWINDOWS Driver Cache i386 ntoskrnl exe CAWINDOWS inf 009 WmiApRplWmiApRopl ini CAWINDOWS inf branches inf CAWINDOWS inf wuau adm CAWINDOWS SoftwareDistribution WebSetup CAWINDOWS SoftwareDistribution WebSetup CAWINDOWS system32 CatRoot2 F750E6C3 3 C WINDOWS system32 CatRoot F750E6C3 3 In addition to the file integrity monitoring cap
270. itoring Command gt This command scans the file system and updates the file system state file diskboss fim_verify lt User Defined File Integrity Monitoring Command gt This command verifies critical system files displays detected file system changes and optionally saves reports exports detected changes to an SQL database sends E Mail notifications and or executes custom actions batch files or scripts Options save_html_report Report File Name or Directory This optional parameter saves detected file system changes to an HTML report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name and save the report to the user s home directory save_csv_report Report File Name or Directory This optional parameter saves detected file system changes to an Excel CSV report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name and save the report to the user s home directory save_text_report Report File Name or Directory This optional parameter saves detected file system changes to a text report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name and save the report to the user s home directory save_xml_report Report File Name or Directory This optional parameter saves detected file system changes to an XML report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name and save the report to the user s home di
271. ively slow operation especially when performed over the network and due to performance considerations this option is disabled by default If the user needs to enable this option it is highly recommended to configure the file classification operation to use at least 4 parallel file classification threads even on single core or dual core systems 79 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd The performance of file classification operations highly depends on the type of the storage device the number of available CPUs and the speed on the network for file classification operations performed over the network For example when classifying files located on a local SSD disk without inquiring files user names the performance of file classification operations can reach up to 50 000 files per second As it is show on the example performance graph the maximum file classification performance is reached with 4 parallel file classification threads File Classification Performance Local SSD Disk Files Sec 92 000 41 600 31 200 20 800 Performance 10 400 1 Thread 2 Threads 4 Threads 8 Threads Number of Processing Threads DiskBoss www diskboss com On the other hand when the same file classification operation is performed with the Show Files User Names option enabled the single CPU performance drops significantly from 31 500 Files Sec to 4 900 Files Sec while the multi CPU performance continues to scale very well up to 8 parallel f
272. ization Mode Depending on specific needs it may be required to perform different types of file synchronization operations For example sometimes users may be interested in keeping all files in the destination directory even when some of them were deleted from the source directory Another option is to perform two way accumulation and update keeping both directories completely identical DiskBoss provides eight different one way and two way file synchronization modes allowing one to perform different types of file synchronization operations according to user specific needs and requirements ao ar nun File Synchronization Options E gt Update Destination Directory All changes made in tH m gt Accumulate and Update Files in Destination Files deleted from thee ee evga cectitenaen rete All files changed or d c Two Way Accumulation and Update No changes will be me a Compress amp Sync Destination Directory ea Compress amp Update Destination Directory G Compress amp Accumulate Files in Destination Ok Cancel In order to change the file synchronization mode for a file synchronization command open the file synchronization command dialog select the General tab and select one of the following file synchronization modes Synchronize Destination Directory one way All changes made in the source directory will be propagated to the destination directory Files deleted from the source directory will be deleted from th
273. k Space By Actua Size on Disk V Save PDF Report d fle_cassification_reports i In order to customize file classification performance options open the file classification dialog press the Options button and select the Advanced tab The Max Dir Scan Threads option sets the maximum number of parallel threads to use to scan input disks directories and or network shares This option is especially useful when processing a large number of network shares allowing one to mitigate the network latency and slowly responding servers and NAS storage devices The Classification Threads option sets the number of parallel file classification threads to use to classify files EE General 2 Advanced T Actions Default Report Title DiskBoss File Classification Report Max Report Levels 1000000 Max Items Per Level 1000000 Sort Classification Results By Disk Space Descending Process User Names W Show Files User Names ok cancel Another option very significantly impacting the performance of file classification operations is the Show Files User Names option which is located on the General tab of the file classification options dialog When this option is enabled DiskBoss inquires user names for all processed files and saves all user names in the file classification report allowing one to show file classification statistics per user The operation of inquiring a user name for a file is a relat
274. k protocols Once finished configuring the SMTP server press the Verify E Mail Account button to test the specified SMTP server name user name and password DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 8 8 Automatic Generation Of Disk Change Monitoring Reports In addition to E Mail notifications the user is provided with the ability to automatically save disk change monitoring reports in a user specified directory In order to enable automatic report generation open the disk change monitoring command dialog select the Actions tab enable disk change monitoring actions specify the number of changes that should trigger the monitoring actions enable the report generation action select an appropriate report format and specify a directory where to save disk change monitoring reports a Execute Actions Every 1000 Changes E Send E Mail Notification To O Execute DiskBoss Command E Execute Custom Command d disk_change_monitoring_reports save HTML Report Save Text Report Save CSV Report Save XML Report Save PDF Report Ms Save DiskBoss Report Save Database Report During runtime DiskBoss will monitor the specified disks and directories and automatically save disk change monitoring reports in the specified directory every X file system changes as configured on the Actions tab Each report file will be saved with an automatically generated file name including the date and time of the re
275. kboss_ C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskbossu C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskbossu C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskbossu C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tmp 21 84 l Apply Filters iz NOEXT Fil EJ Clear Filters 3 ig int LNK Files 11 18 KB 14 Completed Total 261 Changes Current 261 Changes Filtered NA In order to filter changes using one or more filters select the required file categorization mode select one or more categories of changes press the right mouse button and select the Apply Filters menu item The disk change monitor will update the change list and show file system changes matching the selected filters Resume Pause Stop Name C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskbsa exe Date i Type 12 Apr 2015 Modified 283 50 KB Administrat 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 Modified Modified Modified Modified Created 1 12 MB
276. l 261 Changes Current 261 Changes Finally IT and storage administrators are provided with the ability to trigger file integrity monitoring operations based on real time disk activities automatically validate authenticity of critical system files prevent malicious software from making any changes in the operating system files and ensure the security of critical production servers 129 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 8 1 Configuring Disk Change Monitoring Commands The most effective way to monitor changes in one or more disks or directories is to use DiskBoss Server which runs in the background as a service and is capable of monitoring disks Saving reports and sending E Mail notifications even when no one is logged in In order to create a simple disk change monitoring command start the DiskBoss client GUI application press the Add button located on the main toolbar select the Disk Change Monitoring Command menu item enter a unique command name and press the Ok button File Command Tools Help a a S Add Tasks Delete Network Reports Jobs Connect Options SMART File Search Command Data Disk Space Analysis Command File Classification Command Duplicate Files Search Command Change File Attributes Command File Synchronization Command File Organizing Command Disk Change Monitoring Command File Integrity Monitoring Command Secure File Copy Command Secure Fi
277. l address to be used as the From e mail address for DiskBoss e mails In order to test the specified email account click on the Verify E Mail account button Enable E Mail Notifications Verify E Mail Account Source E Mail Address diskboss yourcompany com SMTP Server Name mail yourcompany com Port 25 SMTP User Name diskboss Password eseeneee E Me ee eae comet The Database tab allows one to configure an ODBC data source to use to export disk space analysis file classification duplicate files file search and disk change monitoring reports to an SQL database In order to enable database exports specify the ODBC data source name user name and password to use to connect to the SQL database V Enable ODBC Interface a a Advanced _ ODBC Data Source MySQL Server Shortcuts User Name diskboss Misc Password fT TEL 227 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd The Reports tab allows one to keep a user specified number of reports in the reports directory or the reports SQL database while automatically deleting old reports and freeing up the disk space These features are especially useful for fully automated disk space analysis file classification file search or disk change monitoring operations when the user needs to keep a history of report files in a reports directory or a history of reports in an SQL database Keep Last Report Files 100 Zee Keep Data
278. l source files to the destination directory overwriting all previously existed files In the Overwrite If Source Is Newer file overwrite mode DiskBoss checks the last modification date for each file already existing in the destination directory and overwrites the destination file only when the source file is newer In the Skip file overwrite mode DiskBoss just skips all source files already existing in the destination directory e Performance Mode this option provides the ability to intentionally slow down the secure file copy operation in order to minimize the performance impact on running production applications In the Full Speed performance mode DiskBoss will try to copy files as fast as possible In the Medium Speed performance mode DiskBoss will try to perform the secure file copy operation at 50 of the maximum possible speed In the Low Speed performance mode DiskBoss will try to perform the file copy operation at 20 of the maximum possible speed e Dir Scan Threads this option controls how many parallel directory scanning threads are used to scan the specified source directories By default DiskBoss scans directories using a single directory scanning thread and it is recommended to increase the number of parallel directory scanning threads only when copying millions of files from a number of high latency network shares e File Copy Threads this option controls how many parallel file copy threads are used to copy files
279. le Search Command Fit a EE A File Synchronization Command Execute Command Disk Space Analysis Command w Set Keyboard Shortcut File Classification Command i ie Create Desktop Shortcut Duplicate Files Search Command File Organizing Command Copy Command Disk Change Monitoring Command Rename Command ME O File Integrity Monitoring Command Ss Move Command Up File Copy Command Move Command Down File Move Command Er Delete Command File Delete Command o First of all let s create a new file integrity monitoring command On the user defined commands dialog or the commands tool pane select the Add New menu item and select the File Integrity Monitoring Command menu item On the command name dialog enter a unique command name and press the Ok button Specify directories or files to process Input Files and Directories C Windows O CAProgram Files Add Fi Use Specified Inputs gt Next Cancel If you need to monitor the system disk on a critical server add the Windows directory and the Program Files directory In addition on a 64 Bit server add the Program Files x86 directory Once finished adding input directories press the Next button 145 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd On the file integrity monitoring options dialog select the General tab and select unselect types of c
280. le Sync Command Status File Copy Command m Commands i Current Tasks Running Tasks File Delete Command Completed Tasks Failed Tasks File Move Command Command Group On the command inputs dialog add one or more disks or directories that should be monitored and press the Next button On the disk change monitoring command options dialog select the types of file system changes that should be monitored and press the Save button Disk Monitor Options Monitor All Subdirectories 7 Monitor File Name Changes 7 Monitor File Size Changes 7 Monitor File Write Changes Monitor File Access Changes Monitor File Creation Changes Monitor File Security Changes i Begin Monitoring on Computer Startup By default DiskBoss will monitor all types of file system changes but the user is provided with the ability to customize various disk change monitoring options specify which types of files to monitor exclude specific subdirectories from the disk change monitoring process configure disk change monitoring reports E Mail notifications and custom actions 130 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 8 2 Reviewing Detected File System Changes In order to review detected file system changes open the DiskBoss client GUI application and click on the disk change monitoring command item The disk change monitoring results dialog shows a list of detected file system changes and allows one to start pause resume and
281. le delete operations or automatically trigger policy based file delete operations according to user specified rules while saving file delete logs or exporting lists of deleted files to an SQL database i Advanced Options x Delete Users required to securely wipe confidential information are provided with a large number of different data wiping algorithms ranging from a simple single pass wipe to a powerful 7 pass DOD 5220 22 M compliant data wiping algorithm In addition DiskBoss provides the ability to apply different types of delete operations for different types of files For example all types of documents and image files may be securely wiped while all other types of files just deleted Wiping Data Status Value Total Dirs 632 Total Files 3021 Deleted Files 3021 Deleted Space 1 54 GB Performance 113 59 Files Sec Process Time 26 47 Sec i Continue w Pause E Stop Full Speed w J Errors Full Speed Medium Speed Enterprise customers and IT professions are provided with the ability to implement fully automated file retention policies using rule based periodic file delete operations preconfigured to delete files based on file creation last modification and or last access dates Finally DiskBoss Server can be used to automatically enforce PCI and HIPPA compliance policies and perform file management operations on specific types of files and directories matching user specified rules 189
282. le names containing space characters Should be double quoted Options exclude_dir lt Exclude Directory 1 gt lt Exclude Directory X gt This parameter specifies the list of directories that should be excluded from the disk change monitoring process In order to ensure proper parsing of command line arguments directories containing space characters should be double quoted save_html_report ReportFileName This optional parameter saves an HTML report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_monitor_ date _ time html save_csv_report ReportFileName This optional parameter saves an Excel CSV report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_monitor_ date _ time csv save_text_report ReportFileName This optional parameter saves a text report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_monitor_ date time txt V This parameter shows the product s major version minor version revision and build date help This parameter shows the command line usage information 143 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 9 File Integrity Monitor 9 1 File Integrity Monitor Overview DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide a built in file integrity mon
283. le transfers connect to the destination DiskBoss Server using the DiskBoss client GUI application press the Options button located on the main toolbar select the General tab enable the Server To Server File Transfers option and press the Save button 175 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 12 2 Secure File Copy Options DiskBoss Server provides a large number of secure file copy options allowing one to customize the secure file copy operation for user specific needs In order to customize secure file copy options select the secure file copy command press the right mouse button select the Edit Command menu item and select the Options tab V Show Copy Progress Copy File Attributes V Copy File Timestamps Compress Transferred Data Blocks Y Encrypt Transferred Data Blocks Y Verify Transferred Data Blocks B save Cancel e Show Copy Progress this option enables the progress bar for the secure file copy operation By default in order to increase the performance of the secure file copy operation the file copy progress bar is disabled The potential performance impact depends on the number of copied files For large file systems containing millions of files it is recommended to disable the file copy progress bar e Copy File Attributes this option enables copy of file attributes If this option is disabled files created in the destination directory will have default file attributes e Copy Fil
284. lect the Apply Selected Filters menu item D a Actions Execute Charts Save Original File Action File Size L DAflexense zip logs logs_23 May 2013 rar x Delete 244 19 MB A D flexense zip e mail_backup E Mail_Ma Shortcut To 122 64 MB 24527 MB DA D flexense screenshots zip flexense_scree Shortcut To 115 90 MB 231 81 MB A D flexense documents products diskbos Shortcut To 65 76 MB os 131 52 MB A D flexense documents zip flextk_docum Compress 51 49 MB os 102 97 MB A D flexense screenshots dupscout zip du Shortcut To 38 75 MB 77 50 MB A D flexense screenshots disksavvy zip dis Shortcut To 35 46 MB 70 92 MB C D flexense screenshots disksorter zip dis Hard Link T 32 96 MB 65 93 MB DA D flexense screenshots vxsearch zip vxse Hard Link T 30 49 MB 60 97 MB a D flexense screenshots diskpulse zip dis Shortcut To 19 01 MB e 38 02 MB D flexense screenshots diskboss zip disk Shortcut To 16 21 MB i 32 42 MB MNNNHNYNNN NH DH ND g Wit sae x Jo ge D A j E JPG Files 12 46 GB ISO Files 6 73 GB DADC JEn SAN A s Ar res OU 4 30 35 31 88 me 17 22 3 38 GB 2 21 GB 2 11 GB 8 64 5 65 5 40 fo 951 66 MB 2 38 A PDF Files Duplicates 70810 Files 21 07 GB Selected 42 Files 6 24 GB n m With active file filters DiskBoss shows duplicat
285. les ReadMe eeeteete Uninstall GS Et TO a CLL ce TH n WhatsNew WinCon i WinCon64 WinRAR Le _ Zip64 Size 90 50 KB 117 50 KB 1 04 KB 495 Bytes meget Order iE 3 30 718 Bytes 90 Bytes 19 09 KB 68 00 KB 88 00 KB 250 36 KB 72 50 KB 89 00 KB Created 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM ea BASSE a 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM 29 Jan 2011 12 35 AM Last Modified 15 Feb 2010 04 51 PM 15 Mar 2010 11 28 AM 15 Mar 2010 11 27 AM 18 Sep 2006 08 13PM ION File 11 Mar 2010 05 59PM _ DE File 08 Jan 2009 11 07 AM TextFile Type Directory SFX File SFX File u Mar 2010 05 59 PM Tet File 15 Mar 2010 11 28 AM 15 Mar 2010 11 28 AM 11 Apr 2006 11 01 AM LST File 06 Mar 2009 00 53 AM TextFile secede 05 59 PM pen a 15 Mar 2010 1 29 AM LST Fie 12 May 2005 05 02 PM Text File 11 Mar 2010 05 58 PM _ Text File 15 Mar 2010 11 27 AM SFX File 15 Mar 2010 11 26AM SFX File 15 Mar 2010 11 28 AM CHM File SFX File SFX File 15 Mar 2010 1 28 AM 15 Mar 2010 11 28 AM DLL Library DLL Library Bookmarks Computer Home My Documents Disk C
286. les 24628 0 Miscellaneous Files 33325 Documents Books and Help Files 4922 9 Windows Files 26051 O Development Files 8003 0 Archive Backup and Disk Image Files 2212 Space 13 93 GB 3 96 GB 2 18 GB 1 83 GB 1 42 GB 1 10 GB 806 42 MB 496 71 MB 295 87 MB 284 06 MB 170 91 MB Space 52 64 14 95 O Temporary Files 9 Unknown Files 6108 9 Movies Clips and Video Files 557 O Images Pictures and Graphic Files Internet Files 5068 iicetegose syes e FleGategones 12 34 GB 1 56 GB 1 31 GB DLL Files lm EXE Files HXS Files __ DAT Files 1 14 GB ine NOEXT Files 1 10 GB 154051 Files 26 47 GB Default File Classification Plugin The file classification results dialog shows file categories and classes according to the selected file classification plug in and provides the user with the ability to export charts save reports submit results to an SQL database and perform file management operations on specific types of files Moreover the user is provided with the ability to apply second level file categories and filters by the file size extension last access creation and modification dates etc to further focus on specific files or file groups 41 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 6 Searching Files in Disk Space Analysis Results DiskBoss provides the ability to search files in disk space analysis results by the file name extension full path file category file size file attribute
287. les finder allows one to delete duplicate files move duplicate files to another directory replace duplicate files with shortcuts pointing to the original file replace duplicate files with hard links compress duplicate files compress and move duplicate files to another directory E ha Actions Execute Charts Save Info Replace Duplicate Files With Shortcuts Dup Files i Replace Duplicate Files With Hard Links 2 68 GB 536GB 698 75 MB i 1 36 GB 431 67 MB i 863 35 MB 266 01 MB i 532 01 MB 51 82 MB i 518 23 MB Compress and Move to Directory 244 19 MB i 488 38 MB 47 42 MB in 474 16 MB Delete All Duplicate Files 58 46 MB E 467 66 MB 155 35 MB 310 69 MB a D flexense zip e mail_backup E Mail_Ma x 122 64 MB i 245 27 MB A D flexense screenshots zip flexense_scree 115 90 MB 231 81 MB 4 F ftpstatus mirror isoc org il fld 52 88 MB 158 6 ri Categorize By Extension X File Categories JPG Files 14913 12 46 GB gt ISO Files 4 6 73 GB SS RAR Files 607 4 30 GB wi DOC Files 3 38 GB NEF Files 2 21 GB Move Duplicate Files to Directory Compress Duplicate Files g j ta w T w N m QI a E7 EXE Files 211 GB POF Files 951 66 MB Duplicates 70810 Files 21 07 GB Selected 70810 Files 21 07 GB In order to select a specific duplicates removal action for one or more sets of duplicate files select the sets in the set list press the right mouse
288. lexcore alex s ECEN Total Space Performance Process Time Host Name User Name Input Dirs 22790 Files 30490 Files 4898 Files 23246 Files 7995 Files 2211 Files 26761 Files 49 5 Files 529 Files 6435 Files 5697 Files 23 Files 51 Files 12 69 GB 3 66 GB 2 18 GB Programs Extensions and Script Files Miscellaneous Files Documents Books and Windows Files Development Files Archive Backup and Disk Image Files Temporary Files Unknown Files Movies Clips and Video Files Images Pictures and Graphic Files Internet Files Mus ic and Audio Files Game Files Help Files AiG Ri Moe RRS eel a eet i Ct Gl c Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin gt 1 26 DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise IT professionals and storage administrators are provided with two server based product version named DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise which run in the background as a service and allow one to perform automated scheduled disk analysis file synchronization disk monitoring and data management operations according to user defined rules and policies z DiskBoss Client C ems File Command Tools Help al i F a A O a ia amp H G A S Connect Add Delete Network Reports Jobs Tasks Options SMART Help Command Last Start Data Status z 30 Mar 2015 337127 Files vf i Analyze Disk Space 11 54 36 359 22 GB Completed rs Fai WT Classify Files p Add New z aii GO Start Command
289. ll network shares in the specified servers or NAS storage devices diskboss analyze network Options This command analyzes all network shares in all servers on the network diskboss execute lt User Defined Disk Space Analysis Command gt This command executes a user defined disk space analysis command Parameters dir lt Input Directory 1 gt lt Input Directory X gt This parameter specifies the list of input disks or directories to analyze In order to ensure proper parsing of input disks and directories directories containing space characters should be double quoted By default DiskBoss will generate a combined disk space analysis report showing information about all analyzed disks directories or network shares In order to generate an individual report for each input directory use the batch command line option to enable the batch report generation mode server lt Host Name 1 gt lt Host Name X gt This parameter specifies the list of host names or IP addresses of servers or NAS storage devices that should be analyzed DiskBoss will enumerate all network shares accessible in the specified servers or NAS storage devices perform disk space analysis and generate reports if required By default DiskBoss will generate a combined disk space analysis report showing information about all analyzed network shares In order to generate an individual report for each network share use the batch command line opt
290. ll scripts and batch files Finally DiskBoss Server which runs in the background as a service allows one to periodically monitor the integrity of system files in critical servers and NAS storage devices 24 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 18 Bulk File Attribute Changer DiskBoss includes a bulk file attribute changer allowing one to process one or more disks or directories and change file attributes creation dates last modification dates and last access dates The bulk file attributes changes provides a large number of advanced options allowing one to process specific types of files perform multiple operations during a single scan through the file system exclude directories from the scanning process etc 22 Advanced Set selected attributes for all processed files in all directories and subdirectories W Read Only Hidden W System Archive Encrypted Compressed E Normal E Offine E Reparse Point Sparse File F Temporary F Directory DiskBoss allows one to change file attributes and or file timestamps for files matching user specified rules For example the user is provided with the ability to change file attributes for all types of images with the file size more than X MB Multiple different types of file matching rules may be used to precisely select files to be processed Process Files Matching Criteria Categorized As Images Pictures and Graphic Files Files With Size More Than 5 MByte
291. log1 Copy To h backup H wms FlexSrv Logs VBox log1 Copy To h backup Hewes FlexSrv Logs VBox log 2 Copy To h backup H wms FlexSrv Logs VBox log 3 Ea F l W 4 W 4 W 4 K K K w W By default DiskBoss organizes files with a preview display allowing one to review and manually confirm each specific file organizing action before execution Once a file organizing operation is fully tested and verified the file organizing command may be configured to be executed without the preview display in a fully automatic mode In addition to the ability to execute file organizing operations manually DiskBoss Server provides the ability to schedule periodic file organizing operations and or real time file organizing operations triggered automatically after each X disk changes according to user specific needs and requirements 22 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 16 Real Time Disk Change Monitor DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server include a real time disk change monitor capable of detecting newly created modified and deleted files The real time disk change monitor provides the user with the ability to monitor one or more disks or directories detect all changes made in the monitored file systems send E Mail notifications save HTML PDF XML text and Excel CSV reports export disk changes to an SQL database automatically trigger DiskBoss file management operations and or
292. lowing one to open each report review results generate various types of pie charts and export reports into a number of standard formats including HTML PDF text Excel CSV and XML 69 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 12 Classifying Specific File Types and File Groups On of the most powerful capabilities of DiskBoss is the integration between file search and file classification capabilities allowing one to classify files matching one or more user specified rules For example the user is provided with the ability to classify files with the file size greater than X MB that were last modified more than Y months ago or any other combination of user specific file matching rules Classify Files Matching Criteria Files With Size More Than 10 MBytes Files Modified During This Month In order to add one or more file matching rules to a file classification operation open the file classification options dialog select the Rules tab and press the Add button Once finished adding file matching rules select an appropriate rules logic mode AND OR and press the Ok button During the file classification process DiskBoss will first evaluate all existing files using the specified file matching rules and classify matching files only Files not matching the specified rules will be just skipped from the file classification process and not displayed in the file classification results dialog making it very easy to focus on files the
293. ly using 8 parallel file classification threads File Classification Performance Over the Network Files Sec Performance 1 Thread 2 Threads 4 Threads 8 Threads Number of Processing Threads DiskBoss www diskboss com In such a configuration the performance of file classification operations highly depends on the number of parallel threads used to scan network shares and the number of parallel threads used to classify files For high speed low latency networks the number of parallel threads used to scan directories should be equal to the number of parallel file classification threads For slow high latency networks it is possible to reach a high file classification speed when classifying a large number of network shares simultaneously and using a large number of parallel directory scanning threads File Classification Performance Over the Network Files Sec With Showing Files User Names Performance 1 Thread 2 Threads 4 Threads 8 Threads Number of Processing Threads DiskBoss www diskboss com When the same file classification operation is performed with the option to show files user names enabled the performance of the file classification operation drops dramatically to just 150 Files Sec for a single threaded operation and scales up to 1 136 Files Sec when files are classified using 8 parallel file classification threads In this case the performance bottleneck is definitely the operation of inquiring a
294. lysis and file management operations in a fully automatic and unattended mode according to a user specified schedule Et E File Command Tools Help wy Ss i ez reap SS wt a S amp we amp 5 Connect Add Delete Network Reports Jobs Tasks Options SMART Help Command Last Start Data Status z CA 30 Mar 2015 337127 Files 5 z i wif Analyze Disk Space 11 54 36 350 22 GB Completed O w SI Classify Files Add New G Start Command Analyze Users Start In Parallel pe Pause Command Duplicate Files Per User E Stop Command amp View Command Reports Duplicate Files View All Reports Date Time Message Edit Command Status Value 30 Mar 2015 11 05 48 DiskBoss Ser Copy Command ly Commands 6 30 Mar 2015 11 05 48 DiskBoss Ser Current Tasks 1 30 Mar 2015 11 54 33 Analyze Disk Rename Command Running Tasks 0 30 Mar 2015 11 54 36 Analyze Disk Completed Tasks 1 30 Mar 2015 11 54 53 Analyze Disk Export Command Failed Tasks 0 Connected To localhost No Periodic Import Command Move Command Up w Move Command Down x Delete Command DiskBoss Server can be controlled locally or through the network using the DiskBoss client GUI application or the command line utility DiskBoss Server provides the ability to pre configure various types of disk space analysis and or policy based file management operations schedule periodic jobs save analysis reports into a number of different f
295. m the Monitoring Process Sometimes it may be required to exclude one or more subdirectories from the disk change monitoring process For example if you need to monitor a disk excluding one or two special directories you may specify the whole disk as an input directory and add the directories that Should be skipped to the exclude list isk Change Monitor EE General Rules 7 Exclude T Actions Exclude Directories EI SCONTAINS Snapshots c temp a Begin Monitoring on Computer Startup B Save Cancel In order to add one or more subdirectories to the exclude list open the disk change monitoring command dialog select the Exclude tab and press the Add button All files and subdirectories located in the specified exclude directory will be excluded from the disk change monitoring process In addition users are provided with a number of exclude directories macro commands allowing one to exclude multiple directories using a single macro command DiskBoss provides the following exclude directories macro commands BEGINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories beginning with the specified text string CONTAINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories containing the specified text string ENDS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories ending with the specified text string REGEX lt Regular Expression gt this macro command excludes d
296. more reports press the right mouse button and select the Export Reports menu item to export the selected reports Press the right mouse button over the reports view and select the Import Reports menu item to import reports to the database 150 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 9 6 Periodic Verification of Critical System Files The DiskBoss file integrity monitor allows one to periodically verify critical system files automatically detect unauthorized changes generate reports send E Mail notifications and or execute custom actions In order to execute a file integrity monitoring command periodically open the periodic jobs dialog and press the Add button to add a new periodic job Command Name Status Next Start Monitor System Disk Active 1 Day 10 Hours On the job dialog select the file integrity monitoring command that should be executed and specify the required time interval According to the selected time interval the DiskBoss file integrity monitor will execute the specified command verify critical system files detect changes and optionally generate reports send E Mail notifications and or execute custom commands scripts or batch files Command Name Monitor System Disk Execute Each 2 a Days Y Cin i Sunday At 03 00 AM V Enable Pediodic Job Cancel Important Keep in mind that when using periodic file integrity monitoring commands in DiskBoss Ultimate the DiskBoss main GU
297. move Configure An ODBC System data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider A System data source is visible to all users on this machine including NT services After finished installing MySQL ODBC Connector open the Windows control panel and select Administrative Tools Data Sources ODBC On the ODBC Administrator window select the System DSN tab and press the Add button On the next page select the MySQL ODBC Driver and press the Finish button Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source Name Microsoft Paradox Treiber db Microsoft Text Driver tet csv Microsoft Text Treiber Cbt csv Microsoft Visual FoxPro Driver Microsoft Visual FoxPro Treiber 244 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd On the next page enter a new data source name which will be used by DiskBoss to connect to the database Specify the name of the host where the MySQL server is running on and enter the MySQL user name and password that should be used by DiskBoss to connect to the database Finally select the name of the database that should be used to store disk space analysis reports After finished specifying all the required information press the Test button to check the database connection MySQL Connector ODBC Data Source Config iN MysgU Connector ODBC Comecton Parameters Data Source Nam
298. mp DA a FA ea HA The DiskBoss file search capabilities are fully integrated with other product features allowing one to perform disk space analysis file classification duplicate files detection file copy delete and disk change monitoring operations on files matching one or more user defined rules In order to start a file search operation just press the Search button located on the main toolbar enter a file name pattern and press the Search button If nothing is selected in the DiskBoss file navigator the search operation will be performed in the current location Alternatively DiskBoss will search the selected disks and directories and display search results Stop Charts Copy Move me l O iia x lezal i l ied Delete Close Export box_checked_disabled box_checked_enabled Mu btn_disable 135 png Ba btn_disable_180 png 4 btn_disable_90 png Ba btn_primary_135 png Mu btn_primary_180 png As btn_primary_90 png btn_primary_focus_90 me box_unchecked_disable box_unchecked_enable y btn_primary_focus 135 Ba btn_primary_focus_180 Directory C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 2
299. mum number of errors for all file management operations If a file management operation such as copy move delete synchronize will reach the specified maximum number of errors the operation will be aborted e Maximum Consecutive Errors use this option to set the maximum number of consecutive errors for all file management operations If a file management operation such as copy move delete synchronize will reach the specified maximum number of consecutive errors the operation will be aborted e Data Directory use this option to set the directory where DiskBoss should save the user generated data such as user defined commands and file system signatures e Save Errors Logs In enable this option and specify an existing directory to automatically save all error logs to the specified directory e Save Tasks Logs In enable this options and specify an existing directory to automatically save tasks logs to the specified directory e Proxy Configuration Periodically DiskBoss connects to the product s web site and checks for available product updates If DiskBoss is installed on a computer connected to the Internet through an HTTP proxy use the proxy configuration options to set a custom HTTP proxy configuration 229 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 17 14 Registering Product Licenses for DiskBoss Pro DiskBoss Ultimate DiskBoss Server discounted license packs and various license bundles may be purchased on the following page
300. n Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 2 5 N 3 10 1 19 26 S Search Options Cancel 7 7 Searching Files by Relative Time Periods Searching files by relative access modification or creation times may be very useful when the user does not know the exact period of time he or she is looking for Another advantage using relative time periods is the constant validity of search queries which are keeping up to date while the time is going on For example a search query configured to find all files that were modified during the last month is always valid independent of the current month 115 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 8 Searching Files by Text Patterns In order to search files by a text string inside of files open the search operation dialog press the Add button select the Search Files Containing Text rule select an appropriate text comparison operator and enter a text pattern string to search inside of files 4 Directories Selected for Search Text String In Content DiskBoss Search Disks Directories and Network Shares E 54 DA B ri B Hy The text pattern comparison operator allows one to find files containing or not containing the specified text pattern Text searches are case insensitive and the entered text pattern string will match both low case and upper case letters 7 9 Searching Files by Binary Patterns
301. n of transferred files using the AES 256 encryption algorithm with a dynamically generated random encryption key for each transferred file e Verify Transferred Data Blocks this option enables verification of all transferred data blocks using the SHA 256 data signature algorithm and retransmission of all corrupted data blocks When this option is disabled DiskBoss Server verifies transferred data blocks using a simple CRC32 checksum which is good enough for reliable networks but if the user needs to transfer important files through an unreliable network it is recommended to enable verification of transferred data blocks using the SHA 256 data signature algorithm with subsequent retransmission of all corrupted blocks of data 176 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 12 3 Secure File Copy Advanced Options DiskBoss Server is optimized for modern multi CPU multi core platforms Gigabit Ethernet networks and RAID storage arrays The user is provided with a large number of customization options allowing one to customize the behavior and performance of secure file copy operations for user specific needs and hardware configurations If Dest File Exists Performance Mode Dir Scan Threads 1 File Copy Threads EA Save Cancel e File Overwrite Mode this option provides the following three file overwrite modes always overwrite overwrite if the source file is newer and skip In the Always Overwrite mode DiskBoss copies al
302. n open the charts dialog In addition the charts dialog allows one to edit chart options displayed in the chart s status string and copy the chart image to the clipboard making it very easy to integrate DiskBoss charts in user s documents and reports 38 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 3 Using File Filters and Categories The top view of the analysis results dialog shows directories and files sorted by the amount of the used disk space and the bottom view shows the currently selected file categories which are allowing one to categorize and filter files and directories displayed in the top view DiskBoss provides the ability to categorize disk space analysis results by the file extension file type file size user name creation last modification and last access dates 8 a Charts Top 100 Save Info Space 17 12 GB 6470 L Program Files x86 4 47 GB 16 88 CI Users 2 75 GB 10 40 G Program Files 1 33 GB 5 04 L ProgramData 485 24 MB 1 79 3 NVIDIA 275 69 MB 1 02 3 PHP 39 12 MB 0 14 J temp 7 72 MB 0 03 O Intel 775 48 KB lt 0 01 O reports 355 62 KB lt 0 01 BES DLL Files 19954 12 34 GB E reame iti Apply Selected Filters N _ DAT Files EJ Clear Selected Filters E NOEXT Files aa 153595 Files 26 47 GB C w ge y n m as In order to change the file categorization mode click on the Categories combo box located in the top left corner of the categ
303. n order to select a file as the original select the file item press the right mouse button and select the Set as Original File menu item In order to see more information about a file just click on the file item in the file list Once finished selecting the duplicate files use the removal actions combo box located in the bottom left corner of the dialog to select an appropriate duplicates removal action 82 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 2 Showing Duplicate Files Pie Charts The DiskBoss duplicate files finder allows one to display charts showing the amount of wasted disk space and the number of duplicate files per extension file type file size user name etc In order to open the charts dialog press the Charts button located on the duplicate files search results dialog toolbar 16 11 GE 4L22 Images Pictures and Graph P 12 4868 31 92 Archive Backup and Disk L P 49966 1277 Documents Books and Help F 23268 593 Programs Extensions and 5 f 127GB 325 Development Files 854 04MB 2 13 Unknown Files C 740 93 MB 1 85 Music and Audio Files 233 28MB 0 58 InternetFiles 136 17MB 0 34 Other 5 Date 27 Jan 2015 Time 14 14 35 Host flexcore Tite Duplicate Files Report Wasted Disk Space Per Fle Type The charts dialog displays information for the displayed duplicate files and the currently selected categories of duplicate files In order to d
304. n plugins allowing one to classify files by the file category extension user name file size last access modification and creation dates etc In addition there are a number of purpose built file classification plugins which are capable of detecting hidden video music and image files Each specific file classification plugins classifies files into a different hierarchy of file categories and classes The Default File Classification Plug in is the most commonly used plug in which automatically recognizes more than 3 500 types of files and organizes files into a general purpose hierarchy of file categories and classes In addition to the file classification operations file classification plugins are used in file search operations to search files related to one or more file categories by selecting file categories from a file classification plug in and in 4 Directories Selected for Classification Classify Disks Directories and Network Shares Ga cv Ca DA Ga FA K E E Cancel amp Classify Options amp Extension Based Classification Plugin amp Simple File Classification Plugin User Based Classification Plugin Creation Time Classification Plugin Modification Time Classification Plugin Access Time Classification Plugin E Creation Date Classification Plugin 51 Modification Date Classification Plugin Be Access Date Classification Plugin Size Bas
305. n the report will include the first X file system changes according to the user specified maximum number of changes e Compare Threads this option sets the number of parallel directory comparison threads to use to compare the specified source and destination directories When comparing two directories located on the same mechanical hard drive it is recommended to use just one compare thread in order to avoid unnecessary disk seek operations When comparing two directories located on two different mechanical drives it is recommended to use two parallel compare threads When the source directory is located on a local mechanical hard drive and the destination directory is located on a simple NAS device with a mechanical hard drive it is recommended to use two parallel compare threads When comparing two directories located on SSD disks or an enterprise grade storage system with multiple physical drives or SSD disks it is recommended to use 4 8 parallel compare threads depending on the number of CPUs available on the computer e Performance Mode sometimes it may be required to intentionally slow down the directories comparison process in order to minimize the potential performance impact on running production applications The Performance Mode option provides the ability to execute the directories comparison operation using one of the following performance profiles Full Speed Medium Speed and Low Speed e File Compare Mode when the
306. nd Move Command Up File Integrity Monitoring Command sic impish Secure File Copy Command ix Delete Command Secure File Sync Command 4 File Copy Command Gs File Move Command x File Delete Command IJ Command Group User defined commands may be managed and executed through the commands dialog or the commands tool pane In order to add a new command through the commands pane press the right mouse button over the pane and select the Add New Disk Space Analysis Command menu item In order to execute a previously saved command just click on the command item in the commands tool pane or create a direct desktop shortcut on the Windows desktop 53 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 19 Analyzing Disk Space Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility In addition to the GUI application DiskBoss Ultimate provides a command line utility capable of performing disk space utilization analysis operations and executing user defined disk space analysis commands from shell scripts and batch files The DiskBoss command line tool is located in the lt ProductDir gt bin directory Command Line Syntax diskboss analyze dir lt Input Directory 1 gt lt Input Directory X gt lt Options gt This command analyzes the specified disks directories or network shares diskboss analyze server lt Host Name 1 gt lt Host Name X gt lt Options gt This command analyzes a
307. nd press the Save button Chart Name Chart Type Disk Space Per File Extension Pre Chart File Count Per File Extension Pre Chart Disk Space Per File Category Pre Chart P File Count Per File Category Pre Chart Disk Space Per User Mame Pre Chart File Count Per User Name Pre Chart Last 30 Days Modified Disk Space Line Chart 3 Last 30 Days Modified File Count Line Chart ag Select All Unselect All Line Charts For Last 30 Days v e v F F y i W i H amp For each disk space analysis file classification and or duplicate files search report DiskBoss Server may generate pie charts showing the disk space usage per file extension the number of files per file extension the disk space usage per file category and the number of files per file category In addition if analysis generated reports were configured to process and show files user names the summary PDF report will include pie charts showing the disk space usage per user and the number of files per user Every disk space analysis file classification or duplicate files search report generated by DiskBoss includes the creation date last modification date and last access date for all analyzed files making it possible to generate history disk space usage line charts showing how much disk space and how many files were created last modified or last accessed during the last X days according to the time period specified on the summary report charts dialo
308. nd synchronizes files between directories local disks or network shares diskboss execute lt File Synchronization Command gt This command executes the specified user defined file synchronization command pre configured using the DiskBoss GUI application or imported from an XML file Parameters source lt Source Directory gt This parameter specifies the source directory for file synchronization In order to ensure proper parsing of command line arguments directories and file names containing space characters should be double quoted dest lt Destination Directory gt This parameter specifies the destination directory for file synchronization In order to ensure proper parsing of command line arguments directories and file names containing space characters should be double quoted Options sync_mode lt SD SUD SAD STW STA gt SD Sets the sync destination file synchronization mode Default All changes made in the source directory will be propagated to destination Files deleted from the source directory will be deleted from destination All files changed or deleted in destination will be restored from source SUD Sets the update destination file synchronization mode Newly created and modified source files will be copied to destination Files deleted from the source directory will be deleted from destination Files deleted from the destination directory will be restored from source SAD Sets the accumulate destination
309. ndows System32 config SOFTWARE C Windows System32 config SOFTWARE C Users alex s AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate diskbossult flx C Users alex s AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate diskbossult flx C Users alex s AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate data reports report_index_fix C Users alex s AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate data reports report_index_flx C Users alex s AppData Local Microsoft Windows UsrClass dat LOG1 C Windows System32 config SOFTWARE LOG1 C Windows System32 config SOFTWARE C Windows System32 config SOFTWARE C Windows System32 config SOFTWARE C Users alex s AppData Local Microsoft Windows UsrClass dat LOG1 C Users alex s AppData Local Microsoft Windows UsrClass dat C Users alex s AppData Local Microsoft Windows UsrClass dat C Users alex s AppData Local Microsoft Windows UsrClass dat C Users alex s AppData Local Microsoft Windows UsrClass dat LOG1 C Users alex s AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate diskbossult_flx C Users alex s AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate diskbossult_flx C Users alex s AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate data reports report_index flx C Users alex s AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate data reports report_index_flx C Users alex s ntuser dat_LOG1 C Users alex s NTUSER DAT C Users alex s NTUSER DAT s gt rh Sheeti Sheet2 Sheet3 IEA r 136 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 8 7 Disk Change Monitoring E Mail Notifications DiskBoss provides the ability to send E Mail notifications
310. ne Periodic Job Daily Analysis Job 7 Sync Server Configuration Options Y Sync E Mail Configuration Options Sync Database Configuration Options Y Delete Unknown Commands Delete Unknown Periodic Jobs In addition DiskBoss allows one to delete unknown commands and or periodic jobs from the configuration of target DiskBoss servers Once finished selecting configuration items to synchronize press the Sync button Enter the host name for IP address and the port number of the DiskBoss server to connect to Ensure the server is accessible on the network and the selected port number is open in server s frewall Host Name serveri server servers Port 8094 User Name diskboss Password s oeeeeee connect cance On the DiskBoss Server connect dialog enter one or more host names or IP addresses to sync the server configuration to and press the Connect button DiskBoss will connect to each of the specified DiskBoss servers sync the selected configuration items and delete unknown commands and or periodic jobs if required 234 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 18 5 Configuring DiskBoss Server to Access NAS Storage Devices By default the DiskBoss service is configured to run under the local system account which is good to access files and directories located on local disks On the other hand the local system account does not have permissions to ac
311. ne or more detected file system changes press the right mouse button and select the Export Changes To SQL Database menu item On the next dialog enter the name of the SQL database table to export the selected changes to and press the Ok button diskbass Reset Charts Type Deleted Modified Modified Modified 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 ini DLL Files isi FLX Files s3 INI Files s3 EXE Files int TMP Files isi NOEXT Files ini LINK Files qe Completed Total 261 Changes Current 261 Changes Filtered NA If the specified SQL database table does not exist DiskBoss will create a new SQL database table and export the selected file system changes to the newly created database table If the specified SQL database table already exists DiskBoss will add selected changes to the existing SQL database table Name C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tmp C Users alex s AppData Local Temp Administrators C Users alex s Administrators Users alex s Open File With Open Location in Explorer Export Changes To SQL Database N Copy Change Details To Clipboard Copy Change List To Clipboard Properties 11 18 KB 135 Wh VST a T F AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate SOFTWARE LOGI System32 config SOFT WARE 5 AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate s AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate 5 AppData Local DiskBoss Ultimate
312. nerate a file name according to the following template diskboss_search_ date _ time csv just like with the HTML formatted file save_text_report ReportFileName This optional parameter instructs DiskBoss to save a Summary report and the list of all search results to a text report file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_search_ date _ time txt file_scanner lt sequential or parallel gt Specifies the file scanning mode sequential or parallel Use the parallel scanning mode when processing multiple input directories V This command shows DiskBoss major version minor version and revision help This command shows the command line usage information 128 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 8 Real Time Disk Change Monitor DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server include a real time disk change monitor capable of detecting newly created modified and deleted files The real time disk change monitor provides the user with the ability to monitor one or more disks or directories detect all changes made in the monitored file systems send E Mail notifications save HTML PDF XML text and Excel CSV reports export disk changes to an SQL database automatically trigger DiskBoss file management operations and or execute user custom commands or batch files Disk Monitor Options Monitor All Subdirectories 7 Monitor File Name Changes 7 Moni
313. nged file and a description explaining what exactly has been changed in each specific file File Integrity Monitor Report amp gt A C4 E file D temp reports Disk Boss FIM Report 06 Nov 2011 170124 html Dr a a a File Integrity Monitor Report Command Name Monitor System Disk Date 2011 11 04 Time 12 05 53 Total Files 12310 Total Space 2 60 GB Changed Files 151 Changed Space 151 50 MB Performance 108 8 Files Sec Process Time 1 Min 53 Secs File System Changes File Name Description C WINDOWS AppPatch sysmain sdb P Contents Changed Expected File Size 1343908 Actual C WINDOWS Downloaded Program Files wuweb inf File Contents Changed C WINDOWS Driver Cache i386 ntkrnimp exe File Contents Changed C WINDOWS Driver Cache i386 ntkrnipa exe File Contents Changed C WINDOWS Driver Cache i386 ntkrpamp exe File Contents Changed C WINDOWS Driver Cache i386 ntoskrnl exe File Contents Changed z i Hi Last Modification Date Changed Expected 2011 11 04 11 17 16 C WINDOWS inf O09 WmiApRpl WmiApRpl ini Actual 2011 11 04 12 00 17 C WINDOWS inf branches inf File Contents Changed EO SEBAS B 149 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 9 5 Saving Detected Changes in SQL Database The DiskBoss file integrity monitor allows one to save detected file system changes in an SQL database through the ODBC database interface In order to enable database export capabilities open the options dialog select the
314. ning Text Search Files With the File Se Search Files With the File Attributes Search Files Containing HEA Pattern mages With EA Categorized As Documents Books and Help Files Select One of the most useful types of file matching rules is the File Category rule which is capable of selecting files by the file category or file type DiskBoss includes a number of built in file classification plug ins capable of recognizing more than 3 500 types and categories of files allowing one to easily select specific types of files to perform file management operations on Select File Class or Class Group sy Default File Classification Plugin Name Type Classes Archive Backup and Disk Image Files Class Group 152 O Development Files Class Group 247 O Documents Books and Help Files Class Group 106 Game Files Class Group 117 Images Pictures and Graphic Files Class Group 118 Internet Files Class Group 107 Miscellaneous Files Class Group 485 Mowies Clips and Video Files Class Group 59 Music and Audio Files Class Group 58 Programs Extensions and Script Files Class Group 76 Temporary Files Class Group i Up Double Click on a Group to See Additional Categories In order to add a file category rule press the Add Rule button select the Search Files Categorized As rule type press the Select button and select a file category or file type In addition to positive file matching rules allowing one to select which f
315. ning the specified string SENDS lt Text String gt excludes all directories ending with the specified string S REGEX lt Regular Expression gt excludes directories matching the specified regular expression For example the exclude macro command CONTAINS Temporary Files will exclude all directories with Temporary Files at any place in the full directory path and the exclude macro command REGEX TMP TEMP will exclude directories ending with TMP or TEMP 179 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 12 6 Secure File Copy Command Line Utility In addition to the DiskBoss GUI application DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide a command line utility allowing one to perform secure file copy operations from a source server with DiskBoss Ultimate or DiskBoss Server to a destination DiskBoss Server The DiskBoss command line utility is located in the lt Install Dir gt bin directory ci Program Files DiskBoss Servers bin diskhoss scopy dir h data SQL2 host SRUZOOS dest Fo data DiskBoss Server v4 6 18 May 30 2614 Operation Successfully Completed 2814 06 01 12 15 21 12 636 78 ME 12 630 78 ME Frocess Time 6 22 Sec 181 35 MB Sec Performance c Program Files DiskBoss Server bin Command Line Syntax diskboss scopy dir lt Source 1 gt lt Source X gt host lt Host Name gt dest lt Directory gt Executes a secure file copy operation with the specified command line
316. ns directories using a single directory scanning thread and it is recommended to increase the number of parallel directory scanning threads only when synchronizing millions of files via a high latency network e File Sync Threads this option controls how many parallel file transfer threads are used to transfer files to from the destination DiskBoss Server In order to reach the maximum possible speed when transferring files over a Gigabit network connection it is required to use 2 4 parallel file transfer threads Moreover when transferring millions of files over a high latency network in order to mitigate the network latency it is recommended to configure the secure file synchronization operation to use 4 8 parallel file sync threads 168 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 11 4 Secure File Synchronization Rules DiskBoss secure file synchronization operations provide the ability to sync files matching user specified rules For example the user is provided with the ability to sync all types of document files with the file size more than X MB that were modification during the last month Multiple different types of file matching rules may be used to precisely select files to be synchronized Sync Files Matching Criteria Categorized As Documents Books and Help Files Files With Size More Than 10 MBytes Files Modified During This Month In order to add one or more file matching rules to a secure file sync command open th
317. nt from the source DiskBoss Server to the destination server are always encrypted using the AES 256 encryption algorithm with dynamically generated random encryption keys unique for each DiskBoss Server Also the user is provided with the ability to encrypt all transferred files using the AES 256 encryption algorithm with a dynamically generated random encryption key for each transferred file File Sync Mode fay File ronization me Synchronize Destination Directory Performance Mode E gt Update Destination Directory E gt Accumulate and Update Files in Destination Dir Scan Threads Two Way File Synchronization Two Way Accumulation and Update File Sync Threads DiskBoss provides a number of different one way and two way file synchronization modes optimized for different usage scenarios In order to select an appropriate file synchronization mode open the secure file synchronization command dialog select the Advanced tab and change the File Sync Mode combo box 166 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 11 2 Secure File Synchronization Options DiskBoss Server provides a large number of secure file sync options allowing one to customize the secure file synchronization operation for user specific needs In order to customize secure file sync options select the secure file synchronization command press the right mouse button select the Edit Command menu item and select the Options tab er Secure File
318. ntal deletion of critical system files DiskBoss automatically adds the operating system directory to the list of exclude directories in all duplicate files search commands ye Classification Options EE General 2 Advanced Rules Exdude T Exclude Directories CA Windows C Program Files E3 SCONTAINS Snapshots In order to add one or more directories to the exclude list open the duplicate files search command dialog press the Options button select the Exclude tab and press the Add button All files and subdirectories located in the specified exclude directory will be excluded from the duplicate files search process In addition advanced users are provided with a number of exclude directories macro commands allowing one to exclude multiple directories using a single macro command DiskBoss provides the following exclude directories macro commands e BEGINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories beginning with the specified text string e CONTAINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories containing the specified text string e ENDS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories ending with the specified text string e REGEX lt Regular Expression gt this macro command excludes directories matching the specified regular expression For example the exclude macro command CONTAINS Temporary Files will exclude all direc
319. o 2 99 5 Unknown Files 1 84 LI Movies Clips and Video Files Delete 1 09 L Images Pictures and Graphic Files 1 05 L Internet Files Link To 0 63 Categorize By Extension Copy Details To Clipboard DLL Files Open Category 46 61 j EXE Files 5 SSGE 5 89 S HXS Files 952 1 31 GB 4 95 _ DAT Files 572 1 14 GB 4 30 ize NOEXT Files 37649 1 10 GB 4 17 152081 Files 26 48 GB Default File Classification Plugin i b m wa gt 4 For copy and move operations enter the destination directory and optionally press the Advanced Options button to open the file copy options dialog The copy options dialog allows one to control the file overwrite mode file copy rules performance tuning options and error handling options When copying files with an active file filter DiskBoss automatically adds one or more file matching rules to the Rules tab ensuring that only filtered files are copied to the destination directory In order to delete files related to one or more file categories select the required file categories in the categories view press the right mouse button and select the Delete menu item For example in order to delete all types of document files classify files in a disk or directory using the default file classification plug in select the Document Files file category in the file classification results view press the
320. ocuments songs and movies Some computers are equipped with multiple hard drives and many regular computer users are beginning to use network drives to share files between computers on the home network Business needs are much more demanding requiring computer professionals to design complex file hierarchies and directory structures for specific business needs We have are now in a situation where we need to remember much information about the location of various programs documents reports songs videos etc The DiskBoss built in file navigator includes a simple and flexible solution allowing one to save an unlimited number of file system locations in a dedicated bookmarks view and to switch between them in a single mouse click ah Enter Bookmark Name said Backup Directory Ok Cancel To add a new file system bookmark browse to the required directory and press the Bookmark button on the main GUI toolbar On the add bookmark dialog specify a unique bookmark name and press the Ok button The bookmarks view is located in the bottom left corner of the DiskBoss main GUI application During installation DiskBoss automatically adds bookmarks for Computer Home My Documents and all local hard drives installed in the computer To jump to a previously bookmarked directory just select a bookmark name in the bookmark view Disk List The local disks status view lists all the local disks as defined in the OS configurat
321. og press the Add button select the Search Files with the File Name rule select an appropriate file name comparison operator and enter a file name pattern string to compare file names with 4 Directories Selected for Search DiskBoss Mot Contain Not Begin Mot End Width The file name comparison operator allows one to find files matching beginning with ending with or containing the specified string pattern In addition negative comparison operators are provided as well File name searches are case insensitive and the entered file name pattern string will match both low case and upper case letters 7 4 Searching Files by File Extension In order to search files by the file extension open the search operation dialog press the Add button select the Search Files with the File Extension rule select an appropriate file extension comparison operator and enter a file extension pattern string to compare file extensions with The file extension comparison operator allows one to find files matching beginning with ending with or containing the specified string pattern In addition negative comparison operators are provided as well File extension searches are case insensitive and the entered file extension pattern string will match both low case and upper case letters 114 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 5 Searching Files by File Path
322. og press the Advanced Options button and select the Advanced tab which provides the ability to control the default report title the maximum number of file system changes to report the number of parallel directory comparison threads the speed of the directories comparison operation and the files comparison mode ie Compare Directories Options E General l Advanced ic Rules jA Exclude E Actions Default Report Title Compare Directories Report Max Change Count 1000 Compare Threads 4 Performance Mode Full Speed File Compare Mode Compare SHA 256 Signatures e Default Report Title this option allows one to set the default report title which will be saved in PDF HTML text Excel CSV and XML reports In addition this option controls the default report title for reports automatically generated by conditional actions and reports sent in conditional E Mail notifications e Max Change Count this option provides the ability to limit compare directories reports to a user specified maximum number of changes By default DiskBoss reports the first 1 000 detected file system changes During a directories comparison operation DiskBoss always processes the entire source and destination directories and detects all file system changes and the report summary always shows the total number of processed files and the total number of changed files and changed directories but the list of changes i
323. ommand DiskSpace Analysis Command n File Classification Command Set Keyboard Shortcut See ae Duplicate Files Search Command me Create Desktop Shortcut RE hae tach ring Change File Attributes Command P Ca Copy Command ifs File Organizing Command Rename Command Disk Change Monitoring Command a Move Command Up amp File Integrity Monitoring Command Move Command Down l Secure File Copy Command x Delete Command Secure File Sync Command Ga File Copy Command Ga File Move Command x File Delete Command Command Group User defined commands may be managed and executed through the commands dialog or the commands tool pane In order to add a new command through the commands pane press the right mouse button over the pane and select the Add New File Organizing Command menu item In order to execute a previously saved command just click on the command item in the commands view or create a direct desktop shortcut on the Windows desktop 6 9 Organizing Files Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility In addition to the DiskBoss GUI application power users and IT administrators are provided with the ability to execute pre configured file organizing commands from batch files and shell scripts using the DiskBoss command line utility which is located in the ProductDir bin directory In order to execute a pre configured file
324. ommands optimized for custom hardware and storage configurations and executed in a single mouse click In addition the DiskBoss command line utility may be used to execute DiskBoss file synchronization commands from shell scripts and batch files Finally DiskBoss Server allows one to schedule periodic file sync operations or trigger file sync operations in real time after a user specified number of file system changes 16 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 10 Secure File Synchronization DiskBoss Server provides secure file synchronization operations allowing one to synchronize files between servers without using network shares while encrypting transferred files using the AES 256 encryption algorithm The user is provided with multiple one way and two way file synchronization modes flexible performance optimization options file matching rules allowing one to synchronize specific types of files or file groups exclude directories and advanced file synchronization options a F Y r e M ote fe Syndion General Source Directory f webserver Destnaton Directory zi webserver ooh DiskBoss Server Host LV Port 8094 DiskBoss Server User DiskBoss Password Crea Secure file synchronization operations may be performed via the network without using network shares between DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server or between two DiskBoss Servers In order to perform a secure file synchronization operation the u
325. on select the Rules tab press the Add button select a rule type and enter all required parameters During the file system scanning process DiskBoss will select files using the specified file matching rules and change file attributes and or timestamps for files matching the specified rules 200 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 15 4 Excluding Directories from Change File Attributes Process Sometimes it may be required to exclude one or more subdirectories from a change file attributes operation In order to exclude one or more directories open the change file attributes dialog select the Exclude tab and add directories that should be excluded from the change file attributes process Exclude Directories Ci C Windows G C Program Files In addition advanced users and IT professionals are provided with a number of exclude directories macro commands allowing one to exclude multiple directories using a single macro command BEGINS lt Text String gt excludes directories beginning with the specified string CONTAINS lt Text String gt excludes directories containing the specified string SENDS lt Text String gt excludes all directories ending with the specified string S REGEX lt Regular Expression gt excludes directories matching the specified regular expression For example the exclude macro command CONTAINS Temporary Files will exclude all directories with Temporary Files at any plac
326. on type and specify all the required parameters For automatic reports generation actions the user needs to specify an existing directory to save file search reports in In order to be able to save file search reports to an SQL database the user needs to open the main options dialog and configure an ODBC database to use to save report to the database For e mail notification actions the user needs to specify an e mail address to send e mail notifications to and also configure an E Mail account to use to send notifications on the main options dialog 2000 Or More Results Found diskboss yourcompany com Notification To Send Text Notification To ml Save HIML Report To Save Text Report To eee Save CSV Report To Save XML Report To save PDF Report To Save Search Report To Save Report To SOL Database Execute Custom Command rs m In addition the user is provided with the ability to execute a pre configured file management operation or a custom command In this case the user needs to specify the name of the command to execute For example the user may execute a pre configured file delete command when there are too many specific files in a disk or directory automatically delete old files and recover the free disk space 126 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 22 Advanced File Search Options DiskBoss provides a large number of advanced file search
327. ons from batch files and shell scripts The command line utility provides an extensive set of command line options allowing one to execute various types of disk space analysis file synchronization data migration and bulk file delete operations pre configured for user custom needs and hardware configurations ic gt Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin gt diskboss classify dir ciN fDiskBoss Ultimate v4 3 18 lt Feb 27 2014 Operation Successfully Completed 2014703702 14 29 37 135425 24 58 GB 31568 Files Sec 4 29 Sec f lexcore alex s cCEiN Performance Process Time Host Name User Name Input Dirs ito tent oak bad 22790 Files 36496 Files 4898 Files 23246 Files 7995 Files 2211 Files 26761 Files 4905 Files 529 Files 6435 Files 5097 Files 23 Files 51 Files 12 69 GB 3 66 GB 2 18 GB GB Programs Extensions and Script Files Miscellaneous Files Documents Books and Windows Files Development Files Archive Backup and Disk Image Files Temporary Files Unknown Files Movies Clips and Video Files Images Pictures and Graphic Files Internet Files Music and Audio Files Game Files Help Files Beck Beak Beak Teak Bick Bad c Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin gt _ Finally IT professionals and enterprise customers are provided with DiskBoss Server a server based product version which runs in the background as a service and is capable of performing all type of disk space ana
328. options allowing one to customize and tune file search operations for user specific needs The General tab allows one to set the default report title set the maximum number of search results to display and enable the display of files user names The Advanced tab provides a number of performance tuning options allowing one to intentionally slow down file search operations in order to minimize the potential impact on running production systems The Exclude tab allows one to exclude one or more subdirectories from the file search process File Search Options GG General pE Advanced E Exdude E Actions Default Report Tite File Search Report Max Search Results 100000 Top Level Rules Logic Match All Rules AND Process User Names E Show Files User Names ox cancel The Actions tab provides the ability to configure one or more conditional file search actions allowing one to automatically save reports send e mail notifications trigger pre configured file management operations or execute custom commands when a file search operation finds a user specified number of results 7 23 Pre Configured File Search Commands One of the most powerful and flexible capabilities of DiskBoss is the ability to pre configure custom file search operations as user defined commands and execute such commands in a single mouse click using the DiskBoss GUI application or direct desktop shortcuts Commands 7
329. orage systems In order to enable multi stream file synchronization for a file synchronization command open the command dialog select the Advanced tab and set an appropriate number of parallel file synchronization threads Performance Mode Ful Speed 4 Threads File Copy Retries Retry Delay 500 ms File Copy Block Alignment 4096 Bytes File Copy Mode Verification Mode In addition users required to synchronize files on running production systems are provided with the ability to intentionally slow down file synchronization operations in order to minimize the performance impact on running applications In order to change the speed of a file synchronization command select an appropriate performance mode in the Performance Mode combo box Finally DiskBoss provides a number of different file copy modes optimized for different hardware configurations and user specific needs e Active File Copy Mode in this file copy mode DiskBoss automatically switches between different file copy modes depending on the size and the type of each file Small files are transferred using a regular buffered file copy mode while large files are transferred using a non buffered file copy mode and optionally when the hardware platform supports it allows to enable the write through I O mode e Regular Buffered File Copy Mode in this file copy mode DiskBoss performs regular buffered file copy operations according to the spe
330. ories view and select an appropriate file categories mode In order to apply one or more file categories as a filter select the required file categories in the bottom view press the right mouse button and select the Apply Selected Filters menu item DiskBoss will filter the disk space analysis results and display in the top view files matching the selected file filters and directories containing these files gt B 8 Up Charts Top 100 Save Info Name Space Windows 1 05 GB J Program Files x86 284 02 MB L Program Files 147 09 MB CJ Users 51 10 MB O NVIDIA 38 04 MB J temp 4 06 MB C PHP 410 00 KB w co a n m i 9 LJ DAT Files ft NOEXT Files 3576 Files 1 56 GB CA With an active file filter all operations such as browsing file copy move and delete reports generation charts etc will be performed on filtered results only In order to reset the currently active file filter press the right mouse button over the filters view and select the Clear Selected Filters menu item 39 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 4 Using File Management Operations DiskBoss allows one to copy move and delete files and directories displayed in the disk space analysis results dialog In order to perform a file operation on one or more files or directories select the required items in the directory view press the right mouse button and select an appropriate file management operation e a it
331. ormats export analysis results to an SQL database periodically synchronize disks directories and network shares and monitor critical disks and directories for unauthorized changes DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 1 Disk Space Usage Analysis DiskBoss provides advanced disk space usage analysis capabilities allowing one to analyze one or more local disks network shares or NAS storage devices and easily identify directories and files holding significant amounts of the disk space generate various types of pie charts and Save disk space analysis reports Charts Save Info Classify Actions C SB D s a B E opy Move Delete Name i Space OG Windows 15 55 GB O Program Files x86 4 43 GB 9 Users 2 72 GB Program Files 1 15 GB ProgramData 422 12 MB GB NVIDIA 275 69 MB O PHP 39 12 MB temp 3 11 MB O3 Intel 775 48 KB O reports 355 62 KB amp Categorize By File Type i File Categories amp Programs Extensions and Script Files 12 69 GB 4 62 amp Miscellaneous Files 3 66 GB m 14 90 amp Documents Books and Help Files 2 18 GB 8 86 amp Windows Files 1 70 GB gt 5 90 amp Development Files 1 41 GB 140489 Files 24 58 GB CA The user is provided with the ability to browse files and directories sorted by the used disk space categorize and filter analysis results by the file extension file type file size creation modification and last access date user name etc and e
332. oss allows one to write user defined commands using an open XML Based format The XML Based format provides support for all features and capabilities available in the DiskBoss GUI application and allows one to import custom user defined commands to the product configuration Finally DiskBoss Ultimate allows one to execute XML Based user defined command on the fly using the DiskBoss command line tool Any user defined command may be executed in three different ways in DiskBoss main GUI application as a standalone GUI tool and using DiskBoss command line tools In order to execute a user defined command in DiskBoss main GUI application select the user defined commands tool pane and click on the command item in the commands list DiskBoss will load the user defined command and execute it in the main GUI application showing all the required GUI windows and dialogs according to the information saved in the user defined command Commands ir amp Syne USB Disk es syne Web Site z i Monitor System Disk SP Add New s S File Search Command E Organize Downloads EE ER z e Cisi Data Files Se Pras a File Synchronization Command Analyze Data Files Execute Command ES File Organizing Command be y nE File Classification Command Find Duplicate Images amp set Keyboard Shortcut x Delete Temporary Files a Create Desktop Shortcut Disk Space Analysis Command TE Rename Command Duplicate Files Search
333. ower Cycle Count 100 100 1 177 Grown Failing Block Count 100 100 10 0 Program Fail Count 100 100 1 Erase Fail Count 100 100 1 Wear Leveling Count 100 100 Unexpected Power Loss Count 100 100 Non 4k Aligned Access 100 100 SATA Downshift Error Count 100 100 Error Correction Count 100 100 Uncorrectable Error Count 100 100 Command Timeout Errors 100 100 Factory Bad Block Count 100 100 Temperature 100 100 H O yo o 2884967425 ne pe pjt O oO wo co co CO FY GO oF m je If multiple physical disks are installed in the computer use the disk selector combo box located on the bottom side of the SMART viewer to change the currently displayed disk If one or more critical SMART attributes are out of valid ranges the attributes will be marked with yellow warning icons or red error icons depending on the status and meaning of each specific SMART attribute Disk Model SAMSUNG SP0812C Report Date 07 Nov 2012 21 31 05 Firmware Version SU 100 30 Serial Number 501U310X917128 Attribute Threshold Raw Values Read Error Rate 100 51 0 Spin Up Time 100 25 4096 Start Stop Count 100 0 612 Reallocated Sectors Count 100 11 Seek Error Rate 100 Seek Time Performance 100 Power On Hours 95 Spin Retry Count 100 Calibration Retry Count 100 Power Cyce Count 100 Temperature 187 Hardware ECC Recovered 100 Reallocation Event Count 68 Current Pending Sector Count 100 Uncorrectable Sector Count 68 Ultr
334. ows one to configure multiple secure file synchronization commands synchronizing files between the source server to multiple different destination DiskBoss Servers ce Add New F File Search Command Edit Command Q Execute Command f File Synchronization Command Disk Space Analysis Command File Classification Command Duplicate Files Search Command Create Desktop Shortcut i E Set Keyboard Shortcut oF H Change File Attributes Command Copy Command E File Organizing Command Rename Command w Disk Change Monitoring Command Move Command Up File Integrity Monitoring Command Move Command Down Secure File Copy Command Delete Command Secure File Sync Command File Copy Command File Move Command File Delete Command In order to add a secure file synchronization command press the right mouse button over the commands view select the Add New Secure File Sync Command menu item and specify a unique command name Source Directory f webserver Destnaton Directory zi webserver DiskBoss Server Host SRV2012 Port 8094 DiskBoss Server User admin DiskBoss Password E save Cancel On the secure file synchronization command dialog specify a source directory a destination directory and the host name or an IP address of the destination DiskBoss Server In addition the user needs to specify the DiskBo
335. p Computer Home CA Hard Disk Total 92 77 GB i P z O Intel aa disk c NTFS Used 44 56 GB 48 22 GB 20 78 MB Day Ww My Documents G NVIDIA amp Disk CA L PerfLogs A s 7 2 Ww Disk D E PHP Ea pH cee eae 19 53 GB 10 82 MB Day amp Disk F L Program Files F i fw Disk H L Program Files x86 O reports temp ie EA HA Hard Disk Total 238 47 GB ag diskh NTFS Used 162 28 GB Local Disk D ne KA Network Drive Total 931 51 GB A FA Hard Disk Total 238 47 GB Ge dikt NTFS Used 153 22 GB inital lt 527MB Day 76 19 GB No Change Local Disk H Network Drive K e disk_f NTFS Used 411 93 GB Network Drive L gt LA Network Drive Total 596 17 GB E iia NTFS Used 221 79 GB 519 58 GB 4 43 08 MB Day Commands 374 38 GB 289 MB Day Sync USB Disk Monitor System Disk Analyze System Disk Analyze NAS Server Search Duplicate Files Classify New Files G Backup Documents Delete Temp Files Total Space 2 07 TB Free Space 1 10 TB No Periodic Jobs E 8 Completed Tasks All disk space analysis and file management operations are integrated into a centralized and easy to use GUI application allowing one pre configure analysis and file management operations as user defined commands and execute any required command in a single mouse click using the DiskBoss GUI application or direct desktop shortcuts Disk Space Analysis File Cla
336. p Last 10 Log Files Log Files Directory d fle _delete logs DiskBoss provides the following log file modes e Individual Log File For Each Delete Operation in this mode DiskBoss will save an individual log file for each file delete operation with the log file name containing the exact date and time of each file delete operation e Consolidated Hourly Log Files in this mode DiskBoss will save consolidated hourly log files for the last X hours according to the specified log files history e Consolidated Daily Log Files in this mode DiskBoss will save consolidated daily log files for the last X days according to the specified log files history e Consolidated Monthly Log Files in this mode DiskBoss will save consolidated monthly log files for the last X months according to the specified log files history According to the selected log files format log files mode and the logs history DiskBoss will keep a history of log files in the specified logs directory with each log file containing a date time status and a full file name for each deleted file T gt mg Computer Local Disk C logs Organize Include in library v Share with New folder A Name Date modified Type A Sy Favorites BE Desktop EN diskboss_delete_log_20131112_181325 11 12 2013 6 13PM Microsoft Office Excel Comma iB Downloads El diskboss_delete_log_20131112 181413 11 12 2013 6 14 PM Microsoft Office Excel Comma E Recent Places E diskbos
337. parameters diskboss execute lt Preconfigured Secure File Copy Command gt Executes a preconfigured secure file copy operation Required Parameters dir lt Source gt host lt Destination Host gt dest lt Destination Directory gt At least one source file or directory destination server host name or an IP address and a destination directory should be specified In order to ensure proper parsing of command line arguments directories and file names containing space characters should be double quoted Optional Parameters compress This option enables compression of transferred data blocks encrypt This option enables encryption of transferred data blocks using the AES 256 encryption algorithm with a dynamically generated random encryption key for each transferred file 180 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd verify This option enables verification of all transferred data blocks using the SHA 256 data signature algorithm and retransmission of corrupted data blocks streams lt Parallel File Copy Streams gt This parameter specifies the number of simultaneous file copy streams time This parameter enables copy of the creation last modification and last access dates for all copied files If this parameter is not specified all files copied to the destination directory will have timestamps set to the time of the copy operation overwrite_mode lt File Overwrite Mode gt This option specifies the file overwrite mode
338. port oring_repor 2 111644 pc Aisaveacopy A Search SU seca ie Disk Change Monitoring Report Disk Change Monitoring Report Property Value Date 2015 04 12 Time 11 16 44 Total Changes 129 Current Changes 129 Change Rate 1778 CH Min Process Time 4 22 Sec Host Name SRV2008 User Name alex s Input Dirs c File Filter off Attachments Comments Date 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 pp i BE 8 BPREEREREEEER DAARAHRARARH PREEPEERPEPEPEPEEEEEEEEREEEEE z Olskeoss Server v5 5 12 5 Dpp bD kekrkbhkkbkktk AAAAHRAHRARH EFEEREREE SRRER RRS ee ae a a ww we Ww le te W de da igs Be gt de de te de te de de de te do te de te de hd PLR LHRKHRHLHRHLHAHLHAHLHESA Description Modified Modified Created Modified Modi fied Modified Created Modified Modi fied Modified Created Modified Modified Modified Created Modified Modi fied Modified Created Modified Modified Modified Created Modified Modified Modified Created Modified Modi fied Modified Created Modified Size 71 50 KB 71 50 KB
339. port B Export x Delete Reports 32 Disk Space Usage Per Host Disk Space Usage Per User N View Top 100 Directories View Top 100 Files In order to analyze disk space usage per user perform one or more file classification operations on multiple servers and or NAS storage devices open the Reports dialog press the Analyze button and select the Analyze Disk Space Usage Per User menu item DiskBoss will analyze all reports saved in the reports database and display the users analysis dialog showing the disk space usage per user Users File Classification Disk Space Per User TR denis j irena h joy d LIEL EO aE eee SISET E 10 8665 44 39 joy d WA 5 7568 23 52 alex s Hosts srv2k63 srv2k60 srv2k61 srv2k62 sru NNR leon 2 4568 10 01 irena h vlad b F 1 5668 1 43 GB fA 1 3568 1 06 GB 6 38 5 86 JERE g 9 4 4 5 52 toms 4 33 denis j 7 A J Date 22 Mar 2015 Time 15 17 0 1 File Classification Disk Space Per User File Classification All Disks and Directories acs All Report Labels The users analysis dialog provides the ability to display pie charts and bars charts showing the disk space usage per user according to file classification reports saved in the reports database The user is provided with the ability to select the types of f
340. port graphical PDF reports including pie charts 96 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 16 Analyzing Duplicate Files Per User DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to automatically detect all servers and NAS storage devices on the network search duplicate files in hundreds of servers and or NAS storage devices via the network submit duplicate files search reports to the reports database and display charts showing the number of duplicate files and the amount of duplicate disk space per user across the entire enterprise z3 Show All Reports w Filter Command Contains Date Time Command Host Inputs Data Label 2015 03 22 15 36 22 Duplicate Files ctos65 ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Duplicate Files ctos65 gt 2015 03 22 15 36 15 Duplicate Files flexsrv flexsrv flexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Duplicate Files flexsrv 8 gt 2015 03 22 15 36 04 Duplicate Files flexms flexms flexms da 28268 Files 136 82 GB Duplicate Files flexms 2015 03 22 15 32 02 Classify Files flexms flexms da 284262 Files 133 72 GB Classify Files F 2015 03 22 15 29 45 Classify Files ctos65d ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Classify Files ctos65d 2015 03 22 15 29 38 Classify Files flexsrv 10 flexsrv flecsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Classify Files flexsrv
341. press the Up or Down buttons to change the position of a command in the command list Use this feature to move more frequently used commands to the beginning of the command list All changes made in user defined commands will take effect in both command management interfaces the user defined commands management dialog and the user defined commands tool pane Sometimes when you have a working user defined command and need to create a slightly modified or customized version of the command it will be very helpful to copy the existing command and make all the required changes in the command s copy In order to copy a user defined command select the command item press the Copy button and enter a new command name DiskBoss will create a new command copy all the setting and options from the original command and save the new command to the user s configuration file Another useful feature is the ability to import export user defined commands to from different DiskBoss installations In order to export one or more user defined commands select all the required command items press the right mouse button select the Export Commands menu item and select a destination directory where all the selected commands should be exported to In order to import previously exported commands press the right mouse button select the Import Commands menu item and select all the command files that should be imported Take into account that t
342. provide different types of file categories allowing one to categorize files by the file type size creation last access and modification dates etc In order to select a different file classification plugin use the plugin combo box located on the top side of the file categories dialog gt Default File Classification Plugin a Name Type Classes O Archive Backup and Disk Image Files Class Group 149 _ Development Files Class Group 235 0 Documents Books and Help Files Class Group 104 C Game Files Class Group 115 O Images Pictures and Graphic Files Class Group 114 0 Internet Files Class Group Miscellaneous Files Class Group Movies Clips and Video Files Class Group Music and Audio Files Class Group _ Programs Extensions and Script Files Class Group 0 Temporary Files Class Group fr F x a gon w Up Double Click on a Group to See Additional Categories Cancel In order to open a file category just click on the category item in the list Select the required file category or file class and press the Select button to select the file category for the file matching rule During runtime DiskBoss will match files related to any file class in the selected file category or the exact file class if the file matching rule was set to match an individual file type 113 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 3 Searching Files by File Name In order to search files by the file name open the search operation dial
343. provides the ability to display the list of top directories into a number of standard formats 29 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 23 Analyzing Disk Space Usage Per Server DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to automatically detect all servers and NAS storage devices on the network analyze hundreds of servers and or NAS storage devices via the network submit analysis reports to a centralized report database and display charts showing the used disk space file categories and the number of duplicate files per server or NAS storage device across the entire enterprise DiskBoss Server Reports iil Show AlReports v IR Fiter Command v contains x Date Time Command Host Inputs Data Label ial 2015 03 22 15 36 22 Duplicate Files ctos65 ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Duplicate Files ctos65 2015 03 22 15 36 15 Duplicate Files flexsrv flexsry flexsrv ale 14373 Files 6 95 GB Duplicate Files flexsrv 2015 03 22 15 36 04 Duplicate Files flexms flexms flexms da 28268 Files 136 82 GB Duplicate Files flexms 2015 03 22 15 32 02 Classify Files flexms flexms da 284262 Files 133 72 GB Classify Files fi 2015 03 22 15 29 45 Classify Files ctos65d ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Classify Files ctos65d 2015 03 22 15 29 38 Classify Files flexsrv 10 flexsrv Mlexsrv ale 14373 Files
344. provides the ability to display the number of changes per file category or the total size of changed files In addition the user is provided with the ability to edit chart properties copy the chart image to the clipboard or print the displayed chart image 133 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 8 5 Saving Disk Change Monitoring Reports The DiskBoss disk change monitor allows one to save HTML PDF XML text and Excel CSV reports In order to save a report file press the Save button located on the disk monitor results dialog enter a report title select an appropriate report format enter the maximum number of changes to export enter the report file name and press the Save button Tite Disk Change Monitoring Report Format HTML Report Last 10000 Changes H File Name uments Disk Monitoring Report 12 Apr 2015 112644 html leal E save Conese Reper A typical report file includes a summary table showing the report date and time the total number of file system changes that were detected the number of changes exported to the report the change rate the process time and the status of the change filter The change categories table shows up to 10 top change categories according to the currently selected file categorization mode If the report is saved with one or more active file filters the selected filters will be highlighted in the categories table and the change list will show changes matching the selected file
345. r file management command configuration dialog press the Options button select the Exclude tab and add one or more directories to exclude PP bik Space nays eee E General Rues S5 Performance Exdude Exclude Directories C SBEGINS C Windows 4 SCONTAINS Temporary Files 5 SREGEX TMP TEMP In the simplest case just add a full directory path to exclude from the analysis or file management operation In addition advanced users are provided with a number of exclude directories macro commands allowing one to exclude multiple directories using a single macro command DiskBoss provides the following exclude directories macro commands BEGINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories beginning with the specified text string S CONTAINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories containing the specified text string ENDS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes directories ending with the specified text string REGEX lt Regular Expression gt this macro command excludes all directories matching the specified regular expression For example the exclude macro command CONTAINS Temporary Files will exclude all directories with Temporary Files at any place in the full directory path and the exclude macro command REGEX TMP TEMP will exclude all directories ending with TMP or TEMP 217 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 17 6 Ta
346. re provided as well User name searches are case insensitive and the entered user name pattern string will match both low case and upper case letters 7 14 Searching JPEG Images by EXIF Tags DiskBoss provides a JPEG EXIF tags file matching rule allowing one to search JPEG images by standard and or custom JPEG EXIF tags In order to add a JPEG EXIF tags matching rule press the Add button select the Search JPEG Images with EXIF Tag rule select the JPEG EXIF tag to match select an appropriate comparison operator and enter the string value to search for 4 Directories Selected for Search m Equals s 1024 Date Time Digitized Exposure Time Exposure Bias Exposure Program Exposure Mode F Number In addition to the ability to search for standard EXIF tags users can customize the list of supported EXIF tags adding user specific custom tags to the product configuration In order to customize supported EXIF tags select a JPEG image in the DiskBoss file navigator press the right mouse button and select the EXIF Viewer menu item On the EXIF viewer dialog press the Customize button and use the Add Edit Delete buttons to customize the supported JPEG EXIF tags 119 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 15 Integrating DiskBoss Search With External Tools DiskBoss allows one to integrate external tools in the file search operations The user is p
347. rectories comparison operations configure specific types of files to compare exclude subdirectories from the directories comparison process and configure conditional file management actions and E Mail notifications to be executed when a user specified number of changes are detected Description Name Directory Last Modification Date is Different a H data html disksawy File Last Modification Date is Different Source H data html diskboss disk_space_analyzer php File Contents is Different H data html diskbossidisk_space_analyzer php Directory Last Modification Date e Different Hrvdataihtrml diskboss screenshots fi fa fy f E File Attributes are Different Source 824 Desti H data html disksavvy htaccess Extra Subdirectory in Destination Directory H data html disksavvy updates Directory Last Modification Date Different H data htmlerp backups Extra File in Destination Directory AEE zp a Export Changes To SQL Database Destination File Does Not Exist Ei ps 4 Q Destination File Does Not Exist Copy Changes To Clipboard fs fiz es Properties The compare directories results dialog shows the list of detected file system changes and provides the ability to view detailed information about the directories comparison operation save the detected file system changes to a number of standard report formats export changes to an SQL database and copy changes to the clipboard 204 DiskBoss User Manual
348. rectory save_ report Report File Name or Directory This optional parameter saves detected file system changes to a report file in the DiskBoss native report format If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name and save the report to the user s home directory save_to_database This optional parameter saves detected file system changes to an SQL database according to the ODBC interface configured in the options dialog V This parameter shows the product s major version minor version revision and build date help This parameter shows the command line usage information 153 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 9 9 Using DiskBoss Server to Monitor Critical Servers DiskBoss Server which runs in the background as a service is capable of operating in a fully automatic mode periodically verifying critical system files generating reports sending E Mail notifications and or executing user custom commands scripts or batch files DiskBoss Server may be controlled locally or through the network using the DiskBoss client GUI application or the DiskBoss command line utility DiskBoss server to connect to Ensure the server is accessible on the T Enter the host name or IF address and the port number of the a network and the selected port number is open in server s firewall Host Name localhost Port 8094 User Name diskboss Password es8eee0 Ore In order to configure f
349. report for each input directory use the batch command line option to enable the batch report generation mode server lt Host Name 1 gt lt Host Name X gt This parameter specifies the list of host names or IP addresses of servers or NAS storage devices that should be classified DiskBoss will enumerate all network shares accessible in the specified servers or NAS storage devices perform file classification and generate reports if required By default DiskBoss will generate a combined file classification report showing information about all processed network shares In order to generate an individual report for each network share use the batch command line option to enable the batch report generation mode network In the network wide file classification mode DiskBoss will discover servers and NAS storage devices accessible on the network enumerate all network shares available in all detected servers and NAS storage devices perform file classification and generate reports if required By default DiskBoss will generate a combined file classification report showing information about all processed network shares In order to generate an individual report for each network share use the batch command line option to enable the batch report generation mode 77 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd Options save_html_report ReportFileName This option saves file classification results to an HTML report file If no fil
350. required to exclude one or more subdirectories from the disk space analysis process For example if you need to analyze a disk excluding one or two special directories you may specify the whole disk as an input directory and add the directories that Should be skipped to the exclude list Exclude Directories C Windows _ C Program Files SCONTAINS Snapshots In order to add one or more directories to the exclude list open the disk space analysis command dialog press the Options button select the Exclude tab and press the Add button All files and subdirectories located in the specified exclude directory will be excluded from the disk usage analysis process In addition advanced users are provided with a number of exclude directories macro commands allowing one to exclude multiple directories using a single macro command DiskBoss provides the following exclude directories macro commands BEGINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories beginning with the specified text string CONTAINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories containing the specified text string ENDS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories ending with the specified text string REGEX lt Regular Expression gt this macro command excludes directories matching the specified regular expression For example the exclude macro command CONTAINS Temporary Files will ex
351. rformance 20617 Files Sec Process Time 7 47 Sec Host Name flexcore User Name alex s Input Dirs c File Filter off Disk Space Usage Per File Extension E o Files 12 34 G8 E exe Files 1 56 GB fl xs Files 1 31 GB Gl oat Files 1 14 GB I noext Files 1 10 GB fj urs Files 738 37 MB fl sys Files 471 63 MB fl pos Files 456 52 MB F eps Files 384 06 MB P others 1758 7 02 GB 44 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 9 Exporting Reports to an SQL Database DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server allow one to save disk space analysis reports into an SQL database A long term history of disk space analysis reports from multiple servers and desktop computers may be submitted to a centralized SQL database and used to analyze disk usage trends across the entire enterprise V Enable ODBC Interface Advanced ODBC Data Source MySQL Server m pire User Name diskboss a Misc Password eecceces In order to be able to export reports to an SQL database open the Options dialog enable the ODBC interface and specify the name of the data source database user name and password to use to connect to the database Format File Name port 27 Jan 2015 171934 sql mean In order to export a disk space analysis to an SQL database press the Save button located on the results dialog s toolbar and select the SQL Database report format Optionally press the More Options
352. rguments directories and file names containing space characters should be double quoted Options wipe This parameter instructs to wipe data from the disk confirm Explicitly confirms delete operation workers lt ThreadCount gt This parameter specifies the number of working threads V This parameter shows the product s major version minor version revision and build date help This parameter shows the command line usage information 198 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 15 Bulk File Attribute Changer 15 1 Changing File Attributes Using the DiskBoss GUI Application DiskBoss includes a bulk file attribute changer allowing one to process one or more disks or directories and change file attributes creation dates last modification dates and last access dates The bulk file attributes changes provides a large number of advanced options allowing one to process specific types of files perform multiple operations during a single scan through the file system exclude directories from the scanning process etc Set selected attributes for all processed files in all directories and subdirectories W Read Only Hidden F System F Archive Encrypted Compressed Normal F Offiine E Reparse Point F Sparse File F Temporary F Directory The bulk file attribute changer is optimized for modern multi core and multi CPU servers and can scan directories and process files using a number of CPU or CPU cores according to
353. rk shares hosted on the selected servers and NAS storage devices allowing one to classify files and save various types of file classification pie charts and reports In addition the user is provided with the ability to customize a large number of advanced file classification options allowing one to tune file classification operations for user specific needs and hardware configurations 68 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 11 Batch File Classification Operations DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to execute one or more pre configured file classification operations on all network servers and NAS storage devices on the network and generate an individual file classification report for each server and NAS storage device In order to be able to use batch file classification operations the user needs to pre configure one or more file classification commands customized to generate file classification reports according to user specific needs and requirements Selected Total Used Free Server Comment flexms Server 2008 R2 64 Bit a a 4 33 TB 1 93 TB 2 39 TB flexcore WY 64 Bit Dey Machine 3 3 503 31 GE 35020 GB 153 11 GB sviki SRV2E43 Database Server amp a 139 50 GBE 41 85 6B 97 64 GB srv2k40 SRV2EK40 Database Server amp a 139 50 GE 41 85 GB 37 64 GB srvzk41 SRV2K41 Database Server 8 i 139 5066 41 85 GB 37 64 GB srv a a 13950 GE 41 85 GB 97 64 GB SRV2K42 Data
354. rol Port User Name and Password The DiskBoss client GUI application allows one to change the default server control port user name and password In order to change the default server login open the client GUI application connect to a server press the Options button located on the main toolbar and select the Server tab Server User Name Server Password Server Control Port E Mail Aaneey Enable Web Server On Port T L Enter a custom user name and or password and press the Save button In order to change the default server control port enter a custom TCP IP port press the Save button and restart the DiskBoss service to apply changes In order to be able to connect to a DiskBoss server using a custom user name and or password press the Connect button located on the main toolbar and enter a user name and or password to use to connect to the server Enter the host name or IP address and the port number of the DiskBoss server to connect to Ensure the server is accessible on the network and the selected port number is open in server s firewall Host Name localhost Port 8094 User Name diskboss Password eee8ee8 In order to specify a custom user name password and or server control port for the DiskBoss command line utility use the user password and port command line options for all server related commands 236 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 18 7 DiskBoss Server Programming API
355. rovided with the ability to specify which external tools commands or script files to execute for which file extensions and then configure one or more text patterns to search in the output generated by the configured external tools 4l File Name e Extension C Full Path amp Category File Size File Attributes User Name E Created E Last Modified Last Accessed E Creation Date E Modification Date E Last Access Date Text String HEX Pattern E Meta Search 1 User Command as JFEG EXIF Tag ise Nested Rules ores and Network Shares In order to configure a search operation to use an external tool open the search dialog select the Meta Search rule type and press the Edit Rule button On the Meta Search rule dialog press the Add button in the top view and specify one or more file extensions to process and a custom command to execute for each file with the specified extensions Setup Meta Search Commands and Text Patterns Extensions Command PDF crtools pdftotext exe DOC ALS PPT java jar tika jar t Operator Pattern Contains Flexense Contains DiskBoss Match Any Text Pattern Once finished configuring file extensions and custom commands press the Add button in the bottom view and specify one or more text patterns to search in the output generated by the configured custom commands Durin
356. rver open the disk change monitoring command dialog select the Actions tab enable disk change monitoring actions specify the number of file system changes that should trigger the action enable the DiskBoss command action and select the previously configured file synchronization command to be executed Execute Actions After Each 1000 Changes If Change Rate Is More Than 500 Changes V Always Execute Actions After 24 In addition to the ability to trigger the disk change monitoring actions every X file system changes DiskBoss allows one to trigger the actions if the change rate reaches a user specified number of changes per minute or per hour Finally the user is provided with the ability to trigger the disk change monitoring actions after a user specified timeout even if the number of detected file system changes is less than the specified value 141 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 8 12 Triggering File Integrity Monitoring Operations In addition to the real time disk change monitor DiskBoss provides the file integrity monitor which is capable of saving digital security signatures of critical system files and then periodically verifying authenticity of critical system files by comparing the current digital security signatures to the previously saved digital security signatures One of the most powerful capabilities of DiskBoss is the ability to monitor one or more disks or directories and automatically trigger veri
357. rver Host SRY 2008 DiskBoss Server User admin DiskBoss Password TITT Destination Directory Z data In order to transfer files the source DiskBoss Server will connect to the destination DiskBoss Server using the TCP IP protocol and the configured TCP IP port should be open in the destination server s firewall Control messages sent from the source DiskBoss Server to the destination server are always encrypted using the AES 256 encryption algorithm with dynamically generated random encryption keys unique for each DiskBoss Server Also the user is provided with the ability to encrypt all transferred files using the AES 256 encryption algorithm with a dynamically generated random encryption key for each transferred file ane DiskBoss Options HE enert ie Options F Show Protected System Files Cr Server Send Errors to the System Event Log O Send Warnings to the System Event Log Reports 7 Request Admin Scanning Permissions seit F Scan Hidden Network Shares Database V Show File Scanning Errors ie O Show Unknown EXIF Tags i lt E Mail V Abort Operation on Critical Errors Enable Crash Log File Advanced Show Verbose Debug Messages Enable Server To Server File Transfers By default due to security reasons server to server file transfers are disabled and the user is required to explicitly enable server to server file transfers on the destination DiskBoss Server In order to enable server to server fi
358. rver using the client GUI application perform one or more analysis file classification or duplicate files search operations press the Reports button located on the main toolbar select a number of disk Space analysis file classification or duplicate files search reports press the Summary button select types of charts to include in the summary report and press the Save button Select Summary Report Charts Chart Name Chart Type Disk Space Per File Extension Pre Chart File Count Per File Extension Pre Chart Disk Space Per File Category Pre Chart P File Count Per File Category Pre Chart Disk Space Per User Name Pre Chart File Count Per User Name Pre Chart Last 30 Days Modified Disk Space Line Chart Last 30 Days Modified File Count Line Chart ag Select All Unselect All Line Charts For Last 30Days S E save Cancel v v e F F y i W i H amp For each disk space analysis file classification and or duplicate files search report DiskBoss Server may generate pie charts showing the disk space usage per file extension the number of files per file extension the disk space usage per file category and the number of files per file category In addition if analysis generated reports were configured to process and show files user names the summary PDF report will include pie charts showing the disk space usage per user and the number of files per user Every disk space analysis file clas
359. s The bulk file attribute changer is optimized for modern multi core and multi CPU servers and can scan directories and process files using a number of CPU or CPU cores according to user specific needs and requirements In addition the user is provided with advanced parallel directory scanning capabilities allowing one to process files and change file attributes and or file timestamps for millions of files very effectively 25 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 19 Periodic Analysis and File Management Operations DiskBoss provides the ability to execute disk space analysis and file management operations periodically at specific time intervals weekly or monthly schedules etc The user is provided with the ability to define an unlimited number of periodic jobs with each one configured to execute one or more disk space analysis or file management commands Setup Periodic Job Triggers and Commands to Execute Periodic Job Triggers W Every Monday Wednesday at 02 00 W Every Sunday at 04 00 Commands Description Analyze System Disk Disk Space Analysis Command Analyze Home Directories Disk Space Analysis Command Analyze NAS Server File Classification Command Execute Commands In Parallel Each periodic job can be started by multiple hourly daily weekly and or monthly triggers with different schedules for each trigger allowing one to execute disk space analysis and file management operations at different time
360. s 182 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd When the user enables encrypted data transfers for a secure file copy command DiskBoss encrypts all transferred data blocks using the AES 256 encryption algorithm with a dynamically generated random encryption key for each transferred file Encryption requires additional CPU resources and therefore negatively impacts the performance of secure file copy operations making it even more important to use a number of parallel file copy threads which will use multiple CPUs to encrypt transferred data blocks Secure File Copy Performance With Encryption MB Sec 1 Thread 2 Threads 4 Threads 6 Threads Parallel File Copy Threads DiskBoss www diskboss com For example when the same set of files is transferred with the AES 256 encryption enabled the secure file copy operation reaches 36 MB Sec with a single file copy thread 58 MB Sec with 2 parallel file copy threads 75 MB Sec with 4 parallel file copy threads and 92 MB Sec when the same set of files is copied using 6 parallel file copy threads Secure File Copy Performance With Compression MB Sec 1 Thread 2 Threads 4 Threads 6 Threads Parallel File Copy Threads DiskBoss www diskboss com Another useful option provided by DiskBoss is the ability to compress all transferred files The actual amount of transferred data depends on the type of transferred files For example text files and uncompressed bitmap images are highly compressibl
361. s DiskBoss verifies all transferred data blocks using the SHA256 data signature algorithm 18 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 12 Fault Tolerant File Copy and Data Migration DiskBoss provides a large number of advanced fault tolerant file copy and policy based data migration capabilities allowing one to copy vast numbers of files fast efficiently and reliably DiskBoss allows one to copy files including access control lists ACLS security attributes ownership information timestamps and file attributes File Copy Options HE General Rules Performance Ll Error Handling If Destination File Exists Overwrite If Source Is Newer 7 Show Copy Progress 7 Copy File Attributes 7 Copy File Timestamps 7 Copy User Group Security Descriptor W Copy Discretionary Access Control List DACL The user is provided with a large number of flexible file copy performance optimization options and fault tolerance capabilities allowing one to copy data at various speeds recover failed copy operations and minimize the potential impact on running production systems The DiskBoss file copy engine is especially optimized for modern hardware platforms and is capable of effectively utilizing powerful RAID controllers multi CPU multi core servers and Gigabit Ethernet networks L File Copy Options EE General Rules QS Performance UG Error Handling Copy Files Matching Criteria Categorized As
362. s creation last modification and last access dates In order to start a file search operation analyze one or more disks or directories and press the Search button located on the main toolbar e Search Classify Copy Move Delete Lip Charts Top 100 Save Actions Name Space Space E Windows 17 61 GB m O Program Files 46 4 51 GE es 164 O 9 59 5 JE a Open Directory Program Files OO ProgramData J Open Directory in Explorer E NVIDIA E PHP Classify Files E tem Ta E Intel il edena E reports B Microsoft StorSimple Haj Copy To Directory ine Categorize By Extension iF T Move To Directory E E7 Delete x DLL Files EXE Files nae E HXS Files Ei Export To SOL Database _ DAT Files Copy Names To Clipboard N EDE Files Copy Details To C lipboard 129275 Files 26 80 GB Ei View Report Details Properties By default the search operation will be performed on all disk space analysis results In order to search files in a specific disk directory or network share select one or more directories in the disk space analysis results view press the right mouse button and select the Search Files menu item DiskBoss will search in the selected directories and display the file search results dialog showing a list of files matching the user specified criteria a
363. s menu item The Notifications Sounds dialog shows all the available sound notifications and allows one to enable or disable specific sound notifications Organize New folder Fa notification Sy Libraries ls operation_completed af operation_completed_with_errars 8 Homegroup d operation_failed j Computer ad amp diske C2 ma disk_d D ma disk f F Eiu Network Filename operation_started In order to select a custom notification sound file click on a notification sound item in the sounds list and select a custom WAV file In order to play a notification sound select the required notification sound in the sounds list and press the Play button 221 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 17 9 Built In Disk SMART Viewer DiskBoss provides a built in disk SMART viewer allowing one to view the health status of physical hard disks installed in the computer In order to open the disk SMART viewer press the SMART button located on the main toolbar The disk SMART viewer shows the disk model name the firmware version the disk serial number and the list of supported SMART attributes for the currently selected physical disk Disk Model M4 CT256M4SSD2 Report Date 08 Nov 2012 17 55 18 Firmware Version 0309 Serial Number 00000000 12070906A 1D4 Attribute Value Worst Threshold Raw Values Read Error Rate 100 100 50 0 Reallocated Sectors Count 100 100 10 0 Power On Hours 100 100 1 P
364. s x86 DSC_0240 DSC_1172 DSC_1288 DSC_3882 DSC_4287 O temp C Users 9 Windows J Local Disk D i r T Local Disk F ert Removable Disk G TA Local Disk H AU Network Drive TA DSC 4334 DSC_4935 DSC_5112 DSC _6254 DSC_6555 Network Drive Z Commands Sync USB Disk na gt A A Search Reports l Analyze System Disk a Monitor System Disk Classify Data Disk DSC_6684 DSC_6717 DSC_6735 DSC_6743 DSC_7528 Detect Duplicates si ai 7 l 7 Backup Documents Delete Terp Files DSC_7594 DSC_7959 DSC_8359 DSC_8934 l DSC_9150 20 Files Total 13 00 MB Free 174 27 GB No Periodic Jobs E 9 Completed Tasks The DiskBoss built in file navigator provides the following file view modes the list view mode the icon view mode the detailed view mode and the thumbnail view mode In the thumbnail view mode DiskBoss supports the following image formats JPEG GIF PNG BMP TIFF PBM PGM PPM XBM and XPM In the detailed view mode DiskBoss allows one to customize columns define user specific file types and edit the display style for each of them For example files having the extension EXE may be displayed as Programs using a bold font on the yellow background All customizations are saved in the user configuration file and may be exported for backup purposes or transferred to another computer by using the DiskBoss configuration export import cap
365. s ago select the Rules tab press the Add button and add a rule matching files categorized as Documents Books and Help Files and then press the Add button again and add a rule matching files that were last accessed more than 3 years ago co General Ut Advanced Delete Files Matching Criteria Categorized As Documents Books and Help Files E Files Modified More Than 2 Years Files Accessed More Than 3 Years DiskBoss provides a large number of different types of file matching rules allowing one to precisely select which files to delete In addition DiskBoss Server which runs in the background as a service may be used to schedule periodic rule based file delete operations to be executed at user specified time intervals or at a specific time of day on selected days of week allowing one to implement automatic rule based retention policies required for Sarbanes Oxley HIPPA and PCI compliance purposes 14 4 Excluding Directories From File Delete Operations Sometimes it may be required to exclude one or more subdirectories from a rule based file delete operation In order to exclude a directory from a file delete operation open the advanced file delete options dialog select the Exclude tab and add one or more directories to be excluded from the file delete process co General Advanced F Rul P Exdude Exclude Directories I D Reports C DABackup 192 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd
366. s and desktop computers minimizing risks or potential operator related errors One of the most powerful capabilities of DiskBoss is the integration of different types of user defined disk space analysis and file management commands which provides the user with the ability to combine multiple operations in order to fully automate frequently performed and time consuming operations For example a disk space analysis operation configured to detect large amounts of old unused files may automatically trigger a rule based file management operation which will archive move or delete these specific files 27 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 21 SQL Database Integration DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide the ability to submit disk space analysis file classification duplicate files disk change monitoring and file search results into a centralized SQL database through the ODBC interface z3 View All Report Types Search by Title Date Time Host Space Title 01 Sep 2011 17 11 01 mysql 65 73 MB Duplicate Files 01 Sep 2011 17 06 32 websry 834 65 MB Duplicate Images 01 Sep 2011 17 00 06 mysql 1 24 GB MySQL Server 01 Sep 2011 16 54 51 srv2008 8 78 GB E Mail Server 01 Sep 2011 16 53 43 srv2003 447 77 GB DiskBoss DB Data 01 Sep 2011 16 53 13 srv2003 34 24 GB DiskBoss DB Server 01 Sep 2011 16 51 52 mysql 1 24 GB MySQL Server 01 Sep 2011 16 44 10 srv2008 8 77 GB E Mail Server 01 Sep 2011 16 4
367. s depending on the week day month day etc In addition the user is provided with the ability to execute multiple disk space analysis and or file management operations in each periodic job Periodic Job Name Triggers Commands Last Start 7 Weekly Disk Space Analysis 3 2013 04 05 15 05 06 7 Weekly Backup Operation 1 MA 7 Daily Backup Operation 1 MA By default DiskBoss executes multiple commands specified in a periodic job sequentially one after one In some situations when processing or analyzing files located on multiple physical disks or multiple severs or NAS storage devices it may be more effective to execute multiple disk space analysis or file management operations in parallel 26 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 20 Pre Configured Analysis and File Management Commands DiskBoss is a powerful and flexible product providing a large number of features capabilities and configuration options allowing one to perform many types of different disk space analysis and file management operations In order to simplify management and execution of frequently used operations DiskBoss provides the user with the ability to add user defined disk space analysis and file management commands pre configured for user specific hardware and storage configurations Shortcut Type o Sync USB Disk Alt U File Synchronization Command Monitor System Disk Analyze System Disk mand Analyze NAS Server Execute Command mand Search Duplica
368. s read only hidden system etc In order to add a file search rule capable of matching files by file attributes press the Add button select the Search Files with File Attributes rule select an appropriate comparison operator and press the Select button to select the file attributes to look for On the select dialog check the required file attributes and press the Ok button When the rule is set to find files having the selected attributes DiskBoss will match files having any of the selected file attributes Otherwise when the rule is set to find files hot having the selected attributes DiskBoss will match files having none of the selected attributes E Archive Compressed Encrypted Hidden E Normal E afine E Read Only E ReparsePaint E Sparse File system El Temporary 118 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 13 Searching Files by User Name DiskBoss is capable of searching files by the user name In order to add the user name file matching rule press the Add button select the Search Files with the User Name rule select an appropriate user name comparison operator and enter the user name pattern string Asean cptons iganes The user name comparison operator allows one to find user names matching beginning with ending with or containing the specified string pattern In addition negative comparison operators a
369. s screenshots File Attributes are Different Source 8224 Desti H data html disksavwy htaccess O Extra Subdirectory in Destination Directory H data html disksavvy updates O Directory Last Modification Date is Different H data html erp backups Extra File in Destination Directory H data html diskboss screenshots diskboss_compare_directories jpg Destination File Does Not Exist H data html erp backups erp backup 2015 04 xml gz Destination File Does Not Exist H data html erp backups erp backup 2015 06 xml gz s IT professionals and storage administrators are provided with the ability to schedule periodic execution of directory comparison operations and configure conditional actions allowing one to automatically save various types of reports send E Mail notifications and or execute file synchronization or custom file management operations when a directory comparison operation detects a user specified number of changes 21 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 15 Rule Based File Management Operations DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide the ability to automatically organize and manage files according to user specified rules and policies DiskBoss allows one to configure one or more conditional file management operations such as the file copy move delete link compress or a user custom command and execute these file management operations on files matching user specified rules based on the file name extension
370. s_delete_log_20131112 181541 11 12 2013 6 15PM Microsoft Office Excel Comma E diskboss_delete_log_20131112 181641 11 12 2013 6 16 PM Microsoft Office Excel Comma Libraries i diskboss_delete_log_20131112 181741 11 12 2013 6 17 PM Microsoft Office Excel Comma A Documents a Music E Pictures z Videos e Homegroup J amp E Computer amp Local Disk C ca Output 0 ca source S cw target T J 5 tems 194 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 14 7 Exporting Delete File Logs to SQL Database Corporate customers and IT professionals are provided with the ability to export full delete file logs to a centralized SQL database In order to enable SQL database logs for a file delete operation open the advanced file delete options dialog select the Advanced tab enable the Save Delete Log Files option select the SQL database logs format and specify an SQL table name prefix In addition open the Options dialog and configure an ODBC data source to use to export delete file logs to the SQL database fe General E Advanced Rules Exdude V Wipe Data From Disk Dap 5220 22 M Algorithm 7 passes V Save Delete Log Files Log Files Mode Consolidated Daily Log Files Log Files History Keep Last 10 Log Files Table Name Prefix sql_file_delete logs canel DiskBoss provides the following SQL database log modes e Individual Log Table For Each Delete Oper
371. sable_90 png btn_primary_135 png Be btn_primary_180 png Bs btn_primary_90 png Ba btn_primary_focus_90 Bs btn_primary_pressed_1 Directory C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W LA C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W My btn_primary_focus_180 C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W C NVIDIA DisplayDriver 285 62 W Size 937 Bytes 821 Bytes 180 Bytes 701 Bytes 720 Bytes 738 Bytes 705 Bytes 870 Bytes 894 Bytes 852 Bytes 882 Bytes 908 Bytes 863 Bytes 842 Bytes Created 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 13 Jan 2014 20 20 38 Modified 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 15 Oc
372. search queries with multiple levels of hierarchical file matching rules allowing one to precisely search files matching user specific needs and then generate reports and or perform file management operations on files matching the user specified rules 121 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 17 Saving File Search Reports DiskBoss allows one to save file search reports into a number of standard formats such as HTML PDF XML text and Excel CSV In addition the user is provided with the ability to save results to the DiskBoss native report format which is capable of preserving all information related to each specific file search operation and may be loaded at any time just by clicking on a report file in the DiskBoss file navigator Title File Search Report Format HTML Report HTML Report Text Report CSV Report XML Report E FOF Report shies DiskBoss Report SOL Database File Name In order to save a file search report press the Save button located on the file search results dialog toolbar On the save report dialog select an appropriate report format enter a report title a report file name and press the Save button Firefox __ File Search Report A EX file D File Search Report 22 Feb 2015 141653 htm Generated By DiskBoss Ultimate v5 3 12 File Search Report File Size 937 Bytes 821 Bytes 180 Bytes 701 Bytes 720 Bytes 73
373. ser needs to configure a secure file sync command on the source server and specify a source directory the host name or an IP address of the destination server and a destination directory on the destination server DiskBoss Server or DiskBoss Enterprise should be running on the destination server and secure file transfers should be enabled on the Options dialog W Syne File Attributes W Syne File Timestamps W Compress Transferred Data Blocks V Encrypt Transferred Data Blocks WV Verify Transferred Data Blocks In order to enable encryption and or compression of transferred files open the secure file sync command dialog select the Options tab and enable all the required file transfer options When the user enables encryption of transferred files DiskBoss dynamically generates a random encryption key for each transferred file and encrypts each transferred data block using the AES 256 encryption algorithm When the user enables verification of copied files DiskBoss verifies all transferred data blocks using the SHA256 data signature algorithm 17 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 11 Secure File Copy Operations DiskBoss Server provides secure file copy operations allowing one to copy files from one server to another without using network shares while encrypting transferred data blocks using the AES 256 encryption algorithm The user is provided with the ability to encrypt and or compress transferred data blocks transf
374. server will be accessed from other computers on the network add a firewall exception for the MySQL server port In general a single MySQL server may be used to collect reports from multiple DiskBoss installations using remote ODBC connections MySQL Server Instance Configuration Configure the MySQL Server 5 1 server instance Please set the networking options M Enable TCP IP Networking Enable this to allow TCP IP connections When disabled only local connections through named pipes are allowed Port Number 3306 Add firewall exception for this port Please set the server SOL mode M Enable Strict Mode This option forces the server to behave more like a traditional database server Itis recommended to enable this option Cancel On the next page select an appropriate character set By default DiskBoss uses the UTF 8 character set to store names of files and directories but if there is no need to process Unicode file names this option may be set to the standard Latini character set MySQL Server Instance Can MySOL Server Instance Configuration Configure the MySQL Server 5 1 server instance Please select the default character set Standard Character Set 1 Makes Latini the default charset This character set is suited for English and other West European languages C Best Support For Multilingualism Nake UTFS the default character set This is the recommended character set for storing text in man
375. sification or duplicate files search report generated by DiskBoss includes the creation date last modification date and last access date for all analyzed files making it possible to generate history disk space usage line charts showing how much disk space and how many files were created last modified or last accessed during the last X days according to the time period specified on the summary report charts dialog 253 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 18 4 Sync Configuration Between Multiple DiskBoss Servers DiskBoss provides the ability to sync user defined disk space analysis and file management commands periodic jobs and configuration options from any DiskBoss version to a number of DiskBoss Servers through the network The feature is provided in the DiskBoss desktop application and the DiskBoss Server client GUI application In order to open the DiskBoss server configuration sync dialog select the menu Tools Sync Server Configuration in the DiskBoss desktop application or the DiskBoss client GUI application The server configuration sync dialog shows all configured disk space analysis and file management commands periodic jobs a number of general server configuration options and provides the ability to select configuration items that should be synchronized Select Configuration Items to Synchronize Description 7 Sync Command Analyze All Disks 7 Sync Command Classify Home Directories 7 Sy
376. sion Press the Install button to download and install the new product version After pressing the Install button please wait while the Flexense update manager will download the new product version to the local disk The update package will be downloaded to a temporary directory on the system drive and automatically deleted after the Flexense update manager will finish updating the product Please close all DiskBoss Ultimate applications and press Ok when ready Tevet After download is completed close all DiskBoss application windows and press the Ok button when ready If one or more DiskBoss application windows will be open during the update the operation will fail and the whole update process will need to be restarted from the beginning After finishing the update process DiskBoss will show a message box informing about the successfully completed operation In order to manually verify that the currently installed product version is up to date select menu Help Check For Updates on the menu bar 36 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 Disk Space Utilization Analysis 3 1 Analyzing One or More Disks or Directories In order to analyze one or more disks or directories select the directories in the DiskBoss file navigator and press the Analyze button located on the main toolbar DiskBoss will scan the selected disks and directories and display the analysis results dialog showing disks directories
377. sk Management DiskBoss allows one to execute multiple file management operations simultaneously Multiple simultaneous file management operations may be started stopped paused or resumed according to user s specific needs For example the user is provided with the ability to Suspend a long running operation execute an urgent task and after that resume the previously paused long running operation When starting multiple file management operations DiskBoss allows one to submit all tasks to the tasks queue or execute all tasks simultaneously One or more of previously started tasks are still running Do you want to submit a new task to the task queue Submit Start Now Cancel Press the Submit button to add the new operation to the task queue In this case all started operations will be executed sequentially one after one without interfering with each other If you wish to execute multiple operations on numerous disks or storage devices simultaneously press the Start Now button The Tasks button located on the main toolbar allows one to access the task management dialog which provides a number of task management capabilities Select one or more running tasks and press the Pause button to pause all the selected tasks Select one or more previously paused tasks and press the Continue button to resume all the selected tasks Select one or more running or paused tasks and press the Stop button to
378. skBoss Command Line Utility In addition to the GUI application DiskBoss Ultimate provides a command line utility capable of performing file classification operations and executing user defined file classification commands from shell scripts and batch files The DiskBoss command line tool is located in the lt ProductDir gt bin directory Command Line Syntax diskboss classify dir lt Input Directory 1 gt lt Input Directory X gt lt Options gt This command classifies files in the specified disks directories or network shares diskboss classify server lt Host Name 1 gt lt Host Name X gt lt Options gt This command classifies files in all network shares in the specified servers diskboss classify network Options This command classifies files in all network shares in all servers on the network diskboss execute lt User Defined File Classification Command gt This command executes the specified user defined file classification command Parameters dir lt Input Directory 1 gt lt Input Directory X gt This parameter specifies the list of input disks or directories to classify In order to ensure proper parsing of input directories directories containing space characters should be double quoted By default DiskBoss will generate a combined file classification report showing information about all processed disks directories and network shares In order to generate an individual
379. ss the entire enterprise SOL Database In order to submit a report to an SQL database press the Save button located on the duplicate files search results dialog toolbar select the SQL Database report format and press the Save button Before exporting a report to an SQL database the user needs to open the options dialog enable the ODBC interface and specify the name of the ODBC data source the database user name and password to use for database export operations V Enable ODBC Interface ODBC Data Source MySQL Server T Shortcuts User Name diskboss a Misc Password eocesees For each report in the database DiskBoss shows the report date and time the name of the host computer the operation was performed on disks and directories that were processed the total amount of disk space and the number of files that were processed and the report title In order to open a report just click on the report item in the report list ii View Evenn gt Date Time Host Inputs Files Space Title 01 Sep 2011 17 11 01 mysql 3940 65 73 MB Duplicate Files 01 Sep 2011 17 06 32 websrw 24262 834 65 MB Duplicate Images 01 Sep 2011 17 00 06 mysql 42360 1 24 GB MySQL Server 01 Sep 2011 16 54 51 srv2008 119397 8 78 GB E Mail Server 01 Sep 2011 16 53 43 srv2003 67657 447 77 GB DiskBoss DB Data 01 Sep 2011 16 53 13 srv2003 105312 34 24 GB DiskBoss DB Server 01 Sep 2011 16 51
380. ss user name and password to login to the destination DiskBoss Server default is admin admin Optionally in the case the destination DiskBoss Server is configured to use a custom TCP IP port default is 8094 the user needs to configure an appropriate TCP IP port number 165 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd By default due to security reasons server to server file transfers are disabled and the user is required to explicitly enable server to server file transfers on the destination DiskBoss Server In order to enable server to server file transfers connect to the destination DiskBoss Server using the DiskBoss client GUI application press the Options button located on the main toolbar select the General tab enable the Server To Server File Transfers option and press the Save button Options Show Protected System Files Send Errors to the System Event Log O Send Warnings to the System Event Log 7 Request Admin Scanning Permissions V Scan Hidden Network Shares W Show File Scanning Errors Ld C Show Unknown EXIF Tags pw E Mail V Abort Operation on Critical Errors Enable Crash Log File Advanced Show Verbose Debug Messages Enable Server To Server File Transfers m In order to transfer files the source DiskBoss Server will connect to the destination DiskBoss Server using the TCP IP protocol and the configured TCP IP port should be open in the destination server s firewall Control messages se
381. ssification and Organizing Duplicate Files Search and Cleanup Bulk File Delete and Secure Data Wiping Automated Policy Based File Management Real Time Disk Change Monitoring High Speed File Synchronization Secure File Transfer Operations File Integrity Monitoring DiskBoss allows one to generate various types of pie charts and save HTML PDF Excel CSV text and XML reports for all types of disk space analysis operations The user is provided with the ability to categorize and filter analysis and file classification results and perform file management operations on categories of files IT administrators are provided with extensive SQL database integration capabilities allowing one to submit disk space analysis file classification duplicate files search and disk change monitoring reports into an SQL database Reports from multiple servers and NAS storage devices may be submitted to a centralized SQL database allowing one to display charts showing the used disk space file categories and duplicate files per user or per server and providing an in depth visibility into how the disk space is used what types of files are stored and how much space is wasted on duplicate files across the entire enterprise DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd In addition to the DiskBoss GUI application IT and storage administrators are provided with the DiskBoss command line utility which can be used to execute all types of analysis and file management operati
382. sssssnnsnnrsnsnnrnnsnnennennennsnnennennennennennenn 144 9 2 Saving Signatures of Critical System Files cccccccccceeeeee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee eeeeeeeeeeeees 145 9 3 Verifying Critical System Files ccc cece cece eee ene eee EEE EEE nen n ne nnn EEE EES 148 Of EXPONO Report FiO urrena n T E E EOE ENE 149 9 5 Saving Detected Changes in SQL DatabaSe sssssesserssrsnrrnrenrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrennenn 150 9 6 Periodic Verification of Critical System Files cccccccecccee eee eee ee eee eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 151 9 7 File Integrity Monitoring Actions ccccccseeeeeee nee eeseeecceneeeeeesenenssceoceeneeseernnees 152 9 8 Using File Integrity Monitor Command Line Utility cece cece cece e eee e eee e eee eeeeees 153 9 9 Using DiskBoss Server to Monitor Critical SErVers cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesggeeenens 154 10 High Speed File SyncChroniZation cccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesseseseseeaaaes 155 10 1 Synchronizing a Pair Ol DIFCCIONCS sanncdisinsanseneetal Ge stwaeenexiecenddciadateemenentestwesenesins 155 10 2 Selecting File Synchronization Mode ssssssssssssssnnssnssnssnsnnennennennennsnnsnnennennennnne 156 10 3 SYACNronizing Files WIEN PreViGW cccccrstnesiecabvederaterersne rE EAA 157 10 4 Synchronizing Files without PrevieW ssssssssssanusnsnnnnnsnnnsnnnnnnnnnsnnnnnannnnnnnnnenn 157 10 5 Synchronizing Specific File Types or CatEQGOPieS ccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
383. storage devices and press the Analyze button Analyze Disks Directories and Network Shares 5 Wilexms backup 9 Wfleans data 9 Wileens disk d E Welexns disk_ DiskBoss will show all accessible network shares hosted on the selected servers and NAS storage devices allowing one to analyze disk space usage and save various types of disk space analysis charts and reports In addition the user is provided with the ability to customize a large number of advanced disk space analysis options allowing one to tune disk space analysis operations for user specific needs and hardware configurations 48 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 3 13 Batch Disk Space Analysis Operations DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to execute one or more pre configured disk space analysis operations on all network servers and NAS storage devices on the network and generate an individual disk space analysis report for each server and NAS storage device In order to be able to use batch disk space analysis operations the user needs to pre configure one or more disk space analysis commands customized to generate disk Space analysis reports according to user specific needs and requirements 12 Network Servers or NAS Storage Devices 56 Selected Shares Selected Total Used Free Comment Server flexms Server 2008 R2 64 Bit a a 4 33 TB 1 93 TB 2 39 TB
384. string CONTAINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories containing the specified text string ENDS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories ending with the specified text string REGEX lt Regular Expression gt this macro command excludes directories matching the specified regular expression For example the exclude macro command CONTAINS Temporary Files will exclude all directories with Temporary Files in the full directory path and the exclude macro command SREGEX TMP TEMP will exclude directories ending with TMP or TEMP 125 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 21 Conditional File Search Actions Commands and Notifications DiskBoss Server and DiskBoss Enterprise provide the ability to automatically save reports send e mail notifications trigger pre configured file management commands or execute custom commands when a file search command finds a user specified number of files In order to configure one or more conditional file search actions open the file search operation press the Options button select the Actions tab and press the Add button Trigger Action 7 1000 Results Save POF Report To d file_search_reports 7 2000 Results Send HTML Notification To diskboss yourcom jh add edit Delete On the conditional file search action dialog enter the number search results to trigger the action select an appropriate acti
385. t 2011 11 53 00 15 Oct 2011 11 53 00 r Categorize By Extension File Categories 100 Ms PNG Files 43 94 MB 4041 6 30 MB 1400 W 19 57 12 64 MB 639 8 93 116 90 MB 416 5 82 4 58 MB 280 3 91 60 91 MB 143 2 00 26 52 MAD 5A aae Total 126318 Files 29 28 GB Results 7152 Files 294 52 MB Displayed 7152 Files 294 52 MB i GIF Files i BMP Files JPG Files ICO Files Users are provided with the ability to display file search results save HTML PDF XML text and Excel CSV reports and perform file management operations on file search results In addition DiskBoss allows one to send e mail notifications and or execute custom actions when a search operation reaches a user specified number of search results Finally IT and storage administrators are provided with advanced SQL database integration capabilities allowing one to submit file search reports into a centralized SQL database 15 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 9 High Speed File Synchronization DiskBoss provides advanced file synchronization capabilities allowing one to synchronize files between disk directories network shares and NAS storage devices The DiskBoss built in file synchronization engine offers a number of one way and two way file synchronization modes the ability to synchronize specific types of files file compression capabilities and advanced performance tuning options Synchronization
386. t LOG1 12 Apr 2015 11 21 16 Modified 1 75 MB SYSTEM C Users alex s AppData Local Microsoft Windows UsrClass dat 12 Apr 2015 11 21 16 Modified 1 75 MB SYSTEM C Users alex s AppData Local Microsoft Windows UsrClass dat 12 Apr 2015 11 21 16 Modified 1 75 MB SYSTEM C Users alex s AppData Local Microsoft Windows UsrClass dat OOOOOOOOH The file categories table is followed by the list of detected file system changes For each file system change DiskBoss shows the date and time of the change the change type created modified renamed or deleted the size of the file as recorded at the time of the change the user name of the file owner and the full name of the changed file or directory 134 DiskBoss User Manual 8 6 Exporting Changes to an SQL Database DiskBoss provides the ability to export detected file system changes to an SQL database In order to be able to export changes to an SQL database the user needs to configure the ODBC database interface on the main options dialog Open the main options dialog select the Database tab enable the ODBC database interface enter the ODBC data source name ODBC user name and ODBC password to use to connect to the SQL database and press the Verify button to check the specified ODBC data source Enable ODBC Interface ODBC Data Source MySQL Server User Name Password Once finished configuring the ODBC database interface open the disk change monitoring results dialog select o
387. t file If no file name is specified DiskBoss will automatically generate a file name according to the following template diskboss_duplicates_ date _ time html V This command shows the product s version revision and build date help This command shows the command line usage information 99 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 6 Rule Based File Organizing 6 1 Organizing Files in a Disk or Directory DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide the ability to automatically organize and manage files according to user specified rules and policies DiskBoss allows one to configure one or more conditional file management operations such as the file copy move delete link compress or a user custom command and execute these file management operations on files matching user specified rules based on the file name extension type category size user name creation last access or last modification date text or binary patterns etc Command Name Conditions Action Gs Backup Recently Modified Documents 2 Copy To h backup Archive Old Unused Documents 2 Compress and Move To h archive 2 Delete Temporary Files 1 Delete iE Advanced Options For each file organizing command the user is provided with the ability to specify a number of disks directories and network shares to process configure an unlimited number of conditional file management actions with each one performing a specific file management oper
388. taearataeriaiemmianetataieineenn 118 7412 Searching Files DY Fil AlLCHIDULCS naseccs cece tcia ig rnesniesietaccanvieneeedectereideiueeaneeeneaeets 118 7 13 Searching Files by User NaMe ssssssssssnnnsannnsnnnnsennnnnnnnnnnnnsnnunnannnnannnsennnnannnnnnn 119 7 14 Searching JPEG Images by EXIF TagS ccceeee cesses ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 119 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 15 Integrating DiskBoss Search With External Tools ccccccecee cece eeseeeeeeeeee eee eenneaaas 120 7 16 Using Hierarchical File Matching Rules cccceeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 121 Z SSaVING Fie Seal ke DOF US cecetaaceute cute catcaee EO 122 7 18 Searching Files in Network Servers and NAS Storage Devices ccceee cece eee eee 123 Z449 Batch Fle Search Operations aniier eana A ETEEN 124 7 20 Excluding Subdirectories From File Search Process sssssssssessrssrrnnrrnsrrsrrrerresrens 125 7 21 Conditional File Search Actions Commands and Notifications cccccceeeesseeeeeees 126 7 22 Adva ced File Sear h OPTIONS mirptaspveevicei vedercetrcucirenmantennrcue a 127 7 23 Pre Configured File Search CoOMMandsS ccccccscceceseeeeeeeeneenescccceeeeeessteneensaeees 127 7 24 Searching Files Using the DiskBoss Command Line Utility eee eee eee 128 8 Real Time Disk Change Monitor scccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessesseseessseeeseseaaaes 129 8 1 Configuring Disk
389. tate file and the user can press the No button Status Value Total Files 109358 Total Space 6 15 GB Performance 45 85 MB Sec Process Time 2 Mins 20 Secs During the file system state update process DiskBoss will display the process dialog showing the amount of processed disk space the number of processed files and the current status If you need to temporary pause the operation press the Pause button Press the Continue button to resume the update operation Wait for the file system state update process to complete and once the operation is finished press the Close button Value Total Files 24023 Total Space 13 55 GB Performance 54 06 MB Sec Process Time 4 Mins 22 Secs G continue Qj Pause E Stop Full Speed 147 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 9 3 Verifying Critical System Files In order to manually verify critical system files just click on the required file integrity monitoring command in the user defined commands tool pane Another option is to create a desktop shortcut for the file integrity monitoring command and to execute the command directly from the Windows desktop Status Value Total Files 14058 Total Space 7 70 GB Changed Files 0 Changed Space Q Bytes Performance 90 84 MB Sec Process Time 1 Min 28 Secs Bowne Ores During the verification process the process dialog shows the verification status the number of verified files the number of
390. te Files aa Classify New Files set Keyboard Shortcut bind Gh Backup Documents Create Desktop Shortcut x Delete Ternp Files b Edit Command Copy Command Rename Command a Move Command Up Sp Add Add EB Edit 3 Delete Deisis w Move Command Down Em O Import Commands Export to AML Format Export to FLA Format lj Delete Command All types of disk analysis and file management operations such as disk space analysis file classification duplicate files detection file organizing file search file synchronization copy move delete and disk change monitoring may be saved as user defined commands pre configured for user specific needs and custom hardware configurations and executed in a single click using the main GUI application or the DiskBoss command line utility The user is provided with the ability to create direct desktop shortcuts for user defined file Management commands and execute any command directly from the Windows desktop without starting the DiskBoss main GUI application Moreover DiskBoss allows one to design user defined disk analysis and file management commands using an open and easy to use XML Based format which may be imported into the DiskBoss GUI application or executed by the command line utility Pre configured and tested disk analysis and file management commands may be easily and safely executed on multiple server
391. tes 0 Bytes 950 Bytes 0 Bytes 950 Bytes 10 50 KB 10 50 KB 0 Bytes 2 1 Categorize By Extension Owner Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Name C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin E C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tmp File Categories Me 3 DLL Files ins FLX Files ine INI Files ine EXE Files E TMP Files re NOEXT Files E LNK Files a l ET ows je 60 25 MB 1 20 MB 13 91 KB 13 35 MB 6 98 MB 270 00 MB 11 18 KB 23 37 Yo 21 84 9 96 2 6 90 6 13 6 13 Q Yo Completed Tota
392. the ability to display pie charts and bars charts showing the disk space usage file categories the number of duplicate files and the amount of duplicate disk space per user according to analysis reports saved in the reports database The user is provided with the ability to select types of disk analysis operations file categories and file system locations to analyze edit the chart header and footer copy the chart image to the clipboard and export graphical PDF reports including pie charts IMPORTANT In order to be able to display the disk space usage per user all disk space analysis file classification and duplicate files search operations should be configured to process and display files user names 31 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 25 DiskBoss Command Line Utility In addition to the DiskBoss GUI application DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide a command line utility allowing one to perform all types of disk space analysis file classification and data management operations from scripts and batch files The command line utility provides the ability to automate execution of multiple operations and execute per configured disk space analysis file classification file search and data management commands ac gt Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin gt diskboss classify dir c aDiskBoss Ultimate v4 3 18 lt Feb 27 2014 Operation Successfully Completed 2614 63 62 14 29 37 24 58 GB 31568 Files Sec 4 29 Sec f
393. the destination directory structure is identical to the source directory structure e Check Extra Directories select this option to verify that there are no extra directories in the destination directory which do not exist in the source directory e Check Extra Files select this option to verify that there are no extra files in the destination directory which do not exist in the source directory e Check File Size select this option to verify that the size of each file existing in the source directory is identical to the size of the same file in the destination directory e Check File Owner select this option to verify that the owner of each file and or subdirectory existing in the source directory is identical to the owner of the same file and or subdirectory in the destination directory e Check File Contents select this option to verify that the contents of each file existing in the source directory is identical to the contents of the same file in the destination directory e Check File Attributes select this option to verify that the attributes of each file existing in the source directory is identical to the attributes of the same file in the destination directory e Check File Creation Date select this option to verify that the creation date of each file existing in the source directory is identical to the creation date of the same file in the destination directory e Check File Modification Date select this option to verify t
394. tion for typical DiskBoss workloads If the server is intended to process large volumes of reports and is dedicated for DiskBoss select the Dedicated Server configuration option MySQL Server Instance Configuration Configure the MySQL Server 5 1 server instance Please select a server type This will influence memory disk and CPU usage C Developer Machine This is a development machine and many other applications will be run on it MySQL Server should only use a minimal amount of Several server applications will be running on this machine Choose this option for web application servers MySQL will have medium memory Usage T Dedicated MySQL Server Machine This machine is dedicated to run the MySQL Database Server No other servers such as a web or mail server will be run MySQL Will utilize up to all available memory ceo Wes cone _ 239 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd On the next page select the Non Transactional Database option DiskBoss does not perform concurrent insert or modify operations on the database and a transactional database is not required Moreover configuring the MySQL server as a non transactional database will significantly improve the performance of database import operations MySQL Server Instance Configuration Configure the MySOL Server 5 1 server instance Please select the database usage Multifunctional Database General purpose databases This will optimize th
395. tion last access and last modification dates etc Select Acvanced File Search Criteria Search Files Last Accessed Search Files Created Search Files With Last Modification Date Search Files With Last 4ccess Date Search Files Wit earch Files Wr To 24 Feb 2015 For users required to select files by the creation last access or last modification dates DiskBoss provides two different sets of file matching rules the first one is capable of matching files by relative periods of time and the second one is capable of matching files using absolute dates For example a rule capable of matching files that were created or modified today is a relative rule which will always properly match files disregarding of the current date On the other hand a rule matching files by a hard coded range of dates is an absolute rule which will produce different results as the time goes by and less files will match an old rule configured a long time ago 104 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 6 4 Organizing Files With Preview DiskBoss is capable of organizing files using two different modes with preview and without preview When the preview mode is enabled DiskBoss scans the specified disks and directories evaluates the configured file matching rules and displays a preview dialog showing a list of file management actions that should be performed allowing one to review and manually confirm each specific file management action
396. tion Plugin When a file filter is active the file classification results dialog generates charts and exports HTML PDF XML text and Excel CSV reports for filtered files only The user is provided with the ability to browse the filtered file hierarchy and perform file management operations in the usual way In order to reset the file filter press the right mouse button over the filters view and select the Clear Selected Filters menu item 61 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 4 Analyzing File Classification Results DiskBoss provides multi level file classification and disk space analysis capabilities allowing one to analyze file classification results and visualize physical locations of all files related to one or more specific file categories or file classes These capabilities are especially useful when used in conjunction with second level file categories and filters providing the user with the ability to analyze categorized and filtered file classification results and making it very easy to reveal locations of very specific files the user is looking for amp os e 6 amp Analyze Charts Save Info Name Space Space E Programs Extensions and Script Files 13 93 GB sas Ss E3 Miscellaneous Files 3 96 GB amp Documents Books and Help Files E Windows Files elas E Development Files E 5A _d L Archive Backup and Disk Image Files Copy To 4 15 Temporary Files a MoveTo E 29 9
397. tional directories comparison actions open the directories comparison options dialog select the Actions tab and press the Add button Compare Directories Actions V Send HTML Notification To diskboss yourcompany com z Save PDF Report To d reports V Execute User Command Sync Web Site On the Add Action dialog specify the number of changes to trigger the action select an appropriate action type and specify all the required parameters The Send HTML Notification and Send Text Notification action send an E Mail notification to the specified E Mail address In addition the user needs to open the Options dialog and configure an E Mail server to use to send E Mail notifications Select an Action To Execute Execute Action When 100 Or More Changes Detected 2 d reports ave FOr REDO E Send HTML Notification To Send Text Notification To Execute User Command Execute Custom Command S Save HTML Report To Save Text Report To save CSY Report To save XML Report To Saye POF Report To Save To SQL Database For all report generation actions the user needs to specify a name of an existing directory where to save all report files The Save To SQL Database action saves the list of detected changes to an SQL database and in order to use this action the user needs to open the Options dialog and configure an ODBC data source to use to export changes
398. tly Modified Documents TE N For TE EE Server oo e Individual Report For Each Network Snare DiskBoss will show a list of pre configured disk space analysis file search file classification and duplicate files search commands allowing one to select one or more commands to be executed on all selected servers and NAS storage devices For each analyzed server or network share DiskBoss will save an individual disk space analysis or file search report according to the selected analysis and file search commands 13 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 7 Graphical PDF Summary Reports DiskBoss Server allows one to perform multiple types of disk space analysis file classification and duplicate files search operations on a number of servers and NAS storage devices submit all analysis reports to a centralized reports database and then generate summary reports containing various types of pie charts and history line charts for all analyzed servers and NAS storage devices in a single graphical PDF report file b er i i DiskBoss Reports nE J r Show All Reports Filter Command w Contains Ei x Date Time Command Host Inputs Data Label s 2015 03 22 15 36 22 Duplicate Files ctos65 ctos65d ctos65d a 6086 Files 350 56 MB Duplicate Files ctos65 2015 03 22 15 36 15 Duplicate Files flexsrv flexsry e R Duplicate Files flexsrv lka gt 2015 03 22 15 36 04 Duplicate
399. tor File Size Changes 7 Monitor File Write Changes Monitor File Access Changes Monitor File Creation Changes Monitor File Security Changes i Begin Monitoring on Computer Startup The real time disk change monitor allows one to monitor specific types of files or file groups using flexible file matching rules In addition the user is provided with the ability to execute pre configured file management commands as actions triggered by a disk change monitoring operation For example a user defined file synchronization command may be automatically triggered after each X changes in a disk or directory effectively providing real time file synchronization capabilities Monitor System Disk ooog Pause Stop Reset Charts Save Hide Resume Date Time 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 12 Apr 2015 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 11 21 29 bad ad aad aad bad bad Type Modified Deleted Modified Renamed Renamed To Modified Modified Created Modified Renamed Renamed To Modified Modified Created Modified Modified Size 1 10 KB 0 Bytes 0 Bytes 0 Bytes 1 10 KB 0 Bytes 1 10 KB 0 Bytes 0 By
400. tories with Temporary Files in the full directory path and the exclude macro command SREGEX TMP TEMP will exclude directories ending with TMP or TEMP 94 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 14 Automatic Duplicate Files Removal Actions DiskBoss Ultimate and DiskBoss Server provide the user with the ability to automatically execute one or more duplicate files removal actions for files matching user specified rules In order to define one or more automatic duplicate files removal actions open the duplicate files search command dialog select the Actions tab and press the Add button Duplicate Files Rernoval Actions el Original is located in d 1 match all files compress and move all Original is the oldest file replace duplicate files with shortcuts E Add Edit Mode Select Actions On the Action dialog select the original file detection mode an appropriate duplicates removal action and specify one or more file matching rules defining files the action should be applied to During runtime DiskBoss will process detected duplicate files apply the specified file matching rules detect the original file and execute the duplicates removal actions for files matching the specified rules and policies Select Duplicate Files Removal Action Original File _ Located in Directory d images Removal Action Compress and Move To Directory f backup Apply Action to Files Match
401. trat C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm 12 Apr 2015 Modified 10 50 KB Administrat C Users alex s AppData Local Temp nsqF6B7 tm gt L Categorize By Change Type File Categories 100 Modified Files 372 65 MB 235 Deleted Files 0 Bytes 11 Created Files 212 89 KB 11 Renamed Files 2 03 KB 4 Save Hide Resume Pause Stop Reset Completed Total 261 Changes Current 261 Changes Filtered NA The top view shows the list of detected file system changes For each change DiskBoss shows the date and time of the change the type of the change created modified renamed or deleted the size of the modified file as recorded at the time of the change the user name of the file owner and the full file or directory name keale e Reset Charts Save Hide Resume Pause Stop Date Time Type Size Owner Name 12 Apr 2015 11 21 29 Modified 2 91 KB Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate plugins Modif 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 1 10 KB Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ 12 Apr 2015 21 Deleted 0 Bytes C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss_ 12 Apr 2015 21 Modified 0 Bytes Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin 12 Apr 2015 21 Renamed 0 Bytes C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss flx Renamed To 1 10 KB Administrat C Program Files DiskBoss Ultimate bin diskboss
402. ts for each server or for each network share By default all file search reports will be saved in the DiskBoss internal reports database allowing one to open each report review results generate various types of pie charts and export reports into a number of standard formats including HTML PDF text Excel CSV and XML 124 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 7 20 Excluding Subdirectories From File Search Process Sometimes it may be required to exclude one or more subdirectories from the file search process For example if you need to search files in a disk excluding one or two special directories you may specify the whole disk as an input directory and add the directories that Should be skipped to the exclude list Exclude Directories CA Windows J G Program Files SCONTAINS Snapshots In order to add one or more directories to the exclude list open the file search command dialog press the Options button select the Exclude tab and press the Add button All files and subdirectories located in the specified exclude directory will be excluded from the file search process In addition advanced users are provided with a number of exclude directories macro commands allowing one to exclude multiple directories using a single macro command DiskBoss provides the following exclude directories macro commands BEGINS lt Text String gt this macro command excludes all directories beginning with the specified text
403. ture type the file scanning mode the maximum number of duplicate file sets to display in the results dialog Duplicate Files Search Threads 2 Directories Scanning Mode Fault Tolerant 2 Threads Performance Mode Full Speed W Save PDF Report d diskboss_ reports The Advanced tab provides the ability to intentionally slow down the duplicate files search process in order to minimize the potential performance impact on running production systems The Exclude tab allows one to define one or more subdirectories to be excluded from the duplicate files detection process 5 18 Pre Configured Duplicate Files Search Commands One of the most powerful and flexible capabilities of DiskBoss is the ability to pre configure custom duplicate files search operations as user defined commands and execute such commands in a single mouse click using the DiskBoss GUI application or direct desktop shortcuts Commands a Add New gt amp File Search Command Ede Command File Synchronization Command GJ Execute Command Disk Space Analysis Command File Classification Command oe SSE eos SUE 2 Duplicate Files Search Command Be Seems AESA RENE Change File Attributes Command La Copy Command File Organizing Command penne oe Disk Change Monitoring Command Move Command Up amp File Integrity Monitoring Command w Move Command Down
404. ty to pre configure custom file classification operations as user defined commands and execute such commands in a single mouse click using the DiskBoss GUI application or direct desktop shortcuts Commands a Add New gt amp File Search Command a Cornmand File Synchronization Command J Execute Command Disk Space Analysis Command gt File Classification Command Set Keyboard Shortcut N 3 Duplicate Files Search Command a Create Desktop Shortcut i Change File Attributes Command G Copy Command File Organizing Command Rename Command ate Disk Change Monitoring Command Move Command Up File Integrity Monitoring Command Move Command Down x id Secure File Copy Command ix Delete Command Secure File Sync Command File Copy Command Ga File Move Command ix File Delete Command 3 Command Group User defined commands may be managed and executed through the commands dialog or the commands tool pane In order to add a new command through the commands pane press the right mouse button over the pane and select the Add New File Classification Command menu item In order to execute a previously saved command just click on the command item in the commands tool pane or create a direct desktop shortcut on the Windows desktop 76 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 20 Classifying Files Using the Di
405. types of files and directories matching user specified rules 20 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 1 14 Files and Directories Compare Operations DiskBoss provides the ability compare directories and detect changes in the directory structure file contents file size file attributes file ownership creation and last modification dates The user is provided with the ability to detect all changes between two directories and Save reports into a number of various report formats including HTML PDF text CSV and XML V Check Directory Structure 7 Check Extra Directories 7 Check Extra Files 7 Check File Size F Check File Owner F Check File Contents F Check File Attributes Check File Creation Date 7 Check File Modification Date Check Directories Creation Date In addition DiskBoss allows one to select which types of changes to detect compare specific types of files using flexible file matching rules exclude special subdirectories from the directories comparison process customize various performance optimization options and export detected changes to an SQL database Description O Directory Last Modification Date is Different H data html disksavwy File Last Modification Date is Different Source H data html diskboss disk_space_analyzer php File Contents is Different H data html diskboss disk_ space_analyzer php OO Directory Last Modification Date ts Different H data html diskbos
406. ual Flexense Ltd 10 High Speed File Synchronization 10 1 Synchronizing a Pair of Directories DiskBoss provides advanced file synchronization capabilities allowing one to synchronize files between local disks directories network shares NAS storage devices and enterprise storage systems The DiskBoss file synchronization engine is capable of synchronizing files using multiple one way and two way file synchronization modes provides performance tuning options periodic and real time file synchronization capabilities and allows one to synchronize specific file types and categories Enter Directories to Synchronize Source Directory D Downloads Destination Directory F Backup Downloads Advanced Options s E Preview E Sync Cancel In order to synchronize a pair of directories press the Sync button located on the main toolbar enter the source and destination directories and press the Preview button DiskBoss will scan the specified source and destination directories compare files between the source and destination directories and show a list of file synchronization actions that should be performed Sync Downloads Operation Source Destination OO Create Directory D Downloads zip F Backup Downloads zip W Copy New File D Downloads 7zip 72457 exe F Backup Downloads zip 245 7 exe W Copy New File D Downloads 7zip 77920 exe F Backup Downlo
407. ules while saving file delete logs or exporting lists of deleted files to an SQL database File Delete Options 2 Advanced Wl Wine Data From Disk DOD 5220 22 M Algorithm 7 passes Save Delete Log Files Excel CSV Log Files ka Log Files Mode Consolidated Daily Log Files Log Files History Keep Last 10 Log Files Log Files Directory c diskboss file delete _logs Users required to securely wipe confidential information are provided with a large number of different data wiping algorithms ranging from a simple single pass wipe to a powerful 7 pass DOD 5220 22 M compliant data wiping algorithm In addition DiskBoss provides the ability to apply different types of delete operations for different types of files For example all types of documents and image files may be securely wiped while all other types of files just deleted ce General Advanced Rules Delete Files Matching Criteria Categorized As Documents Books and Help Files Files Modified More Than 2 Years Files Accessed More Than 3 Years IT and storage administrators are provided with the ability to implement fully automated file retention policies using rule based periodic file delete operations preconfigured to delete files based on file creation last modification and or last access dates Finally DiskBoss Server can be used to automatically enforce PCI and HIPPA compliance policies and perform file management operations on specific
408. user specified time interval In order to perform a user defined file delete operation periodically create a new periodic job and select the user defined file delete command to be executed according to the specified time interval 196 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd In addition DiskBoss provides the ability to automatically execute a user defined file delete command when one or more text files with lists of files to be deleted are created in the specified inputs directory In order to enable automatic execution of file deleted operations add a disk change monitoring command configure the real time disk change monitor to monitor the directory with the text files listing files to be deleted enable actions for the real time disk change monitor and select the user defined delete command to be executed after each newly created text file i Execute Actons Every 1 Changes Send E Mail Notification To IW Execute User Command Delete Files Execute Custom Command A Save HTML Report During runtime DiskBoss will continuously monitor the configured directory detect newly created text files read file names from these files and delete all listed files Finally in order to automatically delete text files with lists of files after each delete operation open the user defined file delete command open the Options dialog select the General tab and enable the Delete Input File Lists option File Scanning
409. user is looking for amp Advanced File Search Criteria Select Advanced File Search Criteria Search Files With the File Extension Search Files With the Full File Name Search Files With the Directory Name Search Files With the File Name Only Search Files With the User Name Full Name Not End Width Regex Another option is to exclude specific types of groups of files from the file classification process using one or more negative file matching rules For example in order to exclude files with a specific text pattern in the file name add a file name file matching rule select the Not Contain rule operator and enter a text pattern to search for 70 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 4 13 Excluding Subdirectories from File Classification Process Sometimes it may be required to exclude one or more subdirectories from the file classification process For example if you need to classify files in a disk excluding one or two special directories you may specify the whole disk as an input directory and add the directories that should be skipped to the exclude list jh File Classification O ptions Exclude Directories CA Windows O CAProgram Files SCONTAINS Snapshots aT Care In order to add one or more directories to the exclude list open the file classification command dialog press the Options button select the Exclude tab and press the Add button
410. ustomization options allowing one to customize the behavior and performance of secure file synchronization operations for user specific needs and hardware configurations fa Secu re File Synchroniz ti on General Li Advanced E Rules e Exclude File Sync Mode TA Two Way File Synchronization Performance Mode Full Speed Dir Scan Threads 2 File Sync Threads e File Sync Mode DiskBoss provides a number of different one way and two way file synchronization modes optimized for different usage scenarios In order to select an appropriate file synchronization mode open the secure file synchronization command dialog select the Advanced tab and change the File Sync Mode combo box e Performance Mode this option provides the ability to intentionally slow down the secure file synchronization operation in order to minimize the performance impact on running production applications In the Full Speed performance mode DiskBoss will try to transfer files as fast as possible In the Medium Speed performance mode DiskBoss will try to perform the secure file synchronization operation at 50 of the maximum possible speed In the Low Speed performance mode DiskBoss will try to perform the file synchronization operation at 20 of the maximum possible speed e Dir Scan Threads this option controls how many parallel directory scanning threads are used to scan the specified source directory By default DiskBoss sca
411. utes or hours daily jobs to be executed every day at a specific time weekly jobs to be executed on specific week days and monthly periodic jobs In addition DiskBoss allows one to combine multiple different types of periodic job triggers allowing one to apply different scheduled for different days of the week or days of the month 110 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 6 12 Real Time Execution of File Organizing Commands DiskBoss Server provides the ability to monitor one or more disks or directories detect all added and modified files and automatically trigger a file organizing operation after each X disk changes In order to create a disk change monitoring command open the DiskBoss client GUI application press the Add button and select the Disk Change Monitoring Command menu item Select the Command Inputs dialog and specify disks and or directories to monitor a bol Chang e Monito E j aT o pd Lads Cs Gi General Rules F Exdude Actions Disk Monitor Options iv Monitor All Subdirectories V Monitor File Name Changes z Monitor File Size Changes Iw Monitor File Write Changes Monitor File Access Changes z Monitor File Creation Changes z Monitor File Security Changes Select the Actions tab enable disk change monitoring actions specify the number of changes to trigger the disk change monitoring actions select the Execute DiskBoss Command action and specify the name of the f
412. ve and delete operations e Automatically Check For Product Updates select this option to instruct DiskBoss to automatically check for available product updates e Use Internal Image Viewer select this option to use the DiskBoss built in image viewer as the default image viewer e Copy File Attributes select this option to enable default copying file attributes for all file copy and move operations e Copy File Timestamps select this option to enable default copying file timestamps for all file copy and move operations The Shortcuts tab provides the user with the ability to customize keyboard shortcuts Click on a shortcut item to edit the currently assigned key sequence Press the Default Shortcuts button to reset all keyboard shortcuts to default values Command Shortcut Clear Selection Esc First Item Home Last Item End Previous Item Up Previous Item Left Next Item Down Next Item Right Open Item Enter Open Item Return HENCE HEHEHE HEHEHE Default Shortcuts 226 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd The E Mail tab allows one to define an e mail account to be used for sending e mail notifications In order to enable e mail notifications select the Enable E Mail Notifications checkbox and enter account details In the SMTP Server Name entry specify the host name of the SMTP server that should be used to send notifications enter an appropriate user name password and specify a source e mai
413. y and Data Migration ccccccccccccce cece cece eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenees 19 1 13 File Delete and Data Wiping Operations ccccceeeee cece eee ee eee teen ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 20 1 14 Files and Directories Compare Operations cccccceeceeeee cess eres eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 21 1 15 Rule Based File Management Operations ccc ccccccccee eee eee eee eee eee eens eeeeeeeeeeen nnn nes 22 1 16 Real Time Disk Change MONICOl vinmicsaxtetscetedsrivatsaninwardaavacteneniatabeavateanseaaneaasenaas 23 117 UC Integr MONILO eeasuecweuescecacce tes mcsuaneiees q E ane scaeecaa eeoee ieee cane avecesse concen caneece 24 1 18 Bulk File Attribute Changer ciascsdunsanstaensanns escanasmeniaanadenianasmaniaaeaenianasaemiannadeniaraens 25 1 19 Periodic Analysis and File Management Operations ccccccccccee cece eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeenees 26 1 20 Pre Configured Analysis and File Management COMMANGS cccccce cece eeeeeeeeeee ee eees 2 t21 SOL Database Integration nasceccceoreeacneataretaereevestennetateuasenesaearetetrmsnmeareataieiciemess 28 1 22 Analyzing Disk Space Usage Per Directory cccccccccc cece e cece eee eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeennnes 29 1 23 Analyzing Disk Space Usage Per SErVer ccccccccccc eee ee ee eee eee e eee e eee e eee e eee nnnnnegs 30 1 24 Analyzing Disk Space Usage Per US r sassssasnnssnnunssnnnsnnnnnnnnunannnnannnnssnnnnnnnnnann 31 1 25 DiskBoss Command Line Utility cc
414. y different languages Manual Selected Default Character Set Collation Please specify the character set to use Character Set latini k Cancel 241 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd On the next page select the Install as Windows Service option and select the Include Bin Directory in Windows PATH option The PATH option will enable execution of the MySQL command line utility from any location apetee ner acer Wy eee orak jon Wi i Zara wc MySQL Server Instance Configuration Configure the MySQL Server 5 1 server instance Please set the Windows options M Install As Windows Service This is the recommended way to run the MySQL server on Windows Service Name MySQL ka W Launch the MySQL Server automatically Check this option to include the directory containing the server client executables inthe Windows PATH Variable so they can be called from the command line On the next page select the Modify Security Settings option and specify a root password for the MySQL server which later will be used to configure regular MySQL users MySOL Server Instance Configuration Configure the MySQL Server 5 1 server instance Please set the security options M Modify Security Settings New root password pe Enter the root password root ps Confirm re Retype the password Enable root access from remote machines Create An Anonymous Account This option will cre
415. youts Status v amp Total 113 63 MB Used 111 58 MB Total 596 17 GB Used 327 54 GB total 7 69 GE Used 4 44 GE Total 20 94 GB Used 2 36 GB Search Files Analyze Disk Space Usa ie p Commands Sync USB Disk Search Reports Analyze System Disk Monitor System Disk Classify Data Disk Detect Duplicates Gs Backup Documents x Delete Temp Files Find Duplicate Files E e Organize Files Mw Properties Disk Change Monitor 0 63 MB Min 117 MB Min 19 99 KB Min ge Classify and Categorize T Network Drive Total Space 7 69 GB Free Space 3 25 GB 212 NoPeriodicJobs E 9 Completed Tasks DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 17 3 User Defined Commands DiskBoss is a powerful and flexible product providing a large number of features capabilities and configuration options allowing one to perform many different file and storage management operations In order to simplify management and execution of frequently used operations DiskBoss provides the user with the ability to add user defined commands All major product features such as file search classification organizing synchronization copy move delete storage utilization analysis duplicate files search and disk monitoring may be added as user defined commands and pre configured for user specific needs and custom hardware configurations
416. zation mode For example if the second level file categories mode is set to categorize duplicate files by the file extension the PDF report will display pie charts showing the duplicate disk space and the number of duplicate files per file extension AQ 7 Jee 1w My Duplicate Files Report 29 Jan 2015 Duplicate Files Report Property Value Date 2015 01 27 Time 14 14 35 Total Files 166719 Total Space 343 08 GB Dup Files 70810 Disk Space 21 07 GB Performance 434 1 Files Sec Process Time 6 Mins 24 Secs Host Name flexcore User Name alex s Input Dirs PiX FNRI File Filter off Duplicate Files Per Last Access Date E Last Accessed Jan 2014 57 32 KF I Last accessed may 2012 15 25 KF I Last Accessed may 2014 7 34 KF B Last Accessed Jan 2013 5 18 KF g Last Accessed Dec 2012 3 96 KF oO Last Accessed Nov 2012 12 KF fy vast accessed Jan 2015 56 KF gt Attachments BB vast accessed Jun 2012 47 KF Oo Last Accessed Mar 2012 33 KF MM others 33 11 30 KF tofis bl O 89 DiskBoss User Manual Flexense Ltd 5 9 Exporting Reports to an SQL Database IT professionals and storage administrators are provided with the ability to submit reports listing duplicate files detected on multiple storage systems servers and desktop computers to a centralized SQL database enabling system and storage administrators to gain an in depth visibility into amounts of duplicate files and wasted disk space acro
417. zma920 t O Create Directory D Downloads apache F Backup Downloads apache W Copy New File D Downloads apache apache_1 3 F Backup Downloads apache apach W Copy New File D Downloads apache apache 1 3 F Backup Downloads apache apach W Copy New File D Downloads apache apache 2 0 g F Backup Downloads apache apach W Copy New File D Downloads apache apache_2 2 amp F Backup Downloads apache apach 10 4 Synchronizing Files without Preview Sometimes when the user needs to synchronize large directories or disks containing many thousands of files file synchronization with preview may be ineffective or completely inappropriate especially due to the fact that none will have the time to review lists of file synchronization actions containing huge amounts of items Moreover unattended file synchronization operations performed periodically at specific time intervals or triggered by a disk change monitor should be performed fully automatically without requiring any user intervention Enter Directories to Synchronize Source Directory D Downloads Destination Directory F Backup Downloads Sync With Preview Sync Without Preview In order to disable the preview dialog for a file synchronization operation open the operation dialog and set the process mode combo box to Sync Without Preview The stream file synchronization more is especially designed for file systems containing huge amounts of

DiskBoss User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents